ML022680480: Difference between revisions

From kanterella
Jump to navigation Jump to search
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
(StriderTol Bot change)
 
(One intermediate revision by the same user not shown)
Line 16: Line 16:


=Text=
=Text=
{{#Wiki_filter:EP-AA-1 12-600 Revision 4 sm Page 1 of 17 Level 2 -Reference Use Nuclear PUBLIC INFORMATION ORGANIZATION ACTIVATION AND OPERATIONS
{{#Wiki_filter:EP-AA-1 12-600 Revision 4 sm                                       Page 1 of 17 Level 2 - Reference Use Nuclear PUBLIC INFORMATION ORGANIZATION ACTIVATION AND OPERATIONS
: 1. PURPOSE 1.1 The purpose of this attachment is to assist initial responders in activating the Joint Public Information Center (JPIC). 2. TERMS AND DEFINITIONS 2.1 The following is a list of the JPIC's identified for each respective station: -Mazon, IL JPIC*: Braidwood, Dresden and LaSalle Stations -Morrison, IL JPIC*: Byron and Quad Cities Stations -Bloomington, IL JPIC*: Clinton Station
: 1.       PURPOSE 1.1       The purpose of this attachment is to assist initial responders in activating the Joint Public Information Center (JPIC).
* Emergency News Center (ENC) functions, described in EP-AA-1 12-601, are co-located with the common MWROG Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) in Warrenville, IL. -Coatesville, PA JPIC#: Limerick and Peach Bottom Stations (The JPIC shares a common facility with the Emergency Operations Facility.)  
: 2.       TERMS AND DEFINITIONS 2.1       The following is a list of the JPIC's identified for each respective station:
# Coatesville JPIC shares a common facility with the EOF. Therefore, ENC functions are performed at the JPIC instead of at a separate ENC. 3. RESPONSIBILITIES None 4. MAIN BODY 4.1 JPIC Activation 4.1.1 ACTIVATE the JPIC using the applicable checklist contained in Attachments 1 thru 3. 1. REFER to Attachment 1 for instructions on the activation of the Mazon and Morrison JPICs.
          -   Mazon, IL JPIC*: Braidwood, Dresden and LaSalle Stations
EP-AA-112-600 Revision 4 Page 2 of 17 2. REFER to Attachment 2 for instructions on the activation of the Bloomington JPIC. 3. REFER to Attachment 3 for instructions on the activation  
          -   Morrison, IL JPIC*: Byron and Quad Cities Stations
/ deactivation of the Coatesville JPIC. 4.2 ENC / JPIC Operation 4.2.1 ASSUME the positions of the Emergency Public Information Organization.
          -   Bloomington, IL JPIC*: Clinton Station
* Emergency News Center (ENC) functions, described in EP-AA-1 12-601, are co-located with the common MWROG Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) in Warrenville, IL.
          -   Coatesville, PA JPIC#: Limerick and Peach Bottom Stations (The JPIC shares a common facility with the Emergency Operations Facility.)
              # Coatesville JPIC shares a common facility with the EOF. Therefore, ENC functions are performed at the JPIC instead of at a separate ENC.
: 3.       RESPONSIBILITIES None
: 4.       MAIN BODY 4.1       JPIC Activation 4.1.1     ACTIVATE the JPIC using the applicable checklist contained in Attachments 1 thru 3.
: 1. REFER to Attachment 1 for instructions on the activation of the Mazon and Morrison JPICs.
 
EP-AA-112-600 Revision 4 Page 2 of 17
: 2. REFER to Attachment 2 for instructions on the activation of the Bloomington JPIC.
: 3. REFER to Attachment 3 for instructions on the activation / deactivation of the Coatesville JPIC.
4.2   ENC / JPIC Operation 4.2.1 ASSUME the positions of the Emergency Public Information Organization.
4.2.2 INITIATE the appropriate Emergency Plan activities using the EOF position specific checklists in the following procedures:
4.2.2 INITIATE the appropriate Emergency Plan activities using the EOF position specific checklists in the following procedures:
Mid-AtlanticROG Since the EOF and JPIC are co-located at the Coatesville facility, the actions of the Technical and Radiation Protection Spokespersons will be performed by the Technical and Radiological Advisors respectively.
Mid-AtlanticROG Since the EOF and JPIC are co-located at the Coatesville facility, the actions of the Technical and Radiation Protection Spokespersons will be performed by the Technical and Radiological Advisors respectively. The Public Information Liaison position is also not required to facilitate interface between ENC and JPIC locations, and therefore, will not be staffed.
The Public Information Liaison position is also not required to facilitate interface between ENC and JPIC locations, and therefore, will not be staffed.
EP-AA-1 12-601, "Emergqency News Center (ENC) Operations"
EP-AA-1 12-601, "Emergqency News Center (ENC) Operations" -Attachment 1, Public Information Director Checklist  
      -   Attachment 1, Public Information Director Checklist
-Attachment 2, Technical Advisor Checklist  
      -   Attachment 2, Technical Advisor Checklist
-Attachment 3, Radiological Advisor Checklist  
      -   Attachment 3, Radiological Advisor Checklist
-Attachment 4, Events Recorder Checklist  
      -   Attachment 4, Events Recorder Checklist
-Attachment 5, Media Monitoring Checklist  
      -   Attachment 5, Media Monitoring Checklist
-Attachment 6, Rumor Control Checklist  
      -   Attachment 6, Rumor Control Checklist
-Attachment 7, News Writer Checklist EP-AA-1 12-602, "Joint Public Information Center Operations" -Attachment 1, JPIC Access Controller Checklist  
      -   Attachment 7, News Writer Checklist EP-AA-1 12-602, "Joint Public Information Center Operations"
-Attachment 2, Corporate Spokesperson Checklist  
      - Attachment 1, JPIC Access Controller Checklist
-Attachment 3, JPIC Director Checklist  
      - Attachment 2, Corporate Spokesperson Checklist
-Attachment 4, Public Information Liaison Checklist (MWROG) -Attachment 5, JPIC Administrative Coordinator Checklist  
      - Attachment 3, JPIC Director Checklist
-Attachment 6, JPIC Coordinator Checklist  
      - Attachment 4, Public Information Liaison Checklist (MWROG)
-Attachment 7, Technical Spokesperson Checklist (MWROG) -Attachment 8, Radiation Protection Spokesperson Checklist (MWROG)
      - Attachment 5, JPIC Administrative Coordinator Checklist
EP-AA-1 12-600 Revision 4 Page 3 of 17 5. DOCUMENTATION None 6. REFERENCES None 7. ATTACHMENTS 7.1 Attachment 1, Mazon / Morrison JPIC Activation 7.2 Attachment 2, Bloomington JPIC Activation 7.3 Attachment 3, Coatesville JPIC Activation  
      - Attachment 6, JPIC Coordinator Checklist
/ Deactivation EP-AA-112-600 Revision 4 Page 4 of 17 ATTACHMENT I MAZON JPIC I MORRISON JPIC ACTIVATION Page 1 of 2 IMazon JPIC: Braidwood  
      - Attachment 7, Technical Spokesperson Checklist (MWROG)
/ Dresden / LaSalle Morrison JPIC: Byron / Quad Cities 1. TURN ON the lights. NOTE: Securing the facility and establishing access control takes precedence over the remaining steps. 2. VERIFY that the telecopiers are turned on and display the correct time and date. 3. VERIFY all clocks display the correct time. 4. VERIFY that the copier is on. 5. ACTIVATE the audio system: NOTE: TURN ON the system power switch. There is a rack of audio-visual equipment inside the EMC below the monitor.
      - Attachment 8, Radiation Protection Spokesperson Checklist (MWROG)
 
EP-AA-1 12-600 Revision 4 Page 3 of 17
: 5. DOCUMENTATION None
: 6. REFERENCES None
: 7. ATTACHMENTS 7.1 Attachment 1, Mazon / Morrison JPIC Activation 7.2 Attachment 2, Bloomington JPIC Activation 7.3 Attachment 3, Coatesville JPIC Activation / Deactivation
 
EP-AA-112-600 Revision 4 Page 4 of 17 ATTACHMENT I MAZON JPIC I MORRISON JPIC ACTIVATION Page 1 of 2 IMazon   JPIC: Braidwood / Dresden / LaSalle Morrison JPIC: Byron / Quad Cities
: 1. TURN ON the lights.
NOTE:     Securing the facility and establishing         access   control takes precedence over the remaining steps.
: 2. VERIFY that the telecopiers are turned on and display the correct time and date.
: 3. VERIFY all clocks display the correct time.
: 4. VERIFY that the copier is on.
: 5. ACTIVATE the audio system:
NOTE:     TURN ON the system power switch. There is a rack of audio-visual equipment inside the EMC below the monitor.
: 6. ENSURE that the position specific procedure books are available.
: 6. ENSURE that the position specific procedure books are available.
: 7. DIRECT responders upon entry to sign in and retrieve their position specific book. 8. START all the computers.   
: 7. DIRECT responders upon entry to sign in and retrieve their position specific book.
-LOGON to the computers using the instructions found on the mouse pad.  -CONTACT Information Technology for problems with the computers.
: 8. START all the computers.
: 9. CONTACT United Building Services listed in the ERF Telephone Directory for any facility related problems (i.e. HVAC, electrical, cleaning, etc). 1 O.VERIFY completion of actions listed under Table 1-1, JPIC Activation Checklist (Mazon / Morrison JPICs)
  -       LOGON to the computers using the instructions found on the mouse pad.
EP-AA-1 12-600 Revision 4 Page 5 of 17 ATTACHMENT I MAZON JPIC / MORRISON JPIC ACTIVATION Page 2 of 2 Table 1-1 JPIC Activation Checklist Page 1 of I FACILITY Heating / Ventilation (Air Conditioning)  
  -       CONTACT Information Technology for problems with the computers.
.......................................
: 9. CONTACT United Building Services listed in the ERF Telephone Directory for any facility related problems (i.e. HVAC, electrical, cleaning, etc).
1O.VERIFY completion of actions listed under Table 1-1, JPIC Activation Checklist (Mazon / Morrison JPICs)
 
EP-AA-1 12-600 Revision 4 Page 5 of 17 ATTACHMENT I MAZON JPIC / MORRISON JPIC ACTIVATION Page 2 of 2 Table 1-1 JPIC Activation Checklist Page 1 of I FACILITY                                                                                         OK?
Heating / Ventilation (Air Conditioning) .......................................
Lighting ...............................................................................
Lighting ...............................................................................
Furnishings  
Furnishings ...........................................................................
...........................................................................
Overall Appearance ...............................................................
Overall Appearance  
...............................................................
EQUIPMENT Audio system .........................................................................
EQUIPMENT Audio system .........................................................................
VCR / Monitor .........................................................................
VCR / Monitor .........................................................................
RESOURCES Wall diagrams (proper station?)  
RESOURCES Wall diagrams (proper station?) .................................................
.................................................
JPIC READY FOR ACTIVATION                           Date:                               Time:
OK?JPIC READY FOR ACTIVATION JPIC COORDINATOR Date: Time:
JPIC COORDINATOR
EP-AA-112-600 Revision 4 Page 6 of 17 ATTACHMENT 2 BLOOMINGTON JPIC ACTIVATION Page 1 of 6 I Bloomington JPIC: Clinton I 1. CONTACT Armory personnel to open doors to the JPIC room and to the State Room. -REFER to Figure 2-1 for layout. 2. GO under the stage (door combination lock number 26-32-38) and OPEN cabinets (cabinet key located in magnetic lock box on back of left cabinet.
 
: a. OBTAIN signs, located in cabinets under the stage and POST in visible areas. 3. SET UP the access control point at the JPIC entrance.
EP-AA-112-600 Revision 4 Page 6 of 17 ATTACHMENT 2 BLOOMINGTON JPIC ACTIVATION Page 1 of 6 I Bloomington JPIC:   Clinton   I
4 SET UP the Exelon Work area using Figure 2-2: a. OBTAIN a cart from the gym area and TRANSPORT the phones, fax machines, laptop computers, printers and other equipment needed for the JPIC Room. b. TURN ON the equipment on to verify it is functional.
: 1. CONTACT Armory personnel to open doors to the JPIC room and to the State Room.
: c. ENSURE all phones are tested for the correct phone number. d. TEST all fax machines.
          - REFER to Figure 2-1 for layout.
: e. PLACE procedure books on the applicable tables. f. PLACE nameplate identifiers on the appropriate tables using a layout of the room. 5. SET UP the Government Agency Room using Figure 2-3: a. PLACE the necessary equipment on the cart and transport to the Government Agency Room. b. TURN ON equipment to verify it is functional.
: 2. GO under the stage (door combination lock number 26-32-38) and OPEN cabinets (cabinet key located in magnetic lock box on back of left cabinet.
: c. ENSURE all phones are tested for the correct phone number. d. TEST all fax machines.
: a.     OBTAIN signs, located in cabinets under the stage and POST in visible areas.
EP-AA-112-600 Revision 4 Page 7 of 17 ATTACHMENT 2 BLOOMINGTON JPIC ACTIVATION Page 2 of 6 6. SET UP the stage area using Figure 2-4: a. OBTAIN three (3) tables and twelve (12) chairs from the cafeteria and SET UP on the stage. b. OBTAIN the microphones, amplifiers, video camera and other equipment needed for the stage. c. TURN ON equipment to verify it is working.
: 3. SET UP the access control point at the JPIC entrance.
4 SET UP the Exelon Work area using Figure 2-2:
: a.     OBTAIN a cart from the gym area and TRANSPORT the phones, fax machines, laptop computers, printers and other equipment needed for the JPIC Room.
: b.     TURN ON the equipment on to verify it is functional.
: c.     ENSURE all phones are tested for the correct phone number.
: d. TEST all fax machines.
: e.     PLACE procedure books on the applicable tables.
: f.     PLACE nameplate identifiers on the appropriate tables using a layout of the room.
: 5. SET UP the Government Agency Room using Figure 2-3:
: a.     PLACE the necessary equipment on the cart and transport to the Government Agency Room.
: b. TURN ON equipment to verify it is functional.
: c.     ENSURE all phones are tested for the correct phone number.
: d. TEST all fax machines.
 
EP-AA-112-600 Revision 4 Page 7 of 17 ATTACHMENT 2 BLOOMINGTON JPIC ACTIVATION Page 2 of 6
: 6. SET UP the stage area using Figure 2-4:
: a. OBTAIN three (3) tables and twelve (12) chairs from the cafeteria and SET UP on the stage.
: b. OBTAIN the microphones, amplifiers, video camera and other equipment needed for the stage.
: c. TURN ON equipment to verify it is working.
: d. ENSURE media phones are tested for the correct phone number.
: d. ENSURE media phones are tested for the correct phone number.
EP-AA-1 12-600 Revision 4 Page 8 of 17 ATTACHMENT 2 BLOOMINGTON JPIC ACTIVATION Page 3 of 6 Figure 2-1 BLOOMINGTON JPIC AREA LAYOUT (Clinton Station) w E MediaER Entra nce Etac ce EP-AA-112-600 Revision 4 Page 9 of 17 ATTACHMENT 2 BLOOMINGTON JPIC ACTIVATION Page 4 of 6 Figure 2-2 BLOOMINGTON JPIC -EXELON WORK AREA (Clinton Station)FRONT OF ROOM Laptop Computer#
 
828-3878 Printer and laptop on desk Public Information Liaison 828-3148 Procedure and phone on desk.SPARE TABLE JPIC Director 828-2258 Procedure and phone on desk FAX 828-2426 Fax machine on desk. JPIC Coordinator Procedure on desk Access Controller outside door Procedure on desk.Corporate Spokesperson 828-0917 Procedure and phone.Administrative Coordinator 828-0947 Procedure and phone on desk Admin Desk Fax 828-0967 Fax machone on desk SPARE TABLE NOTE Each of the 8 phone lines have the ability to send analog or I voice Each jack has a voice line on the top jack and analog line on i the bottom jack I Technical Spokesperson and Radiation Protection Spokesperson 828-0756 Procedures, printer and laptop on desk.
EP-AA-1 12-600 Revision 4 Page 8 of 17 ATTACHMENT 2 BLOOMINGTON JPIC ACTIVATION Page 3 of 6 Figure 2-1 BLOOMINGTON JPIC AREA LAYOUT (Clinton Station) w E
EP-AA-1 12-600 Revision 4 Page 10 of 17 ATTACHMENT 2 BLOOMINGTON JPIC ACTIVATION Page 5 of 6 Figure 2-3 BLOOMINGTON JPIC -GOVERNMENT AGENCY ROOM (Clinton Station)Government Agency Room RED CROSS 829-4858 FEMA 829-3477 Only a phone goes on the table.DeWitt County Public Information Officer 829-3418 Only a phone goes on the table Nuclear Regulatory Commission 829-3326 State of Illinois Governor's Office I IEMA 829-4936 Only a phone goes on this desk IEMA 829-4898 Only a phone goes on this desk IEMA FAX 828-2837 IDNS 828-8958 FAX 828-1807 Only a phone goes on this desk. IDNS 829-3148 1828-3968 Computer 828-2996 Only a phone goes on this desk door EP-AA-1 12-600 Revision 4 Page 11 of 17 ATTACHMENT 2 BLOOMINGTON JPIC ACTIVATION Page 6 of 6 Figure 2-4 BLOOMINGTON JPIC -STAGE AREA (Clinton Station) Page 1 of I[Other Repsp Other Reps Other Reps [Other RepsI SOther Reps Other Reps Stage Front I Media phones I Media phones Media 0 6 EP-AA-1 12-600 Revision 4 Page 12 of 17 ATTACHMENT 3 COATESVILLE JPIC ACTIVATION Page 1 of 6 Coatesville JPIC: Limerickl Peach Bottom I 1. OPEN combination locks on the North Cain EOFENCr Road and the Responder's Lot gates using "7326" as the numbers to be rotated into EOF InnerGate place (7326 = PECO on a telephone Ch keypad).
MediaER Entra nce               Etacce
: 2. OPEN the EOF responder's door by holding your Company ID close to the card reader mounted to the right of the back entrance doors (look for the four red LEDs). 3. After you hear the lock solenoid click, Gate 1 S immediately ENTER through the right door. / 4. LOCATE the security system panel, which is it mounted to the left of the fire alarm by the I back entrance.
 
DISARM it by moving you North Cain Road PECO ID close to the card reader. a. When disarmed, the security panel will display "NOT READY TO ARM". b. If the system is not disarmed within 30 seconds, then CALL Dispatch at 215 841-5292 and EXPLAIN that the security system did not clear and that they need NOT call the police. 5. LOCATE the silver key box that is mounted to the left of the badge board and above the security system panel unit. RETRIEVE the EOF/ENC facility master key from it by pressing in sequence the buttons: "7326". 6. SECURE the EOF / JPIC per the applicable First Responder Checklist (Table 2-1 or 2-2 of EP-AA-1 12-400, Attachment 2), located next to the eyewash station.
EP-AA-112-600 Revision 4 Page 9 of 17 ATTACHMENT 2 BLOOMINGTON JPIC ACTIVATION Page 4 of 6 Figure 2-2 BLOOMINGTON JPIC - EXELON WORK AREA (Clinton Station)
FRONT OF ROOM Corporate Spokesperson Laptop Computer# 828-3878                                               828-0917 Printer and laptop on desk Procedure and phone.
Public Information Liaison                                 Technical Spokesperson and 828-3148 Procedure and phone on desk.                         Radiation Protection Spokesperson 828-0756 Procedures, printer and laptop on desk.
SPARE TABLE JPIC Director                                    Administrative Coordinator 828-2258                                                    828-0947 Procedure and phone on desk                              Procedure and phone on desk Admin Desk FAX Fax 828-0967 828-2426                                            Fax machone on desk Fax machine on desk.
JPIC Coordinator                                              SPARE TABLE Procedure on desk Access Controller                        NOTE Each of the 8 phone lines have the ability to send analog or I voice Each jack has a voice line on the top jack and analog line on i outside door the bottom jack                                                     I Procedure on desk.
 
EP-AA-1 12-600 Revision 4 Page 10 of 17 ATTACHMENT 2 BLOOMINGTON JPIC ACTIVATION Page 5 of 6 Figure 2-3 BLOOMINGTON JPIC - GOVERNMENT AGENCY ROOM (Clinton Station)
Government Agency Room RED CROSS 829-4858 State of Illinois Governor's Office I IEMA FEMA                                                     829-4936 829-3477                                       Only a phone goes on this desk Only a phone goes on the table.
DeWitt County Public Information IEMA Officer 829-4898 829-3418 Only a phone goes on this desk Only a phone goes on the table IEMA Nuclear Regulatory Commission                                      FAX 828-2837 829-3326 IDNS 828-8958 FAX 828-1807 Only a phone goes on this desk.
IDNS 829-3148 1828-3968 Computer 828-2996 Only a phone goes on this desk door
 
EP-AA-1 12-600 Revision 4 Page 11 of 17 ATTACHMENT 2 BLOOMINGTON JPIC ACTIVATION Page 6 of 6 Figure 2-4 BLOOMINGTON JPIC - STAGE AREA (Clinton Station)
Page 1 of I
[Other Repsp Other Reps Other Reps   [Other RepsI SOther Reps Other Reps Stage Front 0                                                                                  6 I Media phones                                                       I Media phones Media
 
EP-AA-1 12-600 Revision 4 Page 12 of 17 ATTACHMENT 3 COATESVILLE JPIC ACTIVATION Page 1 of 6 Coatesville JPIC: Limerickl Peach Bottom         I
: 1. OPEN combination locks on the North Cain             EOFENCr Road and the Responder's Lot gates using "7326" as the numbers to be rotated into       EOF InnerGate place (7326 = PECO on a telephone                                                         Ch keypad).
: 2. OPEN the EOF responder's door by holding                           Gate*2 your Company ID close to the card reader mounted to the right of the back entrance doors (look for the four red LEDs).
: 3. After you hear the lock solenoid click,                         Gate 1                 S immediately ENTER through the right door.                       /         *    *dI=Inr
: 4. LOCATE the security system panel, which is mounted to the left of the fire alarm by the                   I it back entrance. DISARM it by moving you                                   North Cain Road PECO ID close to the card reader.
: a. When disarmed, the security panel will display "NOT READY TO ARM".
: b. If the system is not disarmed within 30 seconds, then CALL Dispatch at 215 841-5292 and EXPLAIN that the security system did not clear and that they need NOT call the police.
: 5. LOCATE the silver key box that is mounted to the left of the badge board and above the security system panel unit. RETRIEVE the EOF/ENC facility master key from it by pressing in sequence the buttons: "7326".
: 6. SECURE the EOF / JPIC per the applicable First Responder Checklist (Table 2-1 or 2-2 of EP-AA-1 12-400, Attachment 2), located next to the eyewash station.
: 7. CONTROL JPIC access using EP Aid 28 (Approved Access List), EP Aid 34 (EOF/JPIC Sign-In Sheets) and Step 2.1 of EP-AA-1 12-400, Attachment 2 until relieved by Facility Security personnel.
: 7. CONTROL JPIC access using EP Aid 28 (Approved Access List), EP Aid 34 (EOF/JPIC Sign-In Sheets) and Step 2.1 of EP-AA-1 12-400, Attachment 2 until relieved by Facility Security personnel.
: 8. PERFORM the actions listed in Table 3-1 to assist with JPIC set-up.9. PERFORM the actions listed in Table 3-3 to assist with JPIC deactivation.
: 8. PERFORM the actions listed in Table 3-1 to assist with JPIC set-up.
: 9. PERFORM the actions listed in Table 3-3 to assist with JPIC deactivation.
 
EP-AA-1 12-600 Revision 4 Page 13 of 17 ATTACHMENT 3 COATESVILLE JPIC ACTIVATION Page 2 of 6 Table 3-1 COATESVILLE JPIC ACTIVATION CHECKLIST Page 1 of I If any item on this checklist cannot be completed in a timely manner, then NOTE item below as an exception and DELIVER completed checklist to the JPIC Coordinator.
EP-AA-1 12-600 Revision 4 Page 13 of 17 ATTACHMENT 3 COATESVILLE JPIC ACTIVATION Page 2 of 6 Table 3-1 COATESVILLE JPIC ACTIVATION CHECKLIST Page 1 of I If any item on this checklist cannot be completed in a timely manner, then NOTE item below as an exception and DELIVER completed checklist to the JPIC Coordinator.
INITIALS 1. ENSURE that the building alarm has been disarmed.
INITIALS
: 2. UNLOCK every door in the ENC including the Media Monitoring Room. 3. VERIFY that lights and ventilation system are operating acceptably.
: 1. ENSURE that the building alarm has been disarmed.
: 4. VERIFY that Security is stationed and controlling access to the JPIC. 5. SET UP the Auditorium and Media Monitoring work area, if necessary, using Figure 3-1. 6. CHECK all governmental phones for dial tone and REPORT any deficiencies to the JPIC Coordinator or Administrative Coordinator.
: 2. UNLOCK every door in the ENC including the Media Monitoring Room.
: 7. ACTIVATE and ENERGIZE emergency equipment (computers, printers, copier, etc.) 8. VERIFY that actions have been completed or are in progress to SET UP and TEST audio / sound system for the JPIC Rooms and Auditorium per the AudioNisual Set Up instructions (Table 3-2) JPIC Activation Checklist Completed by: Print Name / Signature:  
: 3. VERIFY that lights and ventilation system are operating acceptably.
/ Date Completed:
: 4. VERIFY that Security is stationed and controlling access to the JPIC.
Time Completed:
: 5. SET UP the Auditorium and Media Monitoring work area, if necessary, using Figure 3-1.
a.m./p.m.
: 6. CHECK all governmental phones for dial tone and REPORT any deficiencies to the JPIC Coordinator or Administrative Coordinator.
EP-AA-1 12-600 Revision 4 Page 14 of 17 ATTACHMENT 3 COATESVILLE JPIC ACTIVATION Page 3 of 6 Table 3-2 COATESVILLE JPIC ACTIVATION CHECKLIST Page 1 of 1 AUDIO I VISUAL SET UP INSTRUCTIONS INITIALS 1. GET key from JPIC access box in Admin. Room 2. GET headset and TURN ON headset amps in Control Center 3. GO to booth and TURN ON main amp switch (red) and all amps, including those for lapel and hand-held microphones
: 7. ACTIVATE and ENERGIZE emergency equipment (computers, printers, copier, etc.)
: 4. SOUND CHECK two lapel microphones (in Auditorium and each JPIC room); REPLACE batteries if needed 5. GIVE microphones to Corporate Spokesperson(s)
: 8. VERIFY that actions have been completed or are in progress to SET UP and TEST audio / sound system for the JPIC Rooms and Auditorium per the AudioNisual Set Up instructions (Table 3-2)
: 6. SOUND CHECK hand microphone in Auditorium and PLACE on podium table 7. HOOK UP table microphone on Spokesperson Table and PLACE laser pointer on podium 8. CONNECT multi-box, if needed 9. SET UP slide projector and CHECK with JPIC Coordinator for slides 10. SET UP video projector, using appropriate photo (PBAPS, LGS, etc.) 11. TURN ON stage lighting (in circuit breaker panel) 12. TURN ON TV's and VCR's, SET to Channels 3, 6, 10 & CNN, and GET tapes for recording if necessary
JPIC Activation Checklist Completed by:
Print Name / Signature:                                 /
Date Completed:                                   Time Completed:           a.m./p.m.
 
EP-AA-1 12-600 Revision 4 Page 14 of 17 ATTACHMENT 3 COATESVILLE JPIC ACTIVATION Page 3 of 6 Table 3-2 COATESVILLE JPIC ACTIVATION CHECKLIST Page 1 of 1 AUDIO I VISUAL SET UP INSTRUCTIONS INITIALS
: 1. GET key from JPIC access box in Admin. Room
: 2. GET headset and TURN ON headset amps in Control Center
: 3. GO to booth and TURN ON main amp switch (red) and all amps, including those for lapel and hand-held microphones
: 4. SOUND CHECK two lapel microphones (in Auditorium and each JPIC room); REPLACE batteries if needed
: 5. GIVE microphones to Corporate Spokesperson(s)
: 6. SOUND CHECK hand microphone in Auditorium and PLACE on podium table
: 7. HOOK UP table microphone on Spokesperson Table and PLACE laser pointer on podium
: 8. CONNECT multi-box, if needed
: 9. SET UP slide projector and CHECK with JPIC Coordinator for slides
: 10. SET UP video projector, using appropriate photo (PBAPS, LGS, etc.)
: 11. TURN ON stage lighting (in circuit breaker panel)
: 12. TURN ON TV's and VCR's, SET to Channels 3, 6, 10 & CNN, and GET tapes for recording if necessary
: 13. TURN ON podium camera, TV and VCR (RECORD only on the press conference portions)
: 13. TURN ON podium camera, TV and VCR (RECORD only on the press conference portions)
For Satellite Link: "* Call will come in on Ext. 3966 for voice connection  
For Satellite Link:
"* When ready to connect call to amps, PRESS "CONNECT" on People Link "* PRIVACY button will mute ougoing but not incoming "* ADJUST pots under TRANSMIT and RECEIVE for levels to avoid red light (overload)  
"* Call will come in on Ext. 3966 for voice connection
"* When ready to connect call to amps, PRESS "CONNECT"on People Link
"* PRIVACY button will mute ougoing but not incoming
"* ADJUST pots under TRANSMIT and RECEIVE for levels to avoid red light (overload)
"* SELECT satellite and channel given by technician at Harrisburg, PA Completed by:
"* SELECT satellite and channel given by technician at Harrisburg, PA Completed by:
EP-AA-112-600 Revision 4 Page 15 of 17 ATTACHMENT 3 COATESVILLE JPIC ACTIVATION Page 4 of 6 Table 3-3 COATESVILLE JPIC DEACTIVATION CHECKLIST Page 1 of I INITIALS 1. DEACTIVATE, DE-ENERGIZE and/or STOW in proper location all emergency equipment (i.e., computers, printers, data links, radios, phones, etc.) 2. ERASE and CLEAN sign-in boards 3. COLLATE all logs, forms and documents pertaining to the emergency and PROVIDE to Exelon Generation Communications  
 
& Public Affairs staff 4. RETURN all unused consumables to the appropriate storage areas, and REPLACE any used consumables
EP-AA-112-600 Revision 4 Page 15 of 17 ATTACHMENT 3 COATESVILLE JPIC ACTIVATION Page 4 of 6 Table 3-3 COATESVILLE JPIC DEACTIVATION CHECKLIST Page 1 of I INITIALS
: 1. DEACTIVATE, DE-ENERGIZE and/or STOW in proper location all emergency equipment (i.e., computers, printers, data links, radios, phones, etc.)
: 2. ERASE and CLEAN sign-in boards
: 3. COLLATE all logs, forms and documents pertaining to the emergency and PROVIDE to Exelon Generation Communications & Public Affairs staff
: 4. RETURN all unused consumables to the appropriate storage areas, and REPLACE any used consumables
: 5. CLEAN OFF all desks and REPLACE chairs to their pre-activation locations
: 5. CLEAN OFF all desks and REPLACE chairs to their pre-activation locations
: 6. PLACE ventilation system in Standby Mode and TURN OFF lights 7. RECORD any defective or missing equipment, or other similar items (if none, so state): 8. ENSURE all personnel have exited the facility or turnover to an Emergency Preparedness staff member 9. RETURN any keys to to an Emergency Preparedness staff member, who will activate EOF/JPIC alarm system upon exiting JPIC Deactivation Checklist Completed by: (JPIC Coordinator)
: 6. PLACE ventilation system in Standby Mode and TURN OFF lights
Print Name / Signature:  
: 7. RECORD any defective or missing equipment, or other similar items (if none, so state):
/ Date Completed:
: 8. ENSURE all personnel have exited the facility or turnover to an Emergency Preparedness staff member
Time Completed:
: 9. RETURN any keys to to an Emergency Preparedness staff member, who will activate EOF/JPIC alarm system upon exiting JPIC Deactivation Checklist Completed by: (JPIC Coordinator)
a.m./p.m.
Print Name / Signature:                               /
EP-AA-112-600 Revision 4 Page 16 of 17 ATTACHMENT 3 COATESVILLE JPIC ACTIVATION Page 5 of 6 Figure 3-1: COATESVILLE FACILITY LAYOUT Page 1 of 2 Emergency Operations Facility (North Half) I MEDIA ENTRANCE ATTACHMENT 3 COATESVILLE JPIC ACTIVATION Page 6 of 6 Figure 3-1 COATESVILLE FACILITY LAYOUT Page 2 of 2 Emergency Operations Facility (South Half) R C TELEPHONE BATTERY 0 0D ROOM ROO ROOM 000 121 00 f , 4A ENTR NCE EP-AA-1 12-601 Exekn. Revision 0 Page 1 of 23 Nuclear Level 2 -Reference Use EMERGENCY NEWS CENTER (ENC) OPERATIONS PURPOSE 1.1 This procedure describes the responsibilities and actions of the Emergency News Center (ENC) function, which consists of the following positions reporting to the Public Information Director:  
Date Completed:                                 Time Completed:             a.m./p.m.
-Technical Advisor* -Radiological Advisor* -Events Recorder -Media Monitoring Staff -Rumor Control Staff -News Writer 1.2 When the Shift Manager decides that a situation warrants activation of the Joint Public Information Center (JPIC) under the Emergency Plan, this procedure becomes applicable.
 
: 2. TERMS AND DEFINITIONS Emergency News Center (ENC) functions are co-located with the common MWROG Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) in Warrenville, IL. As such, the ENC is physically separated from the Joint Public Information Center (JPIC). The Coatesville JPIC shares a common facility with the EOF. Therefore, ENC functions are performed at the JPIC instead of at a separate ENC. *Since the ENC shares a common facility with the JPIC, the Technical and Radiological Advisors may also perform the duties of the Technical and Radiation Protection Spokesperson positions.
EP-AA-112-600 Revision 4 Page 16 of 17 ATTACHMENT 3 COATESVILLE JPIC ACTIVATION Page 5 of 6 Figure 3-1: COATESVILLE FACILITY LAYOUT Page 1 of 2 Emergency Operations Facility (North Half) I MEDIA ENTRANCE
EP-AA-112-601 Revision 0 Page 2 of 23 3. RESPONSIBILITIES 3.1 The Public Information D;rector is responsible for providing the Corporate Emergency Director with an overview of the public and media impacts resulting from the Exelon Nuclear and governmental activities and coordinating with the Corporate Spokesperson to provide information to the media. 3.2 The TechnicalAdvisor gathers pertinent plant operating data from EOF sources during the event for use by ENC personnel.
 
The information includes plant status data and in particular, developments affecting plant safety systems and reactor integrity.
ATTACHMENT 3 COATESVILLE JPIC ACTIVATION Page 6 of 6 Figure 3-1 COATESVILLE FACILITY LAYOUT Page 2 of 2 Emergency Operations Facility (South Half)
3.3 The RadiologicalAdvisor gathers pertinent radiological data from EOF sources during the event for use by ENC personnel.
R C         TELEPHONE   BATTERY 0 0D         ROOM 000         121 00                 f114** , ROOM ROO 4A   ENTR NCE
The information includes plant status data and in particular, data involving any radiological releases into the environment.
 
The Radiological Advisor serves as a support individual for the Radiation Protection Spokesperson, the News Writer, and the ENC Recorder.
EP-AA-1 12-601 Exekn. Nuclear Revision 0 Page 1 of 23 Level 2 - Reference Use EMERGENCY NEWS CENTER (ENC) OPERATIONS PURPOSE 1.1   This procedure describes the responsibilities and actions of the Emergency News Center (ENC) function, which consists of the following positions reporting to the Public Information Director:
3.4 The Events Recorder maintains the Chronological Event Description Log that is provided to the media at the JPIC. 3.5 The Media Monitoring Staff is responsible for monitoring and reviewing media coverage of an emergency event. The Media Monitor is also the initial point of contact for media inquiries.
      - Technical Advisor*
      - Radiological Advisor*
    -   Events Recorder
    -   Media Monitoring Staff
    -   Rumor Control Staff
    -   News Writer 1.2 When the Shift Manager decides that a situation warrants activation of the Joint Public Information Center (JPIC) under the Emergency Plan, this procedure becomes applicable.
: 2. TERMS AND DEFINITIONS Emergency News Center (ENC) functions are co-located with the common MWROG Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) in Warrenville, IL. As such, the ENC is physically separated from the Joint Public Information Center (JPIC).
The Coatesville JPIC shares a common facility with the EOF. Therefore, ENC functions are performed at the JPIC instead of at a separate ENC.
    *Since the ENC shares a common facility with the JPIC, the Technical and RadiologicalAdvisors may also perform the duties of the Technical and RadiationProtectionSpokesperson positions.
 
EP-AA-112-601 Revision 0 Page 2 of 23
: 3. RESPONSIBILITIES 3.1 The Public Information D;rectoris responsible for providing the Corporate Emergency Director with an overview of the public and media impacts resulting from the Exelon Nuclear and governmental activities and coordinating with the Corporate Spokesperson to provide information to the media.
3.2 The TechnicalAdvisorgathers pertinent plant operating data from EOF sources during the event for use by ENC personnel. The information includes plant status data and in particular, developments affecting plant safety systems and reactor integrity.
3.3 The RadiologicalAdvisorgathers pertinent radiological data from EOF sources during the event for use by ENC personnel. The information includes plant status data and in particular, data involving any radiological releases into the environment. The Radiological Advisor serves as a support individual for the Radiation Protection Spokesperson, the News Writer, and the ENC Recorder.
3.4 The Events Recorder maintains the Chronological Event Description Log that is provided to the media at the JPIC.
3.5 The Media Monitoring Staff is responsible for monitoring and reviewing media coverage of an emergency event. The Media Monitor is also the initial point of contact for media inquiries.
3.6 The Rumor Control Staff is responsible for monitoring and reviewing rumors during an emergency event. The Rumor Control Monitor ensures that rumors are documented, reviewed, and responded to as deemed appropriate.
3.6 The Rumor Control Staff is responsible for monitoring and reviewing rumors during an emergency event. The Rumor Control Monitor ensures that rumors are documented, reviewed, and responded to as deemed appropriate.
3.7 The News Writerwrites press releases that will be provided to the media 4. MAIN BODY 4.1 INITIATE the appropriate Emergency Plan activities using the position specific checklist listed in Attachments 1 thru 7. 5. DOCUMENTATION None 6. REFERENCES None EP-AA-1 12-601 Revision 0 Page 3 of 23 7. ATTACHMENTS 7.1 Attachment 1, Public Information Director Checklist 7.2 Attachment 2, Technical Advisor Checklist 7.3 Attachment 3, Radiological Advisor Checklist 7.4 Attachment 4, Events Recorder Checklist 7.5 Attachment 5, Media Monitor Checklist 7.6 Attachment 6, Rumor Control Checklist 7.7 Attachment 7, News Writer Checklist EP-AA-1 12-601 Revision 0 Page 4of23 ATTACHMENT I PUBLIC INFORMATION DIRECTOR CHECKLIST Page I of 4 The Public Information Director is responsible for providing the Corporate Emergency Director with an overview of the public and media impacts resulting from the Exelon Nuclear and governmental activities and coordinating with the Corporate Spokesperson to provide information to the media. Section 1, Initial Actions Section 2, Ongoing Actions NOTE: Steps in this checklist may be performed in an order other than listed or they may be omitted if not applicable.
3.7 The News Writerwrites press releases that will be provided to the media
: 1. INITIAL ACTIONS 1.1 SIGN in on the Organization Board. 1.2 INITIATE a position log documenting significant actions performed and communications related to your position.
: 4. MAIN BODY 4.1 INITIATE the appropriate Emergency Plan activities using the position specific checklist listed in Attachments 1 thru 7.
1.3 REPORT your arrival to the Corporate Spokesperson and OBTAIN a summary of the information previously provided by Exelon Nuclear, Federal, State and local agency representatives to the media and to the public from the Nuclear Duty Officer and Exelon Nuclear Communications.
: 5. DOCUMENTATION None
1.4 CONTACT the Corporate Emergency Director and OBTAIN an initial briefing of the current plant and environmental status. 1.5 ENSURE that adequate staffing is available to support Emergency News Center (ENC) functions:
: 6. REFERENCES None
Technical Advisor: Radiological Advisor: News Writer: Events Recorder:
 
Rumor Control Staff: Media Monitoring Staff: 1.5.1 If additional staff is required, then INSTRUCT the Administrative Coordinator to call out additional personnel per the ERO Telephone Directory, and/or REQUEST the Corporate Emergency Director to temporarily approve the use of other Exelon personnel until trained personnel can be located.
EP-AA-1 12-601 Revision 0 Page 3 of 23
EP-AA-1 12-601 Revision 0 Page 5 of 23 ATTACHMENT I PUBLIC INFORMATION DIRECTOR CHECKLIST Page 2 of 4 ¶ Mid-West ROG only 1.6 ESTABLISH contact with the Corporate Spokesperson and MAINTAIN an open line with the JPIC. 1.7 CONFER with the Corporate Spokesperson and the other ENC personnel to formulate an action plan to obtain and disseminate information.
: 7. ATTACHMENTS 7.1 Attachment 1, Public Information Director Checklist 7.2 Attachment 2, Technical Advisor Checklist 7.3 Attachment 3, Radiological Advisor Checklist 7.4 Attachment 4, Events Recorder Checklist 7.5 Attachment 5, Media Monitor Checklist 7.6 Attachment 6, Rumor Control Checklist 7.7 Attachment 7, News Writer Checklist
1.8 SUPERVISE the activities of the ENC staff in support of the JPIC. 1.8.1 MAINTAIN cognizance of plant and environmental conditions.
 
1.8.2 COORDINATE the content, format and timeliness of written news information with the Corporate Spokesperson.
EP-AA-1 12-601 Revision 0 Page 4of23 ATTACHMENT I PUBLIC INFORMATION DIRECTOR CHECKLIST Page I of 4 The Public Information Director is responsible for providing the Corporate Emergency Director with an overview of the public and media impacts resulting from the Exelon Nuclear and governmental activities and coordinating with the Corporate Spokesperson to provide information to the media.
1.8.3 COORDINATE the review of media coverage of the event. 1.9 CONFER with the Corporate Spokesperson regarding when the JPIC will be activated and REQUEST that a Press Release be issued for JPIC activation.
Section 1, Initial Actions Section 2, Ongoing Actions NOTE:       Steps in this checklist may be performed in an order other than listed or they may be omitted if not applicable.
1.10 INFORM the Corporate Emergency Director when JPIC is activated.
: 1.     INITIAL ACTIONS 1.1                 SIGN in on the Organization Board.
: 2. ONGOING ACTIONS 2.1 OBTAIN frequent updates from the Corporate Emergency Director to maintain cognizance of plant and environmental conditions and actions taken by Exelon Nuclear and governmental support personnel.
1.2                 INITIATE a position log documenting significant actions performed and communications related to your position.
1.3                 REPORT your arrival to the Corporate Spokesperson and OBTAIN a summary of the information previously provided by Exelon Nuclear, Federal, State and local agency representatives to the media and to the public from the Nuclear Duty Officer and Exelon Nuclear Communications.
1.4               CONTACT the Corporate Emergency Director and OBTAIN an initial briefing of the current plant and environmental status.
1.5   ENSURE that adequate staffing is available to support Emergency News Center (ENC) functions:
Technical Advisor:
Radiological Advisor:
News Writer:
Events Recorder:             Rumor Control Staff:
Media Monitoring Staff:
1.5.1             If additional staff is required, then INSTRUCT the Administrative Coordinator to call out additional personnel per the ERO Telephone Directory, and/or REQUEST the Corporate Emergency Director to temporarily approve the use of other Exelon personnel until trained personnel can be located.
 
EP-AA-1 12-601 Revision 0 Page 5 of 23 ATTACHMENT I PUBLIC INFORMATION DIRECTOR CHECKLIST Page 2 of 4
¶ Mid-West ROG only 1.6             ESTABLISH contact with the Corporate Spokesperson and MAINTAIN an open line with the JPIC.
1.7             CONFER with the Corporate Spokesperson and the other ENC personnel to formulate an action plan to obtain and disseminate information.
1.8             SUPERVISE the activities of the ENC staff in support of the JPIC.
1.8.1           MAINTAIN cognizance of plant and environmental conditions.
1.8.2           COORDINATE the content, format and timeliness of written news information with the Corporate Spokesperson.
1.8.3           COORDINATE the review of media coverage of the event.
1.9             CONFER with the Corporate Spokesperson regarding when the JPIC will be activated and REQUEST that a Press Release be issued for JPIC activation.
1.10           INFORM the Corporate Emergency Director when JPIC is activated.
: 2. ONGOING ACTIONS 2.1   OBTAIN frequent updates from the Corporate Emergency Director to maintain cognizance of plant and environmental conditions and actions taken by Exelon Nuclear and governmental support personnel.
: 1. ATTEND and PARTICIPATE in meetings and updates held by the Corporate Emergency Director.
: 1. ATTEND and PARTICIPATE in meetings and updates held by the Corporate Emergency Director.
: 2. CONSIDER the following items to be included in the periodic briefings:  
: 2. CONSIDER the following items to be included in the periodic briefings:
-Press releases issued -Extent of media coverage -Briefings and information provided to Exelon Nuclear executives.
            -       Press releases issued
2.2 INFORM the media when the JPIC is activated.
            -       Extent of media coverage
EP-AA-1 12-601 Revision 0 Page 6of23 ATTACHMENT 1 PUBLIC INFORMATION DIRECTOR CHECKLIST Page 3 of 4 Mid-West ROG only I 2.3 FUNCTION as a liaison between the Emergency Response Organization (ERO) and Exelon Nuclear corporate executives.
            -       Briefings and information provided to Exelon Nuclear executives.
2.4 INTERFACE with the Corporate Spokesperson and JPIC Director:
2.2   INFORM the media when the JPIC is activated.
: 1. PROVIDE an overview of public and media impact resulting from the decisions made by Exelon Nuclear and governmental activities.
 
: 2. COORDINATE the issuance of all press releases and Chronological Event Description Logs. 3. UPDATE on changes in plant, environmental and radiological conditions.
EP-AA-1 12-601 Revision 0 Page 6of23 ATTACHMENT 1 PUBLIC INFORMATION DIRECTOR CHECKLIST Page 3 of 4 Mid-West ROG only         I 2.3   FUNCTION as a liaison between the Emergency Response Organization (ERO) and Exelon Nuclear corporate executives.
2.5 ENSURE that the Corporate Emergency Director reviews press releases for technical accuracy and is aware of press conferences, and the coverage being provided by the various media sources.
2.4   INTERFACE with the Corporate Spokesperson and JPIC Director:
2.6 ENSURE that information is provided to the Corporate Spokesperson and JPIC staff in response to media inquiries.
: 1.     PROVIDE an overview of public and media impact resulting from the decisions made by Exelon Nuclear and governmental activities.
2.7 INTERFACE with the JPIC Director the content, format and timeliness of the press releases and Chronological Event Description Logs to be provided by Exelon Nuclear to the news media and to the public. 1. DIRECT the News Writer and Events Recorder, with the assistance of the Technical and Radiological Advisors to assist with the following:
: 2.       COORDINATE the issuance of all press releases and Chronological Event Description Logs.
A. The Events Recorder with maintaining accurate and timely Chronological Event Description Logs. B. The News Writer in preparing Press Releases as required.
: 3.       UPDATE on changes in plant, environmental and radiological conditions.
: 2. PROVIDE news releases and Chronological Events Description Log to the Corporate Emergency Director for review of the technical content prior to approval.
2.5   ENSURE that the Corporate Emergency Director reviews press releases for technical accuracy and is aware of press conferences, and the coverage being provided by the various media sources.
2.8 APPROVE Press Releases prior to dissemination to the media. 1. INSTRUCT the News Writer to indicate the approval of the Press Release by entering the Corporate Spokesperson's name on the "Approved By" line of the Press Release.
2.6   ENSURE that information is provided to the Corporate Spokesperson and JPIC staff in response to media inquiries.
EP-AA-1 12-601 Revision 0 Page 7 of 23 ATTACHMENT 1 PUBLIC INFORMATION DIRECTOR CHECKLIST Page 4 of 4 2. AUTHORIZE the issuance of press releases and Chronological Event Logs. 3. ENSURE that the JPIC/ENC is aware of the approval of a press release.
2.7   INTERFACE with the JPIC Director the content, format and timeliness of the press releases and Chronological Event Description Logs to be provided by Exelon Nuclear to the news media and to the public.
2.9 COORDINATE with Federal, State and Local agencies, as well as with other organizations involved in the emergency response, to maintain factual consistency of information to be conveyed to the news media/public.
: 1.       DIRECT the News Writer and Events Recorder, with the assistance of the Technical and Radiological Advisors to assist with the following:
: 1. REQUEST that the Spokespersons at the JPIC relay information obtained through their interactions with the various agencies Public Information Officers (PIOs). 2.10 PARTICIPATE, as needed, with rumor control activities.
A. The Events Recorder with maintaining accurate and timely Chronological Event Description Logs.
2.11 COORDINATE with the Media Monitor to review and assess media coverage of the event. 2.12 PERFORM a shift turnover with on-coming personnel using guidance in EP-AA 112, Attachment 2 (Shift Turnover).
B. The News Writer in preparing Press Releases as required.
EP-AA-1 12-601 Revision 0 Page 8 of 23 ATTACHMENT 2 TECHNICAL ADVISOR CHECKLIST Page 1 of 2 The Technical Advisor gathers pertinent plant operating data from EOF sources during the event for use by Emergency News Center (ENC) personnel.
: 2.     PROVIDE news releases and Chronological Events Description Log to the Corporate Emergency Director for review of the technical content prior to approval.
The information includes plant status data and in particular, developments affecting plant safety systems and reactor integrity.
2.8   APPROVE Press Releases prior to dissemination to the media.
The Technical Advisor serves as a support individual for the News Writer and the Events Recorder, and may serve in support or as the Technical Spokesperson.
: 1.     INSTRUCT the News Writer to indicate the approval of the Press Release by entering the Corporate Spokesperson's name on the "Approved By" line of the Press Release.
Section 1, Initial Actions Section 2, Ongoing Actions NOTE: Steps in this checklist may be performed in an order other than listed or they may be omitted if not applicable.
 
Coatesville JPIC The Technical Advisor will also perform the functions of the Technical Spokesperson as a collateral duty. 1. INITIAL ACTIONS 1.1 SIGN-IN on the Organization Board 1.2 REPORT arrival to the Public Information Director 1.3 INITIATE a position log documenting significant actions performed and communications related to your position.
EP-AA-1 12-601 Revision 0 Page 7 of 23 ATTACHMENT 1 PUBLIC INFORMATION DIRECTOR CHECKLIST Page 4 of 4
1.4 OBTAIN operating data from the EOF Operations Advisor concerning plant safety systems and fission product barrier integrity.
: 2. AUTHORIZE the issuance of press releases and Chronological Event Logs.
Coatesville JPIC I BRIEF the Public Information Director on current plant status.The Corporate Spokesperson and JPIC Director should be included on briefings and updates provided to the Public Information Director.1.5 EP-AA-1 12-601 Revision 0 Page 9 of 23 ATTACHMENT 2 TECHNICAL ADVISOR CHECKLIST Page 2 of 2 2. ONGOING ACTIONS 2.1 ASSIST in obtaining technical and plant status information for use in press releases and media briefings.
: 3. ENSURE that the JPIC/ENC is aware of the approval of a press release.
2.2 ASSIST the Events Recorder in the preparation of a Chronological Event Description Log. 2.3 ASSIST the News Writer in the preparation of press releases.
2.9 COORDINATE with Federal, State and Local agencies, as well as with other organizations involved in the emergency response, to maintain factual consistency of information to be conveyed to the news media/public.
Mid-West ROGI 2.4 OBTAIN necessary technical data as required by the JPIC Director or Technical Spokesperson in order to answer "follow up" questions posed by the news media that were not answered during press conferences.
: 1. REQUEST that the Spokespersons at the JPIC relay information obtained through their interactions with the various agencies Public Information Officers (PIOs).
Coatesville JPIC 2.5 FUNCTION as a Public Information Official (PIO) for Exelon Nuclear in regards to plant status and plant operations.
2.10 PARTICIPATE, as needed, with rumor control activities.
2.6 DOCUMENT unanswered technical questions posed by the news media. 2.7 PROVIDE answers to questions for the news media and follow-up explanation that corrects any misinformation as soon as is practicable.
2.11 COORDINATE with the Media Monitor to review and assess media coverage of the event.
2.8 PREPARE briefing papers in coordination with the EOF Technical Support Manager, and PROVIDE additional plant technical details and background not found in the press releases.
2.12 PERFORM a shift turnover with on-coming personnel using guidance in EP-AA 112, Attachment 2 (Shift Turnover).
2.9 OBTAIN or PREPARE audio-visual resources, with the assistance of the JPIC Coordinator and JPIC Administrative Coordinator, for use during press conferences.
 
2.10 OBTAIN regular updates from the EOF Operations Advisor of plant operations and plant status, including plant safety systems and reactor integrity.
EP-AA-1 12-601 Revision 0 Page 8 of 23 ATTACHMENT 2 TECHNICAL ADVISOR CHECKLIST Page 1 of 2 The Technical Advisor gathers pertinent plant operating data from EOF sources during the event for use by Emergency News Center (ENC) personnel. The information includes plant status data and in particular, developments affecting plant safety systems and reactor integrity. The Technical Advisor serves as a support individual for the News Writer and the Events Recorder, and may serve in support or as the Technical Spokesperson.
2.11 PERFORM a shift turnover with on-coming personnel using guidance in EP-AA 112, Attachment 2 (Shift Turnover).
Section 1, Initial Actions Section 2, Ongoing Actions NOTE:       Steps in this checklist may be performed in an order other than listed or they may be omitted if not applicable.
EP-AA-1 12-601 Revision 0 Page 10 of 23 ATTACHMENT 3 RADIOLOGICAL ADVISOR CHECKLIST Page 1 of 3 The Radiological Advisor reports to the Public Information Director and gathers pertinent radiological data from EOF sources during the event for use by Emergency News Center (ENC) personnel.
Coatesville JPIC The Technical Advisor will also perform the functions of the Technical Spokesperson as a collateral duty.
The information includes plant status data and in particular, data involving any radiological releases into the environment.
: 1.     INITIAL ACTIONS 1.1                 SIGN-IN on the Organization Board 1.2                 REPORT arrival to the Public Information Director 1.3                 INITIATE a position log documenting significant actions performed and communications related to your position.
The Radiological Advisor serves as a support individual for the News Writer and the Events Recorder, and may serve in support or as the Radiation Protection Spokesperson.
1.4                 OBTAIN operating data from the EOF Operations Advisor concerning plant safety systems and fission product barrier integrity.
Section 1, Initial Actions Section 2, Ongoing Actions NOTE: Steps in this checklist may be performed in an order other than listed or they may be omitted if not applicable.
Coatesville JPIC               I The Corporate Spokesperson and JPIC Director should be included on briefings and updates provided to the Public Information Director.
FCoatesville JPIC rThe Radiological Advisor will also perform the functions of the Radiation Protection Spokesperson as a collateral duty.I 1. INITIAL ACTIONS 1.1 SIGN IN on the Organization Board. 1.2 REPORT your arrival to the Public Information Director.
1.5                 BRIEF the Public Information Director on current plant status.
1.3 INITIATE a position log documenting significant actions performed and communications related to your position.
 
1.4 OBTAIN radiological data from the EOF Radiation Protection Manager concerning plant status and, in particular, concerning any radiological releases from the plant into the environment that may have occurred or may be planned.
EP-AA-1 12-601 Revision 0 Page 9 of 23 ATTACHMENT 2 TECHNICAL ADVISOR CHECKLIST Page 2 of 2
: 2. ONGOING ACTIONS 2.1   ASSIST in obtaining technical and plant status information for use in press releases and media briefings.
2.2   ASSIST the Events Recorder in the preparation of a Chronological Event Description Log.
2.3   ASSIST the News Writer in the preparation of press releases.
Mid-West ROGI 2.4   OBTAIN necessary technical data as required by the JPIC Director or Technical Spokesperson in order to answer "follow up" questions posed by the news media that were not answered during press conferences.
Coatesville JPIC 2.5   FUNCTION as a Public Information Official (PIO) for Exelon Nuclear in regards to plant status and plant operations.
2.6   DOCUMENT unanswered technical questions posed by the news media.
2.7   PROVIDE answers to questions for the news media and follow-up explanation that corrects any misinformation as soon as is practicable.
2.8   PREPARE briefing papers in coordination with the EOF Technical Support Manager, and PROVIDE additional plant technical details and background not found in the press releases.
2.9   OBTAIN or PREPARE audio-visual resources, with the assistance of the JPIC Coordinator and JPIC Administrative Coordinator, for use during press conferences.
2.10 OBTAIN regular updates from the EOF Operations Advisor of plant operations and plant status, including plant safety systems and reactor integrity.
2.11 PERFORM a shift turnover with on-coming personnel using guidance in EP-AA 112, Attachment 2 (Shift Turnover).
 
EP-AA-1 12-601 Revision 0 Page 10 of 23 ATTACHMENT 3 RADIOLOGICAL ADVISOR CHECKLIST Page 1 of 3 The Radiological Advisor reports to the Public Information Director and gathers pertinent radiological data from EOF sources during the event for use by Emergency News Center (ENC) personnel. The information includes plant status data and in particular, data involving any radiological releases into the environment. The Radiological Advisor serves as a support individual for the News Writer and the Events Recorder, and may serve in support or as the Radiation Protection Spokesperson.
Section 1, Initial Actions Section 2, Ongoing Actions NOTE:       Steps in this checklist may be performed in an order other than listed or they may be omitted if not applicable.
FCoatesville JPIC rThe Radiological Advisor will also perform the functions of the Radiation Protection Spokesperson as a collateral duty.I
: 1.     INITIAL ACTIONS 1.1                 SIGN IN on the Organization Board.
1.2                 REPORT your arrival to the Public Information Director.
1.3                 INITIATE a position log documenting significant actions performed and communications related to your position.
1.4                 OBTAIN radiological data from the EOF Radiation Protection Manager concerning plant status and, in particular, concerning any radiological releases from the plant into the environment that may have occurred or may be planned.
Coatesville JPIC The Corporate Spokesperson and JPIC Director should be included on briefings and updates provided to the Public Information Director.
Coatesville JPIC The Corporate Spokesperson and JPIC Director should be included on briefings and updates provided to the Public Information Director.
1.5 BRIEF the Public Information Director on the current radiological status.
1.5                 BRIEF the Public Information Director on the current radiological status.
ATTACHMENT 3 RADIOLOGICAL ADVISOR CHECKLIST Page 2 of 3 EP-AA-1 12-601 Revision 0 Page 11 of 23 2. ONGOING ACTIONS 2.1 ASSIST in obtaining environmental and health physics information for use in press releases and media briefings.
 
: 1. OBTAIN data from the EOF Radiation Protection Manager concerning plant radiological effluent releases, on-site radiological conditions, off-site monitoring results, and protective actions implemented on-site and off-site.
EP-AA-1 12-601 Revision 0 Page 11 of 23 ATTACHMENT 3 RADIOLOGICAL ADVISOR CHECKLIST Page 2 of 3
CAUTION In the event of a radiological release to the environment, DO NOT provide recommendations to the Radiation Protection Spokesperson that could result in an Exelon Nuclear advisement of Protective Action Recommendations directly to the Public. Such advisements are made by State authorities and not Exelon Nuclear.
: 2. ONGOING ACTIONS 2.1 ASSIST in obtaining environmental and health physics information for use in press releases and media briefings.
2.2 ASSIST the Events Recorder in the preparation of a Chronological Event Description Log. 2.3 ASSIST the News Writer in the preparation of press releases.Mid-West ROG I II I M 2.4 OBTAIN necessary radiological data as required by the JPIC Director or Radiation Protection Spokesperson in order to answer "follow up" questions posed by the news media that were not answered during the press conferences.
: 1.     OBTAIN data from the EOF Radiation Protection Manager concerning plant radiological effluent releases, on-site radiological conditions, off-site monitoring results, and protective actions implemented on-site and off-site.
I.= t EP-AA-1 12-601 Revision 0 Page 12 of 23 ATTACHMENT 3 RADIOLOGICAL ADVISOR CHECKLIST Page 3 of 3 Coatesville JPIC 2.5 FUNCTION as a Public Information Official (PIO) for Exelon Nuclear in regards to health physics and environmental concerns.
I CAUTION
2.6 DOCUMENT unanswered radiological or environmental questions posed by the news media. 2.7 PROVIDE answers to questions for the news media and follow-up explanation that corrects any misinformation as soon as is practicable.
                                                                                              .=
2.8 PREPARE briefing papers in coordination with the EOF Radiation Protection Manager, and PROVIDE additional plant technical details and background not found in the press releases.
In the event of a radiological release to the environment, DO NOT provide t recommendations to the Radiation Protection Spokesperson that could result in an Exelon Nuclear advisement of Protective Action Recommendations directly to the Public. Such advisements are made by State authorities and not Exelon Nuclear.
2.9 OBTAIN or PREPARE audio-visual resources, with the assistance of the JPIC Coordinator and JPIC Administrative Coordinator, for use during press conferences.
2.2 ASSIST the Events Recorder in the preparation of a Chronological Event Description Log.
2.10 OBTAIN regular updates from the EOF Protective Measures Group on radiological data concerning plant status and in particular concerning any radiological releases from the plant to the environment that may have occurred or may be planned.
2.3 ASSIST the News Writer in the preparation of press releases.
2.11 PERFORM a shift turnover with on-coming emergency response personnel using guidance in EP-AA-1 12, Attachment 2 (Shift Turnover).
II I Mid-West ROG                       M I
EP-AA-1 12-601 Revision 0 Page 13 of 23 ATTACHMENT 4 EVENTS RECORDER CHECKLIST Page 1 of 3 The Events Recorder maintains the Chronological Event Description Log that is provided to the media at the JPIC. Section 1, Initial Actions Section 2, Ongoing Actions NOTE: Steps in this checklist may be performed in an order other than listed or they may be omitted if not applicable.
2.4 OBTAIN necessary radiological data as required by the JPIC Director or Radiation Protection Spokesperson in order to answer "follow up" questions posed by the news media that were not answered during the press conferences.
: 1. INITIAL ACTIONS 1.1 SIGN IN on the EOF Organization Board. 1.2 REPORT your arrival to the Public Information Director.
 
1.3 LOGIN to the News Writer computer program using the directions provided in EP-MW(MA)-1 10-100. 1.4 OBTAIN a printout/copy of the Significant Events Log (SEL) from the EOF Events Recorder.
EP-AA-1 12-601 Revision 0 Page 12 of 23 ATTACHMENT 3 RADIOLOGICAL ADVISOR CHECKLIST Page 3 of 3 Coatesville JPIC 2.5   FUNCTION as a Public Information Official (PIO) for Exelon Nuclear in regards to health physics and environmental concerns.
rMIWst ROG 1.5 OBTAIN the assistance of the Public Information Director, the Radiological Advisor and the Technical Advisor to IDENTIFY the following.
2.6   DOCUMENT unanswered radiological or environmental questions posed by the news media.
-Conditions of the plant prior to the event. -The current status. -The event or events that created the emergency condition.
2.7   PROVIDE answers to questions for the news media and follow-up explanation that corrects any misinformation as soon as is practicable.
-Other major events that have taken place since the event began. 1.6 DEVELOP, from previous events, a Chronological Event Description Log to bring it up to the current plant and event status.SREFER to EP-MW-1 10-100 for instructions on the use electronic Ii Significant Events Log. I EP-AA-1 12-601 Revision 0 Page 14 of 23 ATTACHMENT 4 EVENTS RECORDER CHECKLIST Page 2 of 3 2. ONGOING ACTIONS 2.1 MAINTAIN a Chronological Event Description Log, with the assistance of the Public Information Director, the Radiological Advisor, or Technical Advisor, of the significant events affecting the station or the public. NOTE: The log should be timely, accurate, simple without use of excessive detail and acronyms and understandable to the media. 1. INCLUDE the following, as a minimum, but not be limited to: -Activation of the EOF and the JPIC -Initial classification and any change in classification  
2.8   PREPARE briefing papers in coordination with the EOF Radiation Protection Manager, and PROVIDE additional plant technical details and background not found in the press releases.
-Any major plant transients during the event -Any Protective Action Recommendations by a State or local agency (Do NOT include PARS from the utility) -The beginning or completion of personnel accountability or site evacuations  
2.9   OBTAIN or PREPARE audio-visual resources, with the assistance of the JPIC Coordinator and JPIC Administrative Coordinator, for use during press conferences.
-Any press conferences conducted or press releases issued -Identification of any injured persons, including periodic status of their conditions  
2.10 OBTAIN regular updates from the EOF Protective Measures Group on radiological data concerning plant status and in particular concerning any radiological releases from the plant to the environment that may have occurred or may be planned.
-Any changes in meteorological or radiological condition in the EPZ, if applicable  
2.11 PERFORM a shift turnover with on-coming emergency response personnel using guidance in EP-AA-1 12, Attachment 2 (Shift Turnover).
-Changes in core containment integrity or plant radiological conditions
 
: 2. Periodically REVIEW the Significant Events Log for information that could be added to the Chronological Event Description Log. 3. DISCUSS information provided during EOF facility briefings with the Public Information Director for any information that should added to the Log. NOTE: Do not save the file on the News Writer program until it has been approved by the Public Information Director.
EP-AA-1 12-601 Revision 0 Page 13 of 23 ATTACHMENT 4 EVENTS RECORDER CHECKLIST Page 1 of 3 The Events Recorder maintains the Chronological Event Description Log that is provided to the media at the JPIC.
ATTACHMENT 4 EVENTS RECORDER CHECKLIST Page 3 of 3 EP-AA-112-601 Revision 0 Page 15 of 23 2.2 PROVIDE the Chronological Events Description Log to the Public Information Director, who will obtain a technical review for the Corporate Emergency Director, prior to approving log for dissemination to the media. 1. When instructed by the Public Information Director, PROVIDE the file name to the JPIC Director and EOF Administrative Coordinator to access the Log for distribution.
Section 1, Initial Actions Section 2, Ongoing Actions NOTE:       Steps in this checklist may be performed in an order other than listed or they may be omitted if not applicable.
: 2. PROVIDE copy of the approved Chronological Event Description Log to the News Writer. 2.3 PERFORM a shift turnover with on-coming personnel using guidance in EP-AA 112, Attachment 2 (Shift Turnover).
: 1. INITIAL ACTIONS 1.1               SIGN IN on the EOF Organization Board.
1.2               REPORT your arrival to the Public Information Director.
1.3                 LOGIN to the News Writer computer program using the directions provided in EP-MW(MA)-1 10-100.
1.4                 OBTAIN a printout/copy of the Significant Events Log (SEL) from the EOF Events Recorder.
rMIWst ROG SREFER to EP-MW-1 10-100 for instructions on the use electronic Significant Events Log.                                                      I Ii 1.5                 OBTAIN the assistance of the Public Information Director, the Radiological Advisor and the Technical Advisor to IDENTIFY the following.
                  - Conditions of the plant prior to the event.
                  - The current status.
                  - The event or events that created the emergency condition.
                  -   Other major events that have taken place since the event began.
1.6               DEVELOP, from previous events, a Chronological Event Description Log to bring it up to the current plant and event status.
 
EP-AA-1 12-601 Revision 0 Page 14 of 23 ATTACHMENT 4 EVENTS RECORDER CHECKLIST Page 2 of 3
: 2. ONGOING ACTIONS 2.1 MAINTAIN a Chronological Event Description Log, with the assistance of the Public Information Director, the Radiological Advisor, or Technical Advisor, of the significant events affecting the station or the public.
NOTE: The log should be timely, accurate, simple without use of excessive detail and acronyms and understandable to the media.
: 1.       INCLUDE the following, as a minimum, but not be limited to:
              - Activation of the EOF and the JPIC
              - Initial classification and any change in classification
            -   Any major plant transients during the event
            - Any Protective Action Recommendations by a State or local agency (Do NOT include PARS from the utility)
            - The beginning or completion of personnel accountability or site evacuations
            -   Any press conferences conducted or press releases issued
            -   Identification of any injured persons, including periodic status of their conditions
            -   Any changes in meteorological or radiological condition in the EPZ, if applicable
            -   Changes in core containment integrity or plant radiological conditions
: 2.     Periodically REVIEW the Significant Events Log for information that could be added to the Chronological Event Description Log.
: 3.     DISCUSS information provided during EOF facility briefings with the Public Information Director for any information that should added to the Log.
NOTE:       Do not save the file on the News Writer program until it has been approved by the Public Information Director.
 
EP-AA-112-601 Revision 0 Page 15 of 23 ATTACHMENT 4 EVENTS RECORDER CHECKLIST Page 3 of 3 2.2 PROVIDE the Chronological Events Description Log to the Public Information Director, who will obtain a technical review for the Corporate Emergency Director, prior to approving log for dissemination to the media.
: 1. When instructed by the Public Information Director, PROVIDE the file name to the JPIC Director and EOF Administrative Coordinator to access the Log for distribution.
: 2. PROVIDE copy of the approved Chronological Event Description Log to the News Writer.
2.3 PERFORM a shift turnover with on-coming personnel using guidance in EP-AA 112, Attachment 2 (Shift Turnover).
 
EP-AA-1 12-601 Revision 0 Page 16 of 23 ATTACHMENT 5 MEDIA MONITORING STAFF CHECKLIST Page 1 of 3 The Media Monitoring Staff is responsible for monitoring and reviewing media coverage of an emergency event. A Media Monitor is also the initial point of contact for media inquiries.
EP-AA-1 12-601 Revision 0 Page 16 of 23 ATTACHMENT 5 MEDIA MONITORING STAFF CHECKLIST Page 1 of 3 The Media Monitoring Staff is responsible for monitoring and reviewing media coverage of an emergency event. A Media Monitor is also the initial point of contact for media inquiries.
Section 1, Initial Actions Section 2, Ongoing Actions NOTE: Steps in this checklist may be performed in an order other than listed or they may be omitted if not applicable.
Section 1, Initial Actions Section 2, Ongoing Actions NOTE:       Steps in this checklist may be performed in an order other than listed or they may be omitted if not applicable.
: 1. INITIAL ACTIONS 1.1 SIGN IN on the Organization Board. 1.2 REPORT your arrival to the Public Information Director.
: 1.     INITIAL ACTIONS 1.1               SIGN IN on the Organization Board.
1.3 INITIATE a position log documenting significant actions performed and communications related to your position.
1.2               REPORT your arrival to the Public Information Director.
Coatesville JPIC REFER to Table 3-1 (Audio/Visual Set Up Instructions) in Attachment 3 to EP-AA-1 12 600 for guidance in performing action outlined in Step 1.4 1.4 SET UP and TEST equipment for videotaping, media monitoring and play-back.
1.3                 INITIATE a position log documenting significant actions performed and communications related to your position.
1.5 TURN ON the designated TV monitors and ADJUST to the major local affiliates and national news networks.
Coatesville JPIC REFER to Table 3-1 (Audio/Visual Set Up Instructions) in Attachment 3 to EP-AA-1 12 600 for guidance in performing action outlined in Step 1.4 1.4                 SET UP and TEST equipment for videotaping, media monitoring and play-back.
: 2. ONGOING ACTIONS 2.1 ENSURE monitoring of media coverage of the emergency event is performed around the clock. 1. RECORD media telecasts and review for misinformation.
1.5                 TURN ON the designated TV monitors and ADJUST to the major local affiliates and national news networks.
NOTE: Table 6-1 (Media Broadcast Monitor Form) should be used as a tool to document a summary of broadcast information.
: 2.     ONGOING ACTIONS 2.1     ENSURE monitoring of media coverage of the emergency event is performed around the clock.
: 2. INFORM the Public Information Director and Rumor Monitoring Staff if misinformation or rumors of the emergency event are detected.
: 1. RECORD media telecasts and review for misinformation.
EP-AA-1 12-601 Revision 0 Page 17 of 23 ATTACHMENT 5 MEDIA MONITORING STAFF CHECKLIST Page 2 of 3 3. INFORM the Public Information Director of all media reports and of actions taken to correct any misinformation.
NOTE:         Table 6-1 (Media Broadcast Monitor Form) should be used as a tool to document a summary of broadcast information.
NOTE: All Press Releases issued will list your phone as the number to call for media inquiries or additional information.
: 2.     INFORM the Public Information Director and Rumor Monitoring Staff if misinformation or rumors of the emergency event are detected.
2.2 FUNCTION as a primary contact for news information including media calls for information.
 
2.2.1 PROVIDE information to the media from the following sources only without prior Public Information Director approval:  
EP-AA-1 12-601 Revision 0 Page 17 of 23 ATTACHMENT 5 MEDIA MONITORING STAFF CHECKLIST Page 2 of 3
-News releases -Chronological Events Description Log -Public Information brochures  
: 3. INFORM the Public Information Director of all media reports and of actions taken to correct any misinformation.
-Press kits 2.3 INFORM the Public Information Director if you need additional support personnel to respond to media inquiries.
NOTE:     All Press Releases issued will list your phone as the number to call for media inquiries or additional information.
2.4 ADVISE the Rumor Control Monitoring Staff with respect to the function of monitoring rumors from sources other than the media. 2.5 PERFORM a shift turnover with on-coming personnel using guidance in EP-AA 112, Attachment 2 (Shift Turnover).
2.2   FUNCTION as a primary contact for news information including media calls for information.
ATTACHMENT 5 MEDIA MONITORING STAFF CHECKLIST Page 3 of 3 TABLE 5-1 MEDIA BROADCAST MONITOR FORM Page 1 of 1 Name of Broadcast Monitor: Television or Radio Outlet/Channel:
2.2.1 PROVIDE information to the media from the following sources only without prior Public Information Director approval:
Date I Time of Broadcast:
      -   News releases
Reporter's Name: The following information was reported: EP-AA-1 12-601 Revision 0 Page 18 of 23 Network Affiliate:
      -   Chronological Events Description Log
THIS IS / IS NOT A DRILL (circle)Potential errors and/or misleading information provided:
      -   Public Information brochures
      -   Press kits 2.3   INFORM the Public Information Director if you need additional support personnel to respond to media inquiries.
2.4   ADVISE the Rumor Control Monitoring Staff with respect to the function of monitoring rumors from sources other than the media.
2.5   PERFORM a shift turnover with on-coming personnel using guidance in EP-AA 112, Attachment 2 (Shift Turnover).
 
EP-AA-1 12-601 Revision 0 Page 18 of 23 ATTACHMENT 5 MEDIA MONITORING STAFF CHECKLIST Page 3 of 3 TABLE 5-1 MEDIA BROADCAST MONITOR FORM Page 1 of 1 Name of Broadcast Monitor:
Television or Radio Outlet/Channel:              Network Affiliate:
Date I Time of Broadcast:                             THIS IS / IS NOT A DRILL (circle)
Reporter's Name:
The following information was reported:
Potential errors and/or misleading information provided:
Response / Disposition:
Response / Disposition:
Action taken: By Whom: Time of Response:
Action taken:
Distribution Original -Media Monitor File Copy -Public Information Director Copy -Rumor Control Staff EP-AA-1 12-601 Revision 0 Page 19 of 23 ATTACHMENT 6 RUMOR CONTROL STAFFCHECKLIST Page 1 of 2 The Rumor Control Staff is responsible for monitoring and reviewing rumors during an emergency event. The Rumor Control Staff ensures that rumors are documented, reviewed, and responded to as deemed appropriate.
By Whom:
Section 1, Initial Actions Section 2, Ongoing Actions NOTE: Steps in this checklist may be performed in an order other than listed or they may be omitted if not applicable.
Time of Response:
: 1. INITIAL ACTIONS 1.1 SIGN IN on the Organization Board. 1.2 REPORT your arrival to the Public Information Director.
Distribution Original - Media Monitor File Copy - Public Information Director Copy - Rumor Control Staff
1.3 INITIATE a position log documenting significant actions performed and communications related to your position 1.4 With the assistance of Exelon Nuclear Communications and Public Affairs (MAROG only), PERFORM the following:
 
1.4.1 IDENTIFY and DOCUMENT rumors concerning the emergency event existing prior to activation of the JPIC. 1.4.2 RESPOND to these rumors as soon as possible through Exelon Nuclear Communications.
EP-AA-1 12-601 Revision 0 Page 19 of 23 ATTACHMENT 6 RUMOR CONTROL STAFFCHECKLIST Page 1 of 2 The Rumor Control Staff is responsible for monitoring and reviewing rumors during an emergency event. The Rumor Control Staff ensures that rumors are documented, reviewed, and responded to as deemed appropriate.
1.4.3 INFORM the Public Information Director of these rumors and your responses to them. 2. ONGOING ACTIONS 2.1 ENSURE that rumors are reviewed, documented and responded to by the appropriate Exelon Nuclear personnel.
Section 1, Initial Actions Section 2, Ongoing Actions NOTE:       Steps in this checklist may be performed in an order other than listed or they may be omitted if not applicable.
Rumor information may be obtained from (this list is not all inclusive):  
: 1. INITIAL ACTIONS 1.1                 SIGN IN on the Organization Board.
-Media Monitoring Staff -JPIC press conferences  
1.2                 REPORT your arrival to the Public Information Director.
-Media inquiries  
1.3               INITIATE a position log documenting significant actions performed and communications related to your position 1.4   With the assistance of Exelon Nuclear Communications and Public Affairs (MAROG only), PERFORM the following:
-County / State EOC Exelon representatives  
1.4.1               IDENTIFY and DOCUMENT rumors concerning the emergency event existing prior to activation of the JPIC.
-Community Relations Directors, or equivalent EP-AA-112-601 Revision 0 Page 20 of 23 ATTACHMENT 6 RUMOR CONTROL STAFFCHECKLIST Page 2 of 2 2.2 INFORM the Public Information Director and Media Monitoring Staff of actions taken to correct any misinformation or rumors. 2.3 ASSIST the Media Monitoring Staff with incoming media inquiries or media monitoring activities.
1.4.2               RESPOND to these rumors as soon as possible through Exelon Nuclear Communications.
1.4.3               INFORM the Public Information Director of these rumors and your responses to them.
: 2. ONGOING ACTIONS 2.1   ENSURE that rumors are reviewed, documented and responded to by the appropriate Exelon Nuclear personnel.
Rumor information may be obtained from (this list is not all inclusive):
              -       Media Monitoring Staff
              -       JPIC press conferences
              -       Media inquiries
              -       County / State EOC Exelon representatives
              -       Community Relations Directors, or equivalent
 
EP-AA-112-601 Revision 0 Page 20 of 23 ATTACHMENT 6 RUMOR CONTROL STAFFCHECKLIST Page 2 of 2 2.2 INFORM the Public Information Director and Media Monitoring Staff of actions taken to correct any misinformation or rumors.
2.3 ASSIST the Media Monitoring Staff with incoming media inquiries or media monitoring activities.
2.4 PERFORM a shift turnover with the on-coming personnel using guidance in EP AA-1 12, Attachment 2 (Shift Turnover).
2.4 PERFORM a shift turnover with the on-coming personnel using guidance in EP AA-1 12, Attachment 2 (Shift Turnover).
EP-AA-1 12-601 Revision 0 Page 21 of 23 ATTACHMENT 7 NEWS WRITER CHECKLIST Page I of 3 The News Writer writes press releases that will be provided to the media. Section 1, Initial Actions Section 2, Ongoing Actions Table 4-1, "Press Release Format Guide" NOTE: Steps in this checklist may be performed in an order other than listed or they may be omitted if not applicable.
 
: 1. INITIAL ACTIONS 1.1 SIGN IN on the Organization Board. 1.2 REPORT your arrival to the Public Information Director.
EP-AA-1 12-601 Revision 0 Page 21 of 23 ATTACHMENT 7 NEWS WRITER CHECKLIST Page I of 3 The News Writer writes press releases that will be provided to the media.
1.3 INITIATE a position log documenting significant actions performed and communications related to your position.
Section 1, Initial Actions Section 2, Ongoing Actions Table 4-1, "Press Release Format Guide" NOTE:         Steps in this checklist may be performed in an order other than listed or they may be omitted if not applicable.
1.4 LOGIN to the News Writer computer program using the following directions.
: 1. INITIAL ACTIONS 1.1                 SIGN IN on the Organization Board.
-REFER to EP-MW(MA)-1 10-100 for instructions for use of the News Writer program.
1.2                 REPORT your arrival to the Public Information Director.
: 2. ONGOING ACTIONS 2.1 IDENTIFY, with the assistance of the Public Information Director, and JPIC Director if applicable, news information of interest to the media. Information is likely to be considered Newsworthy if it meets one or more of the following criteria:
1.3                 INITIATE a position log documenting significant actions performed and communications related to your position.
: 1. Enables public to take appropriate and timely actions to minimize risk to life, health or property 2. Helps public accurately judge current and potential impact of event 3. Involves injury or loss of life 4. Reinforces/enhances efforts by federal/state/local agencies to carry out public protective actions EP-AA-1 12-601 Revision 0 Page 22 of 23 ATTACHMENT 7 NEWS WRITER CHECKLIST Page 2 of 3 5. Changes in: -Emergency classification  
1.4                 LOGIN to the News Writer computer program using the following directions.
-Meteorological/radiological conditions in EPZ -Core integrity/capability to maintain same -Containment integrity/capability to maintain same -Overall plant radiological conditions  
                    -         REFER to EP-MW(MA)-1 10-100 for instructions for use of the News Writer program.
-Understanding of fundamental cause or chronology of event -Projections of practical consequences of event CAUTION Do not include utility PARs in press releases.
: 2. ONGOING ACTIONS 2.1   IDENTIFY, with the assistance of the Public Information Director, and JPIC Director if applicable, news information of interest to the media.
2.2 COMPOSE draft press releases with assistance from the Radiological and Technical Advisors summarizing ongoing developments at the station.
Information is likely to be considered Newsworthy if it meets one or more of the following criteria:
: 1. TRANSLATE the "news information," once it has been validated, into "news" that will be timely, accurate and understandable to the Media. 2. REVISE the press release drafts, as needed, under the direction of the Public Information Director (for the Coatsville JPIC, use the guidelines contained in Table 7-1). NOTE: Do not save press releases on the News Writer program until it is ready for review by the Corporate Spokesperson.
: 1. Enables public to take appropriate and timely actions to minimize risk to life, health or property
Once you save the file, the JPIC Information Liaison can access the file. 2.3 CONTACT the Public Information Liaison or JPIC Director and INFORM them that a new press release has been prepared and is ready for the Corporate Emergency Director's technical review and Corporate Spokesperson's review. 1. PROVIDE the file name so they can print and distribute the press release at the JPIC. 2.4 DOCUMENT the approval of the Corporate Spokesperson on the bottom of the news release prior to dissemination to the media. 2.5 DELIVER copies of the approved news release to the Public Information Director and clerical staff for distribution.
: 2. Helps public accurately judge current and potential impact of event
2.6 PERFORM a shift turnover with on-coming personnel using guidance in EP-AA 112, Attachment 2 (Shift Turnover).
: 3. Involves injury or loss of life
EP-AA-1 12-601 Revision 0 Page 23 of 23 ATTACHMENT 7 NEWS WRITER CHECKLIST Page 3 of 3 TABLE 7-1 NEWSRELEASE CHECKLIST COATESVILLE JPIC Page 1 of 1 rCoatesville JPIC only Today's Date: / / Time: a.m./p.m.
: 4. Reinforces/enhances efforts by federal/state/local agencies to carry out public protective actions
Page -of NOTE: Use "3-Way" communications to confirm information.
 
: 1. Classification  
EP-AA-1 12-601 Revision 0 Page 22 of 23 ATTACHMENT 7 NEWS WRITER CHECKLIST Page 2 of 3
/ Level of emergency:
: 5. Changes in:
_ Unusual Event _ Alert __ Site Area Emergency
            - Emergency classification
_ General Emergency
            - Meteorological/radiological conditions in EPZ
: 2. Event Declaration:
            - Core integrity/capability to maintain same
Today's Date: I I Time: : a.m./p.m.
            - Containment integrity/capability to maintain same
            - Overall plant radiological conditions
            - Understanding of fundamental cause or chronology of event
            - Projections of practical consequences of event CAUTION Do not include utility PARs in press releases.
2.2 COMPOSE draft press releases with assistance from the Radiological and Technical Advisors summarizing ongoing developments at the station.
: 1. TRANSLATE the "news information," once it has been validated, into "news" that will be timely, accurate and understandable to the Media.
: 2.     REVISE the press release drafts, as needed, under the direction of the Public Information Director (for the Coatsville JPIC, use the guidelines contained in Table 7-1).
NOTE:     Do not save press releases on the News Writer program until it is ready for review by the Corporate Spokesperson. Once you save the file, the JPIC Information Liaison can access the file.
2.3 CONTACT the Public Information Liaison or JPIC Director and INFORM them that a new press release has been prepared and is ready for the Corporate Emergency Director's technical review and Corporate Spokesperson's review.
: 1. PROVIDE the file name so they can print and distribute the press release at the JPIC.
2.4 DOCUMENT the approval of the Corporate Spokesperson on the bottom of the news release prior to dissemination to the media.
2.5 DELIVER copies of the approved news release to the Public Information Director and clerical staff for distribution.
2.6 PERFORM a shift turnover with on-coming personnel using guidance in EP-AA 112, Attachment 2 (Shift Turnover).
 
EP-AA-1 12-601 Revision 0 Page 23 of 23 ATTACHMENT 7 NEWS WRITER CHECKLIST Page 3 of 3 TABLE 7-1 NEWSRELEASE CHECKLIST COATESVILLE JPIC Page 1 of 1 rCoatesville JPIC only Today's Date:       /   /           Time:         a.m./p.m.       Page   -   of NOTE:           Use "3-Way" communications to confirm information.
: 1. Classification / Level of emergency:
_   Unusual Event       _ Alert   __ Site Area Emergency _   General Emergency
: 2. Event Declaration:         Today's Date:       I I         Time:     :     a.m./p.m.
: 3. Reason for declaration of emergency:
: 3. Reason for declaration of emergency:
: 4. Is I was this the FIRST emergency event level declared (Circle One) -YES / NO .If NO, what was the first event declared, when, and reason for classification?
: 4. Is I was this the FIRST emergency event level declared (Circle One) - YES / NO
        . If NO, what was the first event declared, when, and reason for classification?
: 5. Emergency Action Level (EAL) and Reason / Basis for Emergency:
: 5. Emergency Action Level (EAL) and Reason / Basis for Emergency:
: 6. Plant Status / Power Level at time of emergency declaration:
: 6. Plant Status / Power Level at time of emergency declaration:
Line 247: Line 465:
[]State: (Specify agencies)
[]State: (Specify agencies)
[]Federal: (Specify agencies)
[]Federal: (Specify agencies)
: 10. Is there any radiation release in progress? (Circle One) -YES / NO
: 10. Is there any radiation release in progress? (Circle One) - YES / NO
* If YES, what is the location and source of the release (if known)?
* IfYES, what is the location and source of the release (if known)?
* How is release being monitored?
* How is release being monitored?
: 11. Is / was any one: [ ] injured I [] contaminate I [] been treated
: 11. Is / was any one: [ ] injured I [] contaminate I [] been treated
* If taken offsite, location:
* If taken offsite, location:
: 12. Other actions/notes:
: 12. Other actions/notes:
EP-AA-1 12-602 tx le , Revision 0 N e Page 1 of 27 NUC1tZUr Level 2 -Reference Use JPIC ACTIVATION AND OPERATION
 
: 1. PURPOSE 1.1. This procedure describes the responsibilities and actions of the Joint Public Information Center (JPIC) staff, which consists of the following positions reporting to the Corporate Spokesperson:  
EP-AA-1 12-602 tx       le       ,                                                   Revision 0 N     e                                                     Page 1 of 27 NUC1tZUr                                       Level 2 - Reference Use JPIC ACTIVATION AND OPERATION
-Corporate Spokesperson  
: 1. PURPOSE 1.1. This procedure describes the responsibilities and actions of the Joint Public Information Center (JPIC) staff, which consists of the following positions reporting to the Corporate Spokesperson:
-JPIC Director -JPIC Administrative Coordinator  
              -     Corporate Spokesperson
-JPIC Coordinator  
              -     JPIC Director
-Access Controller  
              -     JPIC Administrative Coordinator
-Public Information Liaison (Mid-West ROG only) -Technical Spokesperson (Mid-West ROG only) -Radiation Protection Spokesperson (Mid-West ROG only) 1.2. When the Shift Manager decides that a situation warrants activation of the JPIC under the Emergency Plan, this procedure becomes applicable.
              -     JPIC Coordinator
: 2. TERMS AND DEFINITIONS FMid=-West ROG atr Emergency News Center (ENC) functions are co-located with the common MWROG Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) in Warrenville, IL. As such, the ENC is physically separated from the Joint Public Information Center (JPIC). INITIAL RESPONSE EXPECTATIONS When notified of a JPIC activation, staff members will report to the Cantera Office and assemble in Training Room 109, adjacent to the EOF, prior to responding to the respective JPIC. FMid-Atlantic ROG I CoatesvilleI The Coatesville JPIC shares a common facility with the EOF. Therefore, ENC functions are performed at the JPIC instead of at a separate ENC. Since the ENC shares a common facility with the JPIC, the Technical and Radiological Advisors may also perform the duties of the Technical and Radiation Protection Spokesperson positions.
              -     Access Controller
In addition, the Public Information Liaison position is not required to be staffed.
              -     Public Information Liaison (Mid-West ROG only)
EP-AA-1 12-602 Revision 0 Page 2 of 27 3. RESPONSIBILITIES 3.1. The Access Controller controls access at the Joint Public Information Center (JPIC). 3.2. The Corporate Spokesperson reports to the Corporate Emergency Director and is the designated company spokesperson responsible for providing news information related to the emergency event to the news media and to the public. 3.3. The JPIC Director reports to the Corporate Spokesperson to ensure the operability of and to supervise the activities in the JPIC. 3.4. The Public Information Liaison assimilates emergency-related information from the Technical Advisor, the Radiological Advisor and from primary sources in the Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) as directed.
              -     Technical Spokesperson (Mid-West ROG only)
The Public Information Liaison also ensures that approved Press Releases and Chronological Event Description Logs are made available in the JPIC. 3.5. The JPIC Administrative Coordinator reports to the JPIC Director and is responsible for providing administrative, logistics, communications and personnel support for the emergency response operations.
              -     Radiation Protection Spokesperson (Mid-West ROG only) 1.2. When the Shift Manager decides that a situation warrants activation of the JPIC under the Emergency Plan, this procedure becomes applicable.
3.6. The JPIC Coordinator reports to the JPIC Director and oversees the operation of the JPIC, assuring a coordinated effort between all parties involved.
: 2. TERMS AND DEFINITIONS atr ROG FMid=-West Emergency News Center (ENC) functions are co-located with the common MWROG Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) in Warrenville, IL. As such, the ENC is physically separated from the Joint Public Information Center (JPIC).
This person is the primary interface between Exelon Nuclear and the news media/public for coordinating briefings, press conferences, interviews and responses to information requests.
INITIAL RESPONSE EXPECTATIONS When notified of a JPICactivation,staff members will report to the Cantera Office and assemble in Training Room 109, adjacent to the EOF, priorto respondingto the respective JPIC.
ROG I CoatesvilleI FMid-Atlantic The Coatesville JPIC shares a common facility with the EOF. Therefore, ENC functions are performed at the JPIC instead of at a separate ENC.
Since the ENC shares a common facility with the JPIC, the Technical and RadiologicalAdvisors may also perform the duties of the Technical and Radiation ProtectionSpokesperson positions. In addition, the Public Information Liaison position is not requiredto be staffed.
 
EP-AA-1 12-602 Revision 0 Page 2 of 27
: 3. RESPONSIBILITIES 3.1. The Access Controller controls access at the Joint Public Information Center (JPIC).
3.2. The Corporate Spokesperson reports to the Corporate Emergency Director and is the designated company spokesperson responsible for providing news information related to the emergency event to the news media and to the public.
3.3. The JPIC Directorreports to the Corporate Spokesperson to ensure the operability of and to supervise the activities in the JPIC.
3.4. The Public Information Liaison assimilates emergency-related information from the Technical Advisor, the Radiological Advisor and from primary sources in the Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) as directed. The Public Information Liaison also ensures that approved Press Releases and Chronological Event Description Logs are made available in the JPIC.
3.5. The JPICAdministrative Coordinatorreports to the JPIC Director and is responsible for providing administrative, logistics, communications and personnel support for the emergency response operations.
3.6. The JPIC Coordinatorreports to the JPIC Director and oversees the operation of the JPIC, assuring a coordinated effort between all parties involved. This person is the primary interface between Exelon Nuclear and the news media/public for coordinating briefings, press conferences, interviews and responses to information requests.
3.7. The Technical Spokesperson reports to the Corporate Spokesperson and functions as the Public Information Official (PIO) for Exelon Nuclear with regard to plant operations, including plant safety systems and reactor integrity.
3.7. The Technical Spokesperson reports to the Corporate Spokesperson and functions as the Public Information Official (PIO) for Exelon Nuclear with regard to plant operations, including plant safety systems and reactor integrity.
3.8. The Radiation Protection Spokesperson reports to the Corporate Spokesperson and functions as the PIO for Exelon Nuclear in regard to health physics and environmental concerns.
3.8. The Radiation ProtectionSpokesperson reports to the Corporate Spokesperson and functions as the PIO for Exelon Nuclear in regard to health physics and environmental concerns.
: 4. MAIN BODY 4.1. INITIATE the appropriate Emergency Plan activities using the position specific checklist listed in Attachments 1 thru 7. 5. DOCUMENTATION None 6. REFERENCES None EP-AA-1 12-602 Revision 0 Page 3 of 27 7. ATTACHMENTS 7.1. Attachment 1, JPIC Access Controller Checklist 7.2. Attachment 2, Corporate Spokesperson Checklist 7.3. Attachment 3, JPIC Director Checklist 7.4. Attachment 4, Public Information Liaison Checklist (Mid-West ROG) 7.5. Attachment 5, JPIC Administrator Coordinator Checklist 7.6. Attachment 6, JPIC Coordinator Checklist 7.7. Attachment 7, Technical Spokesperson Checklist (Mid-West ROG) 7.8. Attachment 8, Radiation Protection Spokesperson Checklist (Mid-West ROG)
: 4. MAIN BODY 4.1. INITIATE the appropriate Emergency Plan activities using the position specific checklist listed in Attachments 1 thru 7.
EP-AA-1 12-602 Revision 0 Page 4 of 27 ATTACHMENT I JPIC ACCESS CONTROLLER CHECKLIST Page 1 of 5 Section 1, Initial Actions Section 2, Ongoing Actions Table 1-1, " JPIC Ingress/Egress Log" NOTE: Steps in this checklist may be performed in an order other than listed or they may be omitted if not applicable.
: 5. DOCUMENTATION None
ICoatesville EOF i he first of 2 facility security members arriving at the EOF will assume responsibility for 1n.3 g access to the EOF. The 2 facility security member will assume =responsibility for controlling access to the Joint Public Information Center (JPIC). 1 .INITIAL ACTIONS 1. 1. SIGN IN on the JPIC Organization Board. 1.2. REPORT your arrival to the JPIC Director.
: 6. REFERENCES None
1.3. INITIATE a position log documenting significant actions performed and communications related to your position.
 
=Mid-Ws O 1.4. CONTACT the EOF Security Coordinator, using the ERF Telephone Directory, and PROVIDE the telephone number where you can be reached.
EP-AA-1 12-602 Revision 0 Page 3 of 27
1.4.1. REQUEST adequate security officers to implement access control 1.5. ESTABLISH facility perimeter controls, to include: 1.5.1. VERIFY that all external facility doors are either bolted from the inside or controlled to prevent uncontrolled access. 1.5.2. SEARCH the facility (JPIC) for unauthorized personnel.
: 7. ATTACHMENTS 7.1. Attachment 1, JPIC Access Controller Checklist 7.2. Attachment 2, Corporate Spokesperson Checklist 7.3. Attachment 3, JPIC Director Checklist 7.4. Attachment 4, Public Information Liaison Checklist (Mid-West ROG) 7.5. Attachment 5, JPIC Administrator Coordinator Checklist 7.6. Attachment 6, JPIC Coordinator Checklist 7.7. Attachment 7, Technical Spokesperson Checklist (Mid-West ROG) 7.8. Attachment 8, Radiation Protection Spokesperson Checklist (Mid-West ROG)
 
EP-AA-1 12-602 Revision 0 Page 4 of 27 ATTACHMENT I JPIC ACCESS CONTROLLER CHECKLIST Page 1 of 5 Section 1, Initial Actions Section 2, Ongoing Actions Table 1-1, " JPIC Ingress/Egress Log" NOTE:         Steps in this checklist may be performed in an order other than listed or they may be omitted if not applicable.
ICoatesville EOF                 i he first of 2 facility security members arriving at the EOF will assume responsibility for 1n.3         g access to the EOF. The 2 facility security member will assume
        =responsibility for controlling access to the Joint Public Information Center (JPIC).
: 1.       INITIAL ACTIONS
: 1. 1.                     SIGN IN on the JPIC Organization Board.
1.2.                       REPORT your arrival to the JPIC Director.
1.3.                       INITIATE a position log documenting significant actions performed and communications related to your position.
  =Mid-Ws             O 1.4.                     CONTACT the EOF Security Coordinator, using the ERF Telephone Directory, and PROVIDE the telephone number where you can be reached.
1.4.1.                   REQUEST adequate security officers to implement access control 1.5. ESTABLISH facility perimeter controls, to include:
1.5.1.                   VERIFY that all external facility doors are either bolted from the inside or controlled to prevent uncontrolled access.
1.5.2.                     SEARCH the facility (JPIC) for unauthorized personnel.
 
EP-AA-1 12-602 Revision 0 Page 5 of 27 ATTACHMENT I JPIC ACCESS CONTROLLER CHECKLIST Page 2 of 5 1.6. ESTABLISH an Access Control Desk at the following locations where persons will be allowed entrance to the facility:
EP-AA-1 12-602 Revision 0 Page 5 of 27 ATTACHMENT I JPIC ACCESS CONTROLLER CHECKLIST Page 2 of 5 1.6. ESTABLISH an Access Control Desk at the following locations where persons will be allowed entrance to the facility:
1.6.1. _Media Access Access Control Desks for the Media should have Table 1-1, "JPIC Ingress/Egress Log", available for sign-in.
1.6.1. _Media               Access Access Control Desks for the Media should have Table 1-1, "JPIC Ingress/Egress Log", available for sign-in.
71.6.2 Emergqency Responders Access -Access Control Desks for emergency responders should have Table 1 1, "JPIC Ingress/Egress Log", available in sufficient quantities to support operations at the facility.
71.6.2               Emergqency Responders Access
1.7. DOCUMENT the time that access control is established in the Event Log. 1.8. NOTIFY the JPIC Director, or EOF Security Coordinator (Cantera) that access control is established.
                  -Access Control Desks for emergency responders should have Table 1 1, "JPIC Ingress/Egress Log", available in sufficient quantities to support operations at the facility.
1.9. INITIATE proper badging of any personnel present in the facility prior to access control being established.
1.7.               DOCUMENT the time that access control is established in the Event Log.
1.8.               NOTIFY the JPIC Director, or EOF Security Coordinator (Cantera) that access control is established.
1.9.               INITIATE proper badging of any personnel present in the facility prior to access control being established.
: 1. REQUIRE personnel to produce a current Exelon Nuclear ID card, station badge, or photo ID as identification.
: 1. REQUIRE personnel to produce a current Exelon Nuclear ID card, station badge, or photo ID as identification.
: 2. ESCORT personnel not involved with the emergency response to the facility exit. 2. ONGOING ACTIONS NOTES: Emergency responders are those designated Exelon personnel assigned to the JPIC along with responders from the NRC, Federal, State and local agencies who will be presenting press conferences to the media and/or assisting in the operation of the JPIC facility.
: 2.     ESCORT personnel not involved with the emergency response to the facility exit.
: 2.     ONGOING ACTIONS NOTES: Emergency responders are those designated Exelon personnel assigned to the JPIC along with responders from the NRC, Federal, State and local agencies who will be presenting press conferences to the media and/or assisting in the operation of the JPIC facility.
Emergency Responders arriving at the Coatesville facility will use the EOF side entrance.
Emergency Responders arriving at the Coatesville facility will use the EOF side entrance.
2.1. Access Control For Emergency Responders 2.1.1. ADMIT only emergency responders (Exelon Nuclear and Non-Exelon Nuclear) at this Access Control Desk.
2.1. Access Control For Emergency Responders 2.1.1. ADMIT only emergency responders (Exelon Nuclear and Non-Exelon Nuclear) at this Access Control Desk.
EP-AA-1 12-602 Revision 0 Page 6 of 27 ATTACHMENT I JPIC ACCESS CONTROLLER CHECKLIST Page 3 of 5 2.1.2. INSTRUCT the Media to enter at the JPIC Media Access Control Desk. 2.1.3. For each Exelon Nuclear emergency responder:
 
: 1. RECORD the required information on Table 1-1 JPIC Ingress/Egress Log. 2. ASSIGN the appropriate badge. 2.1.4. For each Non-Exelon Nuclear emergency responder:
EP-AA-1 12-602 Revision 0 Page 6 of 27 ATTACHMENT I JPIC ACCESS CONTROLLER CHECKLIST Page 3 of 5 2.1.2. INSTRUCT the Media to enter at the JPIC Media Access Control Desk.
: 1. OBTAIN access authorization for Non-Exelon Nuclear emergency response personnel from the JPIC Director or designee.
2.1.3. For each Exelon Nuclear emergency responder:
: 2. RECORD the required information on Table 1-1, JPIC Ingress/Egress Log, 2.1.5. NOTIFY the JPIC Director of the arrival of the NRC or any other Non-Exelon Nuclear responders to the JPIC. NOTE: Prompt ingress for the NRC is critical.
: 1.       RECORD the required information on Table 1-1 JPIC Ingress/Egress Log.
JPIC personnel are exempt from the Fitness For Duty (FFD) program requirements.
: 2.     ASSIGN the appropriate badge.
This shall not be misconstrued to exempt any person from conducting themselves in a manner that diminishes the effectiveness of the Emergency Response or jeopardizes the health and safety of the public. 2.2. Access Control For Media Representatives 2.2.1. INSTRUCT Members of the Media to remain in their vehicles in the JPIC parking lot until the JPIC Media Access Control desk is staffed and the JPIC opened. -Do not open the JPIC to the media until a member of JPIC staff authorizes initial access. -Do not allow members of the Media into the JPIC unattended.
2.1.4. For each Non-Exelon Nuclear emergency responder:
-A member of the JPIC staff, or a Security Guard must be present in the JPIC at all times. 2.2.2. ADMIT only Media Responders at this Access Control Desk. Emergency responders must enter at the Emergency Responder Access Control Desk.
: 1.     OBTAIN access authorization for Non-Exelon Nuclear emergency response personnel from the JPIC Director or designee.
: 2.     RECORD the required information on Table 1-1, JPIC Ingress/Egress Log, 2.1.5. NOTIFY the JPIC Director of the arrival of the NRC or any other Non-Exelon Nuclear responders to the JPIC.
NOTE:     Prompt ingress for the NRC is critical. JPIC personnel are exempt from the Fitness For Duty (FFD) program requirements. This shall not be misconstrued to exempt any person from conducting themselves in a manner that diminishes the effectiveness of the Emergency Response or jeopardizes the health and safety of the public.
2.2. Access Control For Media Representatives 2.2.1. INSTRUCT Members of the Media to remain in their vehicles in the JPIC parking lot until the JPIC Media Access Control desk is staffed and the JPIC opened.
            -           Do not open the JPIC to the media until a member of JPIC staff authorizes initial access.
            -           Do not allow members of the Media into the JPIC unattended.
            -           A member of the JPIC staff, or a Security Guard must be present in the JPIC at all times.
2.2.2. ADMIT only Media Responders at this Access Control Desk. Emergency responders must enter at the Emergency Responder Access Control Desk.
 
EP-AA-1 12-602 Revision 0 Page 7 of 27 ATTACHMENT I JPIC ACCESS CONTROLLER CHECKLIST Page 4 of 5 2.2.3. REQUIRE each member of the Media to present one of the following credentials:
EP-AA-1 12-602 Revision 0 Page 7 of 27 ATTACHMENT I JPIC ACCESS CONTROLLER CHECKLIST Page 4 of 5 2.2.3. REQUIRE each member of the Media to present one of the following credentials:
NOTE: In all instances, a genuine member of the Media should be able to supply the name and number of an assignment editor. -Any media organization ID card, -Any local, state or federal certification documents, -Membership cards in recognized journalism/press associations.
NOTE:     In all instances, a genuine member of the Media should be able to supply the name and number of an assignment editor.
-Media representatives may give the name and phone number of their editor, program director or news director for direct telephone confirmation.
          -     Any media organization ID card,
2.2.4. RECORD the required information for each media representative on Table 1-1, JPIC Ingress/Egress Log. 2.3. PERFORM a shift turnover with on-coming personnel using guidance in EP-AA 112, Attachment 2 (Shift Turnover).
          -     Any local, state or federal certification documents,
EP-AA-1 12-602 Revision 0 Page 8 of 27 ATTACHMENT I JPIC ACCESS CONTROLLER CHECKLIST Page 5 of 5 TABLE 1-1 JPIC INGRESS/EGRESS LOG Page 1 of I DATE/TIME FACILITY NAME AGENCY/ POSITION IN OUT COMMENTS COMPANY 4 F + 4 +t 1- *1 4- 4 +1 1 F *4- 4 4 4-EP-AA-1 12-602 Revision 0 Page 9 of 27 ATTACHMENT 2 CORPORATE SPOKESPERSON CHECKLIST Page 1 of 3 When notified of JPIC activation, staff members will report to the Cantera Office and assemble in Training Room 109, adjacent to the EOF, prior to responding to the respective JPIC. The Corporate Spokesperson will coordinate the decision to staff the JPIC with the appropriate offsite authorities, Corporate Emergency Director, and Public Information Director.
          -     Membership cards in recognized journalism/press associations.
Section 1, Initial Actions Section 2, Ongoing Actions NOTE: Steps in this checklist may be performed in an order other than listed or they may be omitted if not applicable.
          -     Media representatives may give the name and phone number of their editor, program director or news director for direct telephone confirmation.
: 1. INITIAL ACTIONS 1.1. SIGN IN on the JPIC Organization Board. 1.2. INITIATE a position log documenting significant actions performed and communications related to your position.
2.2.4. RECORD the required information for each media representative on Table 1-1, JPIC Ingress/Egress Log.
2.3. PERFORM a shift turnover with on-coming personnel using guidance in EP-AA 112, Attachment 2 (Shift Turnover).
 
EP-AA-1 12-602 Revision 0 Page 8 of 27 ATTACHMENT I JPIC ACCESS CONTROLLER CHECKLIST Page 5 of 5 TABLE 1-1 JPIC INGRESS/EGRESS LOG Page 1 of I DATE/TIME                           FACILITY NAME         AGENCY/     POSITION   IN   OUT       COMMENTS COMPANY 4           F           +     4     +
t                       1-         *1-4-           4-    4    +
1     1 F           *4-         4     4     4-
 
EP-AA-1 12-602 Revision 0 Page 9 of 27 ATTACHMENT 2 CORPORATE SPOKESPERSON CHECKLIST Page 1 of 3 When notified of JPIC activation, staff members will report to the Cantera Office and assemble in Training Room 109, adjacent to the EOF, prior to responding to the respective JPIC. The Corporate Spokesperson will coordinate the decision to staff the JPIC with the appropriate offsite authorities, Corporate Emergency Director, and Public Information Director.
Section 1, Initial Actions Section 2, Ongoing Actions NOTE:       Steps in this checklist may be performed in an order other than listed or they may be omitted if not applicable.
: 1.         INITIAL ACTIONS 1.1.               SIGN IN on the JPIC Organization Board.
1.2.               INITIATE a position log documenting significant actions performed and communications related to your position.
1.3. ESTABLISH contact with the Public Information Director:
1.3. ESTABLISH contact with the Public Information Director:
Mid-West ROG = Once established, MAINTAIN an open conference line with the ENC. 1.3.1. OBTAIN a briefing of the current plant and environmental status. 1.3.2. OBTAIN a summary of the information provided by Exelon Nuclear, Federal, State and local agency representatives to the media and to the public. 1.4. CONFER with the Public Information Director, other EOF personnel, and the JPIC Director to formulate an action plan for the overall dissemination of information to the media. 1.5. INTRODUCE yourself to any Governmental Agency Public Information Officials (PIOs) present.
Mid-West ROG
EP-AA-1 12-602 Revision 0 Page 10 of 27 ATTACHMENT 2 CORPORATE SPOKESPERSON CHECKLIST Page 2 of 3 1.6. DETERMINE with the JPIC Director, Public Information Director and government agency PIOs present at the JPIC, a time to activate the JPIC 1.7. REQUEST that the JPIC Director inform you of the arrival of any other PIOs to the facility.
      =
1.8. REQUEST the News Writer draft a Press Release for JPIC activation.
Once established, MAINTAIN an open conference line with the ENC.
1.3.1.             OBTAIN a briefing of the current plant and environmental status.
1.3.2.             OBTAIN a summary of the information provided by Exelon Nuclear, Federal, State and local agency representatives to the media and to the public.
1.4.               CONFER with the Public Information Director, other EOF personnel, and the JPIC Director to formulate an action plan for the overall dissemination of information to the media.
1.5.               INTRODUCE yourself to any Governmental Agency Public Information Officials (PIOs) present.
 
EP-AA-1 12-602 Revision 0 Page 10 of 27 ATTACHMENT 2 CORPORATE SPOKESPERSON CHECKLIST Page 2 of 3 1.6.             DETERMINE with the JPIC Director, Public Information Director and government agency PIOs present at the JPIC, a time to activate the JPIC 1.7.             REQUEST that the JPIC Director inform you of the arrival of any other PIOs to the facility.
1.8.             REQUEST the News Writer draft a Press Release for JPIC activation.
: 1. PROVIDE a copy of the press release to the Public Information Director for review prior to approval.
: 1. PROVIDE a copy of the press release to the Public Information Director for review prior to approval.
: 2. APPROVE the press release.
: 2. APPROVE the press release.
: 3. ENSURE that the approved Press Release is properly distributed to the media and to the Exelon Emergency Response Facilities (ERFs). 2. ONGOING ACTIONS 2.1. INTERFACE with the Public Information Director and JPIC Director.
: 3. ENSURE that the approved Press Release is properly distributed to the media and to the Exelon Emergency Response Facilities (ERFs).
: 2. ONGOING ACTIONS 2.1. INTERFACE with the Public Information Director and JPIC Director.
: 1. MAINTAIN cognizance of conditions of the plant and environment, and the actions of Exelon Nuclear and governmental support personnel.
: 1. MAINTAIN cognizance of conditions of the plant and environment, and the actions of Exelon Nuclear and governmental support personnel.
: 2. REQUEST information to answer questions raised during press conferences.
: 2. REQUEST information to answer questions raised during press conferences.
2.2. SUPERVISE the activities of the JPIC Director and, in Mid-West ROG, the Technical and Radiation Protection Spokespersons.
2.2. SUPERVISE the activities of the JPIC Director and, in Mid-West ROG, the Technical and Radiation Protection Spokespersons.
2.3. FUNCTION as a liaison between the JPIC and Exelon Nuclear corporate executives.
2.3. FUNCTION as a liaison between the JPIC and Exelon Nuclear corporate executives.
2.4. CONDUCT press conferences with the news media. 1. COORDINATE the content and timing of the press conferences with the JPIC Director and with the Federal, State and local agency representatives in the JPIC to ensure consistency in news provided.
2.4. CONDUCT press conferences with the news media.
: 1. COORDINATE the content and timing of the press conferences with the JPIC Director and with the Federal, State and local agency representatives in the JPIC to ensure consistency in news provided.
: 2. COORDINATE with Federal, State and Local agencies, as well as with other organizations involved in the emergency response, to maintain factual consistency of information to be conveyed to the news media and timing of the briefings.
: 2. COORDINATE with Federal, State and Local agencies, as well as with other organizations involved in the emergency response, to maintain factual consistency of information to be conveyed to the news media and timing of the briefings.
ATTACHMENT 2 CORPORATE SPOKESPERSON CHECKLIST Page 3 of 3 3. COORDINATE and DIRECT responses to media inquiries.
 
EP-AA-1 12-602 Revision 0 Page 11 of 27 4. PROVIDE for the timely exchange of information other spokespersons.
EP-AA-1 12-602 Revision 0 Page 11 of 27 ATTACHMENT 2 CORPORATE SPOKESPERSON CHECKLIST Page 3 of 3
: 3. COORDINATE and DIRECT responses to media inquiries.
: 4.     PROVIDE for the timely exchange of information other spokespersons.
2.5. DIRECT the News Writer to prepare Press Releases as required.
2.5. DIRECT the News Writer to prepare Press Releases as required.
Mid-WestROG
Mid-WestROG FORWARD press releases to the Corporate Emergency Director through the Public Information Director.I
: 1. PROVIDE press releases to the Corporate Emergency Director for review of the technical content prior to approval.
: 1. PROVIDE press releases to the Corporate Emergency Director for review of the technical content prior to approval.
: 2. PERFORM a final review of news releases and the Chronological Events Description Log prior to Public Information Director approval.
: 2. PERFORM a final review of news releases and the Chronological Events Description Log prior to Public Information Director approval.
2.6. PERFORM a shift turnover with on-coming personnel using guidance in EP-AA 112, Attachment 2 (Shift Turnover).
2.6. PERFORM a shift turnover with on-coming personnel using guidance in EP-AA 112, Attachment 2 (Shift Turnover).
FORWARD press releases to the Corporate Emergency Director through the Public Information Director.I EP-AA-1 12-602 Revision 0 Page 12 of 27 ATTACHMENT 3 JPIC DIRECTOR CHECKLIST Page 1 of 3 Section 1, Initial Actions Section 2, Ongoing Actions NOTE: Steps in this checklist may be performed in an order other than listed or they may be omitted if not applicable.
 
: 1. INITIAL ACTIONS 1.1. SIGN IN on the JPIC Organization Board. 1.2. REPORT your arrival to the Corporate Spokesperson.
EP-AA-1 12-602 Revision 0 Page 12 of 27 ATTACHMENT 3 JPIC DIRECTOR CHECKLIST Page 1 of 3 Section 1, Initial Actions Section 2, Ongoing Actions NOTE:       Steps in this checklist may be performed in an order other than listed or they may be omitted if not applicable.
1.3. INITIATE a position log documenting significant actions performed and communications related to your position.
: 1. INITIAL ACTIONS 1.1.               SIGN IN on the JPIC Organization Board.
1.4. ESTABLISH contact with the Public Information Director:
1.2.               REPORT your arrival to the Corporate Spokesperson.
1.4.1. OBTAIN a briefing on current plant technical and environmental status. 1.4.2. OBTAIN a summary of information provided to the media and public. 1.5. OBTAIN from Federal, State and local agency representatives in the JPIC their availability for a press conference.
1.3.               INITIATE a position log documenting significant actions performed and communications related to your position.
1.6. VERIFY that the JPIC Coordinator has the JPIC Activation Checklist completed per EP-AA-1 12-600, and that the JPIC is ready to be activated.
1.4.               ESTABLISH contact with the Public Information Director:
1.7. BRIEF the Corporate Spokesperson on the current status at the plant, the status of the environs, and the information provided the news media and the public from Exelon Communications  
1.4.1.             OBTAIN a briefing on current plant technical and environmental status.
& Public Affairs and governmental agencies.
1.4.2.             OBTAIN a summary of information provided to the media and public.
1.8. DETERMINE with the Corporate Spokesperson a time to activate the JPIC, allowing media to enter the building, and a time for the first press conference.
1.5.               OBTAIN from Federal, State and local agency representatives in the JPIC their availability for a press conference.
1.8.1. INFORM the Public Information Director of the activation of the JPIC. 1.8.2. AUTHORIZE the JPIC Coordinator to open the JPIC.AUTHORIZE access of non-Exelon Nuclear officials to the JPIC.1.8.3.
1.6.               VERIFY that the JPIC Coordinator has the JPIC Activation Checklist completed per EP-AA-1 12-600, and that the JPIC is ready to be activated.
EP-AA-1 12-602 Revision 0 Page 13 of 27 ATTACHMENT 3 JPIC DIRECTOR CHECKLIST Page 2 of 3 2. ONGOING ACTIONS 2.1. DIRECT the activities of the Access Controller, Public Information Liaison, Administrative Coordinator, and JPIC Coordinator.
1.7.               BRIEF the Corporate Spokesperson on the current status at the plant, the status of the environs, and the information provided the news media and the public from Exelon Communications & Public Affairs and governmental agencies.
I Mid-Wesit ROG only1 2.2. REQUEST that the Public Information Liaison MONITOR the open conference call at times when the Corporate Spokesperson and JPIC Director are unavailable.
1.8.               DETERMINE with the Corporate Spokesperson a time to activate the JPIC, allowing media to enter the building, and a time for the first press conference.
1.8.1.             INFORM the Public Information Director of the activation of the JPIC.
1.8.2.             AUTHORIZE the JPIC Coordinator to open the JPIC.
1.8.3.            AUTHORIZE access of non-Exelon Nuclear officials to the JPIC.
 
EP-AA-1 12-602 Revision 0 Page 13 of 27 ATTACHMENT 3 JPIC DIRECTOR CHECKLIST Page 2 of 3
: 2. ONGOING ACTIONS 2.1. DIRECT the activities of the Access Controller, Public Information Liaison, Administrative Coordinator, and JPIC Coordinator.
I Mid-Wesit ROG only1 2.2.     REQUEST that the Public Information Liaison MONITOR the open conference call at times when the Corporate Spokesperson and JPIC Director are unavailable.
2.3. MAINTAIN cognizance of conditions of the plant and environment, and the actions of Exelon Nuclear and governmental support personnel.
2.3. MAINTAIN cognizance of conditions of the plant and environment, and the actions of Exelon Nuclear and governmental support personnel.
: 1. PARTICIPATE as needed, in the rumor control activities.
: 1.     PARTICIPATE as needed, in the rumor control activities.
: 2. COORDINATE with the Media Monitoring staff for review and access to media coverage of the emergency event. 3. INTERFACE with the Public Information Director, and coordinate information flow between the EOF and the JPIC. 2.4. COORDINATE with the Corporate Spokesperson, Public Information Director, Federal, State and Local agencies, regarding the content, format and timing of press releases to be provided by Exelon Nuclear to the news media and the public. 1. PROVIDE copies of Press Releases to the Corporate Spokesperson so they are aware of what written information has been provided to the media. 2. INFORM the Public Information Director of any press releases issued by Federal, State or local agencies that you become aware of.
: 2.       COORDINATE with the Media Monitoring staff for review and access to media coverage of the emergency event.
EP-AA-1 12-602 Revision 0 Page 14 of 27 ATTACHMENT 3 JPIC DIRECTOR CHECKLIST Page 3 of 3 2.5. COORDINATE with the Corporate Spokesperson, the Public Information Liaison, I and the JPIC Coordinator the content, format and timeliness of the new briefings.
: 3.       INTERFACE with the Public Information Director, and coordinate information flow between the EOF and the JPIC.
1 .COORDINATE the content and material to be presented at the press conferences by Exelon Nuclear with the information to be provided by the Federal, State and local government agency representatives. (For example, any advisement of public evacuation and shelter are made only by the governmental agencies.)
2.4. COORDINATE with the Corporate Spokesperson, Public Information Director, Federal, State and Local agencies, regarding the content, format and timing of press releases to be provided by Exelon Nuclear to the news media and the public.
Information is likely to be considered Newsworthy if it meets one or more of the criteria:  
: 1.     PROVIDE copies of Press Releases to the Corporate Spokesperson so they are aware of what written information has been provided to the media.
-Enables public to take appropriate and timely actions to minimize risk to life, health or property -Helps public accurately judge current and potential impact of event -Involves injury or loss of life -Reinforces/enhances efforts by federal/state/local agencies to carry out public protective actions -Changes in: -Emergency classification  
: 2.     INFORM the Public Information Director of any press releases issued by Federal, State or local agencies that you become aware of.
-Meteorological/radiological conditions in EPZ -Core integrity/capability to maintain same -Containment integrity/capability to maintain same -Understanding of fundamental cause or chronology of event -Projections of practical consequences of event 2.6. PERFORM a shift turnover with on-coming personnel using guidance in EP-AA 112, Attachment 2 (Shift Turnover).
 
EP-AA-1 12-602 Revision 0 Page 15 of 27 ATTACHMENT 4 PUBLIC INFORMATION LIAISON CHECKLIST (Mid-West ROG) Page 1 of 2 Section 1, Initial Actions Section 2, Ongoing Actions NOTE: Steps in this checklist may be performed in an order other than listed or they may be omitted if not applicable.
EP-AA-1 12-602 Revision 0 Page 14 of 27 ATTACHMENT 3 JPIC DIRECTOR CHECKLIST Page 3 of 3 2.5. COORDINATE with the Corporate Spokesperson, the Public Information Liaison,           I and the JPIC Coordinator the content, format and timeliness of the new briefings.
: 1. INITIAL ACTIONS 1.1. SIGN IN on the JPIC Organization Board. 1.2. REPORT your arrival to the JPIC Director.
: 1.     COORDINATE the content and material to be presented at the press conferences by Exelon Nuclear with the information to be provided by the Federal, State and local government agency representatives. (For example, any advisement of public evacuation and shelter are made only by the governmental agencies.)
1.3. INITIATE a position log documenting significant actions performed and communications related to your position.
Information is likely to be considered Newsworthy if it meets one or more of the criteria:
1.4. LOGIN to the Newswriter computer program.
            -       Enables public to take appropriate and timely actions to minimize risk to life, health or property
-REFER to EP-MW-1 10-100 for, " Instructions for use of the NEWSWRITER program".
            -       Helps public accurately judge current and potential impact of event
1.5. ESTABLISH contact with the News Writer: 1.5.1. OBTAIN the file name for any previously issued press releases and PRINT copies of any previously issued press releases.
            -       Involves injury or loss of life
1.5.2. PROVIDE copies of approved press releases to the JPIC Director and Administrative Coordinator for internal use and dissemination to the media gathered at the JPIC. 1.5.3. OBTAIN the file name of the approved Chronological Event Description Log and PRINT a copy of the Log. 1.5.4. OBTAIN approval for release of the Chronological Event Description Log from the Company Spokesperson and PROVIDE copies to the JPIC Director and Administrative Coordinator for internal use and dissemination to the media gathered at the JPIC. 1.6. OBTAIN a list of Exelon Nuclear Spokespersons present in the JPIC and print the applicable Biographies from the Newswriter program.
            -       Reinforces/enhances efforts by federal/state/local agencies to carry out public protective actions
1.6.1. PROVIDE the printed Biographies to the JPIC Coordinator for dissemination to the media.
            -       Changes in:
EP-AA-1 12-602 Revision 0 Page 16 of 27 ATTACHMENT 4 PUBLIC INFORMATION LIAISON CHECKLIST (Mid-West ROG) Page 2 of 2 2. ONGOING ACTIONS 2.1. COORDINATE the information flow between the EOF and JPIC. 1. ESTABLISH and MAINTAIN an open line between the JPIC and the ENC staff. 2. RESOLVE questions left unanswered in previous press conferences in coordination with the Technical and Radiological Advisors.
                    -       Emergency classification
: 3. PURSUE information that either substantiates or refutes public information arising from the media in coordination with the Rumor Control Staff. 4. COORDINATE with Emergency Response Personnel in the EOF to ensure that any events of potential public interest are addressed.
                    -       Meteorological/radiological conditions in EPZ
2.2. OBTAIN draft copies of press releases and PROVIDE to the Corporate Spokesperson for review. 2.3. OBTAIN approved copies of press releases from the News Writer when issued. 1. PROVIDE this information to the JPIC Director and to the clerical staff for copying and distribution.
                    -       Core integrity/capability to maintain same
2.4. OBTAIN a copy of the approved Chronological Event Description Log from Events Recorder on a regular basis: 1. PROVIDE this information to the JPIC Director and clerical staff for copying and distribution to Exelon staff and State officials.
                    -       Containment integrity/capability to maintain same
                    -       Understanding of fundamental cause or chronology of event
                    -       Projections of practical consequences of event 2.6. PERFORM a shift turnover with on-coming personnel using guidance in EP-AA 112, Attachment 2 (Shift Turnover).
 
EP-AA-1 12-602 Revision 0 Page 15 of 27 ATTACHMENT 4 PUBLIC INFORMATION LIAISON CHECKLIST (Mid-West ROG)
Page 1 of 2 Section 1, Initial Actions Section 2, Ongoing Actions NOTE:       Steps in this checklist may be performed in an order other than listed or they may be omitted if not applicable.
: 1. INITIAL ACTIONS 1.1.               SIGN IN on the JPIC Organization Board.
1.2.               REPORT your arrival to the JPIC Director.
1.3.               INITIATE a position log documenting significant actions performed and communications related to your position.
1.4.               LOGIN to the Newswriter computer program.
          -           REFER to EP-MW-1 10-100 for, " Instructions for use of the NEWSWRITER program".
1.5. ESTABLISH contact with the News Writer:
1.5.1.             OBTAIN the file name for any previously issued press releases and PRINT copies of any previously issued press releases.
1.5.2.             PROVIDE copies of approved press releases to the JPIC Director and Administrative Coordinator for internal use and dissemination to the media gathered at the JPIC.
1.5.3.             OBTAIN the file name of the approved Chronological Event Description Log and PRINT a copy of the Log.
1.5.4.             OBTAIN approval for release of the Chronological Event Description Log from the Company Spokesperson and PROVIDE copies to the JPIC Director and Administrative Coordinator for internal use and dissemination to the media gathered at the JPIC.
1.6.               OBTAIN a list of Exelon Nuclear Spokespersons present in the JPIC and print the applicable Biographies from the Newswriter program.
1.6.1.             PROVIDE the printed Biographies to the JPIC Coordinator for dissemination to the media.
 
EP-AA-1 12-602 Revision 0 Page 16 of 27 ATTACHMENT 4 PUBLIC INFORMATION LIAISON CHECKLIST (Mid-West ROG)
Page 2 of 2
: 2. ONGOING ACTIONS 2.1. COORDINATE the information flow between the EOF and JPIC.
: 1. ESTABLISH and MAINTAIN an open line between the JPIC and the ENC staff.
: 2. RESOLVE questions left unanswered in previous press conferences in coordination with the Technical and Radiological Advisors.
: 3. PURSUE information that either substantiates or refutes public information arising from the media in coordination with the Rumor Control Staff.
: 4. COORDINATE with Emergency Response Personnel in the EOF to ensure that any events of potential public interest are addressed.
2.2. OBTAIN draft copies of press releases and PROVIDE to the Corporate Spokesperson for review.
2.3. OBTAIN approved copies of press releases from the News Writer when issued.
: 1. PROVIDE this information to the JPIC Director and to the clerical staff for copying and distribution.
2.4. OBTAIN a copy of the approved Chronological Event Description Log from Events Recorder on a regular basis:
: 1. PROVIDE this information to the JPIC Director and clerical staff for copying and distribution to Exelon staff and State officials.
2.5. PERFORM a shift turnover with on-coming personnel using guidance in EP-AA 112, Attachment 2 (Shift Turnover).
2.5. PERFORM a shift turnover with on-coming personnel using guidance in EP-AA 112, Attachment 2 (Shift Turnover).
EP-AA-1 12-602 Revision 0 Page 17 of 27 ATTACHMENT 5 JPIC ADMINISTRATIVE COORDINATOR CHECKLIST Page 1 of 4 Section 1, Initial Actions Section 2, Ongoing Actions Table 5-1, "JPIC Call-Out Record" NOTE: Steps in this checklist may be performed in an order other than listed or they may be omitted if not applicable.
 
: 1. INITIAL ACTIONS 1.1. SIGN IN on the JPIC Organization Board. 1.2. REPORT your arrival to the JPIC Director.
EP-AA-1 12-602 Revision 0 Page 17 of 27 ATTACHMENT 5 JPIC ADMINISTRATIVE COORDINATOR CHECKLIST Page 1 of 4 Section 1, Initial Actions Section 2, Ongoing Actions Table 5-1, "JPIC Call-Out Record" NOTE:       Steps in this checklist may be performed in an order other than listed or they may be omitted if not applicable.
1.3. INITIATE a position log documenting significant actions performed and communications related to your position.
: 1. INITIAL ACTIONS 1.1.               SIGN IN on the JPIC Organization Board.
1.4. CONFIRM with the Administrative Coordinator (EOF) that clerical support personnel have been activated and are proceeding to the JPIC. 1.5. Work with the JPIC Coordinator to OBTAIN the names of the expected personnel and CONFIRM that future shift staffing of these positions will be assumed by the JPIC. -A copy of the expected shift staff will be telecopied to the JPIC by the callout system, after it is finished with the call out. 1.5.1. If the Call Out Report from the call out system indicates that JPIC shift staffing is not complete OR additional staff is needed, then FIND suitable personnel for the missing staff. REFER to the ERO Telephone Directory for a listing of personnel qualified to fill emergency response roles. 1. USE Table 5-1, "JPIC Call-Out Record" to record the personnel contacted for response to the JPIC. 2. CONTACT the JPIC Director for assistance in determining what Exelon Nuclear or non-Exelon Nuclear personnel will be (a) suitable replacement(s).
1.2.               REPORT your arrival to the JPIC Director.
1.6. ASSUME responsibility for completion of the JPIC Activation Checklist, EP-AA-1 12-600, from the JPIC Coordinator if not completed.
1.3.               INITIATE a position log documenting significant actions performed and communications related to your position.
EP-AA-1 12-602 Revision 0 Page 18 of 27 ATTACHMENT 5 JPIC ADMINISTRATIVE COORDINATOR CHECKLIST Page 2 of 4 2. ONGOING ACTIONS 2.1. DIRECT the clerical staff: 1. VERIFY the arrival of clerical support personnel and ASSIGN tasks. Tasks include:
1.4.               CONFIRM with the Administrative Coordinator (EOF) that clerical support personnel have been activated and are proceeding to the JPIC.
1.5.               Work with the JPIC Coordinator to OBTAIN the names of the expected personnel and CONFIRM that future shift staffing of these positions will be assumed by the JPIC.
                  -   A copy of the expected shift staff will be telecopied to the JPIC by the callout system, after it is finished with the call out.
1.5.1.             If the Call Out Report from the call out system indicates that JPIC shift staffing is not complete OR additional staff is needed, then FIND suitable personnel for the missing staff.
REFER to the ERO Telephone Directory for a listing of personnel qualified to fill emergency response roles.
: 1. USE Table 5-1, "JPIC Call-Out Record" to record the personnel contacted for response to the JPIC.
: 2. CONTACT the JPIC Director for assistance in determining what Exelon Nuclear or non-Exelon Nuclear personnel will be (a) suitable replacement(s).
1.6.               ASSUME responsibility for completion of the JPIC Activation Checklist, EP-AA-1 12-600, from the JPIC Coordinator if not completed.
 
EP-AA-1 12-602 Revision 0 Page 18 of 27 ATTACHMENT 5 JPIC ADMINISTRATIVE COORDINATOR CHECKLIST Page 2 of 4
: 2. ONGOING ACTIONS 2.1. DIRECT the clerical staff:
: 1. VERIFY the arrival of clerical support personnel and ASSIGN tasks.
Tasks include:
* Administrative support.
* Administrative support.
* Copying and distributing information per Clerical Fax and Distribution Guidance near the fax machines.
* Copying and distributing information per Clerical Fax and Distribution Guidance near the fax machines.
Line 363: Line 685:
: 3. PROVIDE for transcription of the JPIC Staffing Board and DISTRIBUTE per Clerical Fax and Distribution Guidance.
: 3. PROVIDE for transcription of the JPIC Staffing Board and DISTRIBUTE per Clerical Fax and Distribution Guidance.
2.2. OBTAIN services, as necessary, to support operations of the JPIC such as accommodations, office support services, food services, and waste disposal.
2.2. OBTAIN services, as necessary, to support operations of the JPIC such as accommodations, office support services, food services, and waste disposal.
2.3. COORDINATE shift relief and continual staffing of the JPIC: 1. DEVELOP a shift schedule for the JPIC Personnel.
2.3. COORDINATE shift relief and continual staffing of the JPIC:
: 1. DEVELOP a shift schedule for the JPIC Personnel.
* Shift lengths should be 12 hours (maximum);
* Shift lengths should be 12 hours (maximum);
* All responders should have > 7 hours between scheduled work periods.
* All responders should have > 7 hours between scheduled work periods.
Line 370: Line 693:
: 4. CONSULT with the EOF Administrative Coordinator to compare on-going staffing schedules.
: 4. CONSULT with the EOF Administrative Coordinator to compare on-going staffing schedules.
: 5. CONTACT relief personnel for the next shift and provide schedules and any special instructions for reporting to work using the ERO Telephone Directory.
: 5. CONTACT relief personnel for the next shift and provide schedules and any special instructions for reporting to work using the ERO Telephone Directory.
EP-AA-1 12-602 Revision 0 Page 19 of 27 ATTACHMENT 5 JPIC ADMINISTRATIVE COORDINATOR CHECKLIST Page 3 of 4 2.4. PERFORM a shift turnover with on-coming personnel using guidance in EP-AA 112, Attachment 2 (Shift Turnover).
EP-AA-1 12-602 Revision 0 Page 19 of 27 ATTACHMENT 5 JPIC ADMINISTRATIVE COORDINATOR CHECKLIST Page 3 of 4 2.4. PERFORM a shift turnover with on-coming personnel using guidance in EP-AA 112, Attachment 2 (Shift Turnover).
EP-AA-1 12-602 Revision 0 Page 20 of 27 ATTACHMENT 5 JPIC ADMINISTRATIVE COORDINATOR CHECKLIST Page 4 of 4 TABLE 5-1 JPIC CALL-OUT RECORD Page 1 of I CIRCLE ONE: DRILL ACTUAL CALLER DATE: ___ /SITE: CALLER NAME:_______
 
Braidwood Dresden LaSalle Clinton Byron Quad Cities Limerick Peach Bottom COMMENTS: ERF: MAZON JPIC CLASS: MAZON JPIC MAZON JPIC BLOOMINGTON JPIC MORRISON JPIC MORRISON JPIC COATESVILLE JPIC COATESVILLE JPIC POSITION: Unusual Event Alert Site Area Emergency General Emergency* ETA (Expected Time of Arrival)TIME NAME POSITION AVAILABLE?  
EP-AA-1 12-602 Revision 0 Page 20 of 27 ATTACHMENT 5 JPIC ADMINISTRATIVE COORDINATOR CHECKLIST Page 4 of 4                                         I TABLE 5-1 JPIC CALL-OUT RECORD Page 1 of I CIRCLE ONE:         DRILL       ACTUAL CALLER                        CALLER DATE: ___     /         NAME:_______                       POSITION:
*ETA I ____ YES NO I* 4 4- +t 4 *1-4 4- 4 4-4 4- 4 4 1- I I-1* I t I I EP-AA-1 12-602 Revision 0 Page 21 of 27 ATTACHMENT 6 JPIC COORDINATOR CHECKLIST Page 1 of 3 Section 1, Initial Actions Section 2, Ongoing Actions NOTE: Steps in this checklist may be performed in an order other than listed or they may be omitted if not applicable.
SITE:        Braidwood       ERF:   MAZON JPIC     CLASS:     Unusual Event Dresden                MAZON JPIC                 Alert LaSalle                MAZON JPIC                 Site Area Emergency Clinton                BLOOMINGTON JPIC           General Emergency Byron                  MORRISON JPIC Quad Cities            MORRISON JPIC Limerick              COATESVILLE JPIC Peach Bottom          COATESVILLE JPIC TIME               NAME                   POSITION         AVAILABLE?         *ETA I ____
: 1. INITIAL ACTIONS 1.1. SIGN IN on the JPIC Organization Board. 1.2. REPORT your arrival to the JPIC Director.
YES     NO     I
1.3. INITIATE a position log documenting significant actions performed and communications related to your position.
* 4                     4-               +
rCoatesville JPIC 1.4. DIRECT available Facility Support Staff to complete audio / visual equipment set-up using Table 3-2 to EP-AA-1 12-600, Attachment 3.1.5. COMPLETE JPIC Activation Checklist per EP-AA-112-600, as applicable, with the assistance of the JPIC Staff 1.6. ENSURE that access control has been established at the media entrance.
t                         4-                    1-                *1-4                           4-                   4                 4-4                           4-                   4                 4-4-                        1-                     I                 I-1*                         I                     t                 I COMMENTS:
1.7. VERIFY that the JPIC media telephones are functional, and REPORT any problems to the JPIC Administrative Coordinator or EOF Computer Specialist (Coatesville).
* ETA (Expected Time of Arrival)
1.8. ENSURE that press kits, biographies of the Exelon Spokespersons, prior press releases, Chronological Event Description Logs and Public Information Brochures are available to be distributed.
 
1.8.1. OBTAIN the biographies, Chronological Event Description logs and press releases from the JPIC Director.
EP-AA-1 12-602 Revision 0 Page 21 of 27 ATTACHMENT 6 JPIC COORDINATOR CHECKLIST Page 1 of 3 Section 1, Initial Actions Section 2, Ongoing Actions NOTE:       Steps in this checklist may be performed in an order other than listed or they may be omitted if not applicable.
1.9. NOTIFY the JPIC Director when the JPIC is ready to be declared operational and news media maybe allowed inside. 1.9.1. OBTAIN the time of the first press conference from the JPIC Director.
: 1. INITIAL ACTIONS 1.1.               SIGN IN on the JPIC Organization Board.
EP-AA-1 12-602 Revision 0 Page 22 of 27 ATTACHMENT 6 JPIC COORDINATOR CHECKLIST Page 2 of 3 2. ONGOING ACTIONS 2.1. ADDRESS the media: 1. GIVE the time the first press conference will occur. 2. EXPLAIN the facilities available, including telephones and washrooms.
1.2.               REPORT your arrival to the JPIC Director.
: 3. REVIEW the contents of the press kit. 4. PASS out any previously issued press releases, the Chronological Event Description Log and biographies of the spokespersons.
1.3.               INITIATE a position log documenting significant actions performed and communications related to your position.
2.2. COORDINATE press conferences, interviews and responses to information requests from the media present in the JPIC. 1. CONSULT with the JPIC Director for approximate times for press conferences and then remind them when they are due. 2. ARRANGE interviews with Spokespersons per the request of the media. 3. ESTABLISH with the JPIC Director, a minimum frequency for addressing news media and ensure that some form of communication occurs within that time frame. 4. POST approved Press Releases prominently and have sufficient copies available.
rCoatesville JPIC 1.4.               DIRECT available Facility Support Staff to complete audio / visual equipment set-up using Table 3-2 to EP-AA-1 12-600, Attachment 3.
2.3. REVIEW with the Corporate Spokesperson, prior to press conferences, the sequence of speakers and announcements to be made to the media. 1. INTRODUCE the speakers at the beginning of the press conference, if requested by the Corporate Spokesperson.
1.5.               COMPLETE JPIC Activation Checklist per EP-AA-112-600, as applicable, with the assistance of the JPIC Staff 1.6.               ENSURE that access control has been established at the media entrance.
: 2. BRING any unanswered questions to the attention of the JPIC Director 3. ENSURE these items are addressed in the next briefing.
1.7.               VERIFY that the JPIC media telephones are functional, and REPORT any problems to the JPIC Administrative Coordinator or EOF Computer Specialist (Coatesville).
1.8.               ENSURE that press kits, biographies of the Exelon Spokespersons, prior press releases, Chronological Event Description Logs and Public Information Brochures are available to be distributed.
1.8.1.             OBTAIN the biographies, Chronological Event Description logs and press releases from the JPIC Director.
1.9.               NOTIFY the JPIC Director when the JPIC is ready to be declared operational and news media maybe allowed inside.
1.9.1.             OBTAIN the time of the first press conference from the JPIC Director.
 
EP-AA-1 12-602 Revision 0 Page 22 of 27 ATTACHMENT 6 JPIC COORDINATOR CHECKLIST Page 2 of 3
: 2. ONGOING ACTIONS 2.1. ADDRESS the media:
: 1. GIVE the time the first press conference will occur.
: 2. EXPLAIN the facilities available, including telephones and washrooms.
: 3. REVIEW the contents of the press kit.
: 4. PASS out any previously issued press releases, the Chronological Event Description Log and biographies of the spokespersons.
2.2. COORDINATE press conferences, interviews and responses to information requests from the media present in the JPIC.
: 1. CONSULT with the JPIC Director for approximate times for press conferences and then remind them when they are due.
: 2. ARRANGE interviews with Spokespersons per the request of the media.
: 3. ESTABLISH with the JPIC Director, a minimum frequency for addressing news media and ensure that some form of communication occurs within that time frame.
: 4. POST approved Press Releases prominently and have sufficient copies available.
2.3. REVIEW with the Corporate Spokesperson, prior to press conferences, the sequence of speakers and announcements to be made to the media.
: 1. INTRODUCE the speakers at the beginning of the press conference, if requested by the Corporate Spokesperson.
: 2. BRING any unanswered questions to the attention of the JPIC Director
: 3. ENSURE these items are addressed in the next briefing.
2.3.1 ASSIST in documenting unanswered questions and serious public misinformation and IDENTIFY to the JPIC Director for resolution.
2.3.1 ASSIST in documenting unanswered questions and serious public misinformation and IDENTIFY to the JPIC Director for resolution.
2.4. PROVIDE the primary interface between Exelon Nuclear and the news media/public, including briefings, press conferences, interviews and responses to information requests.
2.4. PROVIDE the primary interface between Exelon Nuclear and the news media/public, including briefings, press conferences, interviews and responses to information requests.
EP-AA-1 12-602 Revision 0 Page 23 of 27 ATTACHMENT 6 JPIC COORDINATOR CHECKLIST Page 3 of 3 2.5. WORK the JPIC Administrative Coordinator, as needed, to obtain additional services to support JPIC operations.
EP-AA-1 12-602 Revision 0 Page 23 of 27 ATTACHMENT 6 JPIC COORDINATOR CHECKLIST Page 3 of 3 2.5. WORK the JPIC Administrative Coordinator, as needed, to obtain additional services to support JPIC operations.
2.6. PERFORM a shift turnover with on-coming personnel using guidance in EP-AA 112, Attachment 2 (Shift Turnover).
2.6. PERFORM a shift turnover with on-coming personnel using guidance in EP-AA 112, Attachment 2 (Shift Turnover).
EP-AA-1 12-602 Revision 0 Page 24 of 27 ATTACHMENT 7 TECHNICAL SPOKESPERSON CHECKLIST (Mid-West ROG only) Page 1 of 2 Section 1, Initial Actions Section 2, Ongoing Actions NOTE: Steps in this checklist may be performed in an order other than listed or they may be omitted if not applicable.
 
: 1. INITIAL ACTIONS 1.1. SIGN IN on the JPIC Organization Board. 1.2. REPORT your arrival to the Corporate Spokesperson.
EP-AA-1 12-602 Revision 0 Page 24 of 27 ATTACHMENT 7 TECHNICAL SPOKESPERSON CHECKLIST (Mid-West ROG only)
1.3. INITIATE a position log documenting significant actions performed and communications related to your position.
Page 1 of 2 Section 1, Initial Actions Section 2, Ongoing Actions NOTE:       Steps in this checklist may be performed in an order other than listed or they may be omitted if not applicable.
1.4. CONTACT the Technical Advisor or the Public Information Director in the EOF and OBTAIN an initial update on plant status, classification and station priorities.
: 1.         INITIAL ACTIONS 1.1.               SIGN IN on the JPIC Organization Board.
1.5. LOGIN to the computer programs to enable you to access plant data. REFER to EP-MW-1 10-100 for instructions for data acquisition.
1.2.                 REPORT your arrival to the Corporate Spokesperson.
: 2. ONGOING ACTIONS 2.1. FUNCTION as a Public Information Official (PIO) for Exelon Nuclear in regards to plant status and plant operations.
1.3.                 INITIATE a position log documenting significant actions performed and communications related to your position.
1.4.               CONTACT the Technical Advisor or the Public Information Director in the EOF and OBTAIN an initial update on plant status, classification and station priorities.
1.5.               LOGIN to the computer programs to enable you to access plant data.
REFER to EP-MW-1 10-100 for instructions for data acquisition.
: 2.     ONGOING ACTIONS 2.1. FUNCTION as a Public Information Official (PIO) for Exelon Nuclear in regards to plant status and plant operations.
2.2. DOCUMENT unanswered technical questions posed by the news media and forward the questions to the Technical Advisor.
2.2. DOCUMENT unanswered technical questions posed by the news media and forward the questions to the Technical Advisor.
: 1. PROVIDE follow-up answers to questions, for the news media as soon as is practicable.
: 1.     PROVIDE follow-up answers to questions, for the news media as soon as is practicable.
: 2. PROVIDE a follow-up explanation that corrects any misinformation as soon as practicable.
: 2.     PROVIDE a follow-up explanation that corrects any misinformation as soon as practicable.
2.3. PREPARE briefing papers in coordination with the Technical Advisor, which contain additional plant technical details and background not found in the press releases.
2.3. PREPARE briefing papers in coordination with the Technical Advisor, which contain additional plant technical details and background not found in the press releases.
EP-AA-1 12-602 Revision 0 Page 25 of 27 ATTACHMENT 7 TECHNICAL SPOKESPERSON CHECKLIST (Mid-West ROG only) Page 2 of 2 2.4. OBTAIN or PREPARE audio-visual resources, with the assistance of the JPIC Coordinator and JPIC Administrative Coordinator, for use during press conferences.
 
EP-AA-1 12-602 Revision 0 Page 25 of 27 ATTACHMENT 7 TECHNICAL SPOKESPERSON CHECKLIST (Mid-West ROG only)
Page 2 of 2 2.4. OBTAIN or PREPARE audio-visual resources, with the assistance of the JPIC Coordinator and JPIC Administrative Coordinator, for use during press conferences.
2.5. OBTAIN regular updates from the Technical Advisor of plant operations and plant status, in particular, include plant safety systems and reactor integrity.
2.5. OBTAIN regular updates from the Technical Advisor of plant operations and plant status, in particular, include plant safety systems and reactor integrity.
2.6. PERFORM a shift turnover with on-coming personnel using guidance in EP-AA 112, Attachment 2 (Shift Turnover).
2.6. PERFORM a shift turnover with on-coming personnel using guidance in EP-AA 112, Attachment 2 (Shift Turnover).
EP-AA-1 12-602 Revision 0 Page 26 of 27 ATTACHMENT 8 RADIATION PROTECTION SPOKESPERSON CHECKLIST (Mid-West ROG only) Page 1 of 2 Section 1, Initial Actions Section 2, Ongoing Actions NOTE: Steps in this checklist may be performed in an order other than listed or they may be omitted if not applicable.
 
: 1. INITIAL ACTIONS 1.1. SIGN IN on the JPIC Organization Board. 1.2. REPORT your arrival to the Corporate Spokesperson.
EP-AA-1 12-602 Revision 0 Page 26 of 27 ATTACHMENT 8 RADIATION PROTECTION SPOKESPERSON CHECKLIST (Mid-West ROG only)
1.3. INITIATE a position log documenting significant actions performed and communications related to your position.
Page 1 of 2 Section 1, Initial Actions Section 2, Ongoing Actions NOTE:     Steps in this checklist may be performed in an order other than listed or they may be omitted if not applicable.
1.4. CONTACT the Radiological Advisor in the EOF and REQUEST an update on: -Plant radiological status, -Effluent release status (both gaseous and liquid) -Results from environmental team monitoring  
: 1. INITIAL ACTIONS 1.1.               SIGN IN on the JPIC Organization Board.
-Contamination and/or exposures received during the event -Injuries or accidents 1.5. LOGIN to the computer programs to access plant data. -REFER to EP-MW-1 10-100 for instructions on data acquisition.
1.2.               REPORT your arrival to the Corporate Spokesperson.
EP-AA-1 12-602 Revision 0 Page 27 of 27 ATTACHMENT 8 RADIATION PROTECTION SPOKESPERSON CHECKLIST (Mid-West ROG only) Page 2 of 2 2. ONGOING ACTIONS CAUTION In the event of a radiological release to the environment, Do not provide recommendations to the news media that could result in a Exelon Nuclear advisement of Protective Action Recommendations directly to the Public. All such advisements are made by state authorities, not Exelon. 2.1. FUNCTION as a Public Information Official (PIO) for Exelon Nuclear in regards to health physics and environmental concerns.
1.3.               INITIATE a position log documenting significant actions performed and communications related to your position.
2.2. DOCUMENT unanswered radiological or environmental questions posed by the news media and forward the questions to the Radiological Advisor in the EOF. 1. PROVIDE follow-up answers to questions for the news media as soon as is practicable.
1.4.               CONTACT the Radiological Advisor in the EOF and REQUEST an update on:
: 2. PROVIDE a follow-up explanation that corrects misinformation as soon as practicable.
          -           Plant radiological status,
          -           Effluent release status (both gaseous and liquid)
          -           Results from environmental team monitoring
          -           Contamination and/or exposures received during the event
          -           Injuries or accidents 1.5.               LOGIN to the computer programs to access plant data.
          -           REFER to EP-MW-1 10-100 for instructions on data acquisition.
 
EP-AA-1 12-602 Revision 0 Page 27 of 27 ATTACHMENT 8 RADIATION PROTECTION SPOKESPERSON CHECKLIST (Mid-West ROG only)
Page 2 of 2
: 2. ONGOING ACTIONS CAUTION In the event of a radiological release to the environment, Do not provide recommendations to the news media that could result in a Exelon Nuclear advisement of Protective Action Recommendations directly to the Public. All such advisements are made by state authorities, not Exelon.
2.1. FUNCTION as a Public Information Official (PIO) for Exelon Nuclear in regards to health physics and environmental concerns.
2.2. DOCUMENT unanswered radiological or environmental questions posed by the news media and forward the questions to the Radiological Advisor in the EOF.
: 1. PROVIDE follow-up answers to questions for the news media as soon as is practicable.
: 2.     PROVIDE a follow-up explanation that corrects misinformation as soon as practicable.
2.3. PREPARE briefing papers in coordination with the Radiological Advisor, which contain additional radiological details and background not found in the press releases.
2.3. PREPARE briefing papers in coordination with the Radiological Advisor, which contain additional radiological details and background not found in the press releases.
2.4. OBTAIN or PREPARE audio-visual resources, with the assistance of the JPIC Coordinator and the Administrative Coordinator, for use during press conferences.
2.4. OBTAIN or PREPARE audio-visual resources, with the assistance of the JPIC Coordinator and the Administrative Coordinator, for use during press conferences.
2.5. OBTAIN regular updates from the Radiological Advisor on radiological data concerning plant status and in particular concerning any radiological releases from the plant in to the environs that may have occurred or may be planned.
2.5. OBTAIN regular updates from the Radiological Advisor on radiological data concerning plant status and in particular concerning any radiological releases from the plant in to the environs that may have occurred or may be planned.
2.6. PERFORM a shift turnover with on-coming personnel using guidance in EP-AA 112, Attachment 2 (Shift Turnover).
2.6. PERFORM a shift turnover with on-coming personnel using guidance in EP-AA 112, Attachment 2 (Shift Turnover).
EP-AA-1 13 Exek n , Revision 4 Page 1 of 18 NucleaT Level 2 -Reference Use PERSONNEL PROTECTIVE ACTIONS 1. PURPOSE 1.1 This procedure provides the necessary guidance used in determining onsite personnel protective actions during an event.Assembly, Accountability and Evacuation REFER to Section 4.1 Habitability REFER to Section 4.2 Emergency Exposure Limits REFER to Section 4.3 KI Assessment REFER to Section 4.4 2. TERMS AND DEFINITIONS 2.1 Accountability  
 
-Accountability is the process of verifying the location of personnel who are inside the Protected Area. That is, any personnel within the Protected Area who have not carded into the card reader will be identified as missing (unaccounted for). Accountability is required to be completed within 30 minutes of its initiation (the names of any missing persons identified by security and the number of missing provided to the Station Emergency Director).
EP-AA-1 13 Exek n ,                                                                 Revision 4 Page 1 of 18 NucleaT                                         Level 2 - Reference Use PERSONNEL PROTECTIVE ACTIONS
Accountability must be conducted at a Site Area or General Emergency, if not previously initiated.
: 1. PURPOSE 1.1 This procedure provides the necessary guidance used in determining onsite personnel protective actions during an event.
Accountability may be conducted at the Alert level following TSC activation, at the discretion of the Station Emergency Director.
Assembly, Accountability and Evacuation                   REFER to Section 4.1 Habitability                                               REFER to Section 4.2 Emergency Exposure Limits                                 REFER to Section 4.3 KI Assessment                                             REFER to Section 4.4
2.2 Assembly -Assembly occurs at a Site Area Emergency (or at the discretion of the Station Emergency Director).
: 2. TERMS AND DEFINITIONS 2.1   Accountability - Accountability is the process of verifying the location of personnel who are inside the Protected Area. That is, any personnel within the Protected Area who have not carded into the card reader will be identified as missing (unaccounted for). Accountability is required to be completed within 30 minutes of its initiation (the names of any missing persons identified by security and the number of missing provided to the Station Emergency Director).
On-duty and ERO personnel assemble in the emergency response facilities.
Accountability must be conducted at a Site Area or General Emergency, if not previously initiated. Accountability may be conducted at the Alert level following TSC activation, at the discretion of the Station Emergency Director.
All other non-essential personnel, contractors and visitors report to their designated Assembly Area. The Assembly Area is used to coordinate the need for any immediate additional resources and to establish an ERO shift relief roster and schedule.
2.2 Assembly - Assembly occurs at a Site Area Emergency (or at the discretion of the Station Emergency Director). On-duty and ERO personnel assemble in the emergency response facilities. All other non-essential personnel, contractors and visitors report to their designated Assembly Area. The Assembly Area is used to coordinate the need for any immediate additional resources and to establish an ERO shift relief roster and schedule.
EP-AA-1 13 Revision 4 Page 2 of 18 2.3 Evacuation  
 
-A site evacuation is required at the Site Area Emergency classification level immediately following completion of Accountability actions.
EP-AA-1 13 Revision 4 Page 2 of 18 2.3 Evacuation - A site evacuation is required at the Site Area Emergency classification level immediately following completion of Accountability actions.
Site evacuation may be called for at any lower classification; however, conditions that require a site evacuation are inherently defined as Site Area Emergency events and should be classified as such. Evacuation can involve the movement of large numbers of personnel outside of the Protected Area by keying out of the turnstiles.
Site evacuation may be called for at any lower classification; however, conditions that require a site evacuation are inherently defined as Site Area Emergency events and should be classified as such.
Evacuation may warrant station egress control by Security.
Evacuation can involve the movement of large numbers of personnel outside of the Protected Area by keying out of the turnstiles. Evacuation may warrant station egress control by Security. Security will provide specific instructions to personnel leaving the Protected Area. Evacuees may be directed to a Relocation Center (offsite assembly areas) for monitoring and decontamination, or sent home. Other situations that involve the evacuation of personnel from occupied localized onsite areas are controlled on a case by-case basis.
Security will provide specific instructions to personnel leaving the Protected Area. Evacuees may be directed to a Relocation Center (offsite assembly areas) for monitoring and decontamination, or sent home. Other situations that involve the evacuation of personnel from occupied localized onsite areas are controlled on a case by-case basis. 2.4 Release, A 'Release in Progress' is defined as ANY radioactive release that is a result of, or associated with, the emergency event. 2.5 Thyroid Blocking Agent, an agent which when properly administered to an individual will result in sufficient accumulation of stable iodine in the thyroid to prevent significant uptake of radioiodine.
2.4 Release, A 'Release in Progress'is defined as ANY radioactive release that is a result of, or associated with, the emergency event.
Potassium Iodide (KI) is such an agent. 3. RESPONSIBILITIES 3.1 The Shift Manager (Shift Emergency Director) will perform the responsibilities of the Station Emergency Director until relieved.
2.5 Thyroid Blocking Agent, an agent which when properly administered to an individual will result in sufficient accumulation of stable iodine in the thyroid to prevent significant uptake of radioiodine. Potassium Iodide (KI) is such an agent.
3.2 The Station Emergency Director is responsible for the following protective actions: -Authorization of emergency exposure greater than 5 Rem (per EPA-400 lower limits).
: 3. RESPONSIBILITIES 3.1 The Shift Manager (Shift Emergency Director) will perform the responsibilities of the Station Emergency Director until relieved.
-Authorization for issuance of KI to Exelon Nuclear emergency workers and/or onsite personnel.
3.2 The Station Emergency Director is responsible for the following protective actions:
-Direction of Assembly, Accountability and Evacuation of personnel.
    -   Authorization of emergency exposure greater than 5 Rem (per EPA-400 lower limits).
    -   Authorization for issuance of KI to Exelon Nuclear emergency workers and/or onsite personnel.
    -   Direction of Assembly, Accountability and Evacuation of personnel.
3.3 The respective Radiation Protection Manager (TSC or EOF) is responsible for approval of emergency exposures below 5 Rem (EPA-400 lower limits) for Exelon personnel associated with response actions under their facility's direction.
3.3 The respective Radiation Protection Manager (TSC or EOF) is responsible for approval of emergency exposures below 5 Rem (EPA-400 lower limits) for Exelon personnel associated with response actions under their facility's direction.
EP-AA-113 Revision 4 Page 3 of 18 4. MAIN BODY NOTE: Protective Actions for the onsite workers shall be based on preventing or minimizing radiological exposures to the emergency workers onsite. 4.1 Assembly, Accountability and Evacuation  
 
-REFER to EP-MA-113-100 for MAROG Station instructions.
EP-AA-113 Revision 4 Page 3 of 18
-REFER to EP-MW-113-100 for MWROG Station instructions.
: 4. MAIN BODY NOTE:     Protective Actions for the onsite workers shall be based on preventing or minimizing radiological exposures to the emergency workers onsite.
4.2 Habitability 4.2.1 DETERMINE if radiological controls are required to protect onsite personnel.
4.1   Assembly, Accountability and Evacuation
The need for radioactive controls shall be based on monitored radioactive releases, exposure levels, and plant status information.
      -   REFER to EP-MA-113-100 for MAROG Station instructions.
Standard Radiation Protection policies and procedures shall form the basis of the decision making for the administration of radiological controls.
      -   REFER to EP-MW-113-100 for MWROG Station instructions.
NOTE: The decision to utilize radiological controls that differ from standard Radiation Protection practices shall be documented in position logs. 4.2.2 Radiological controls for continuously occupied areas for emergency workers are to be evaluated using EP-AA-1 13, Attachment 1, On-Site Habitability Checklist.
4.2   Habitability 4.2.1 DETERMINE if radiological controls are required to protect onsite personnel.
4.2.3 Onsite radiological controls shall be used to the extent practical based on the emergency condition.
The need for radioactive controls shall be based on monitored radioactive releases, exposure levels, and plant status information. Standard Radiation Protection policies and procedures shall form the basis of the decision making for the administration of radiological controls.
They include but are not limited to the following:
NOTE:       The decision to utilize radiological controls that differ from standard Radiation Protection practices shall be documented in position logs.
: 1. Radioloqical Access Control for Rad/High Rad Areas -Access Control is used to limit the personnel who may be exposed to the radiological condition.
4.2.2 Radiological controls for continuously occupied areas for emergency workers are to be evaluated using EP-AA-1 13, Attachment 1, On-Site Habitability Checklist.
: 2. Use of Radiological Protective Clothing -Protective clothing shall be used to limit the spread of radiological contamination and to protect the emergency worker from becoming radiologically contaminated.
4.2.3 Onsite radiological controls shall be used to the extent practical based on the emergency condition. They include but are not limited to the following:
: 3. Use of Radiological Respiratory Protective Equipment  
: 1. Radioloqical Access Control for Rad/High Rad Areas - Access Control is used to limit the personnel who may be exposed to the radiological condition.
-Respiratory protective equipment shall be used to limit the inhalation and ingestion of radioactive materials during the course of the emergency event. The need for respirators shall be based on air samples, plant monitoring systems, and plant conditions.
: 2. Use of Radiological Protective Clothing - Protective clothing shall be used to limit the spread of radiological contamination and to protect the emergency worker from becoming radiologically contaminated.
: 4. Use of Contamination Control Techniques  
: 3. Use of Radiological Respiratory Protective Equipment - Respiratory protective equipment shall be used to limit the inhalation and ingestion of radioactive materials during the course of the emergency event. The need for respirators shall be based on air samples, plant monitoring systems, and plant conditions.
-Contamination control techniques such as Step-off Pads, Posting, Contamination surveys, and whole body frisking shall be used to the extent practical based on the emergency condition.
: 4. Use of Contamination Control Techniques - Contamination control techniques such as Step-off Pads, Posting, Contamination surveys, and whole body frisking shall be used to the extent practical based on the emergency condition.
EP-AA-113 Revision 4 Page 4 of 18 4.3 Emergqency Exposure Limits NOTE: This section implements the requirements of RP-AA-203 and should not be revised without first reviewing the requirements of the current revision of the procedure.
 
-Emergency Exposure Determination REFER to Section 4.3.1 -Briefing Personnel (greater than 5 Rem TEDE) REFER to Section 4.3.2 -Authorization (greater than 5 Rem TEDE) REFER to Section 4.3.3 -Tracking and Recording of Exposures REFER to Section 4.3.4 4.3.1 Emergqency Exposure Determination NOTE: In certain onsite emergency situations, extremely high dose rates may be encountered (more than 500 Rem/hr). Before a rescue team is committed to life-saving emergency dose limits, weigh the probability of success against the probable cost of the commitment.
EP-AA-113 Revision 4 Page 4 of 18 4.3   Emergqency Exposure Limits NOTE:     This section implements the requirements of RP-AA-203 and should not be revised without first reviewing the requirements of the current revision of the procedure.
      -   Emergency Exposure Determination                     REFER to Section 4.3.1
      -   Briefing Personnel (greater than 5 Rem TEDE)         REFER to Section 4.3.2
      -   Authorization (greater than 5 Rem TEDE)               REFER to Section 4.3.3
      -   Tracking and Recording of Exposures                   REFER to Section 4.3.4 4.3.1 Emergqency Exposure Determination NOTE:       In certain onsite emergency situations, extremely high dose rates may be encountered (more than 500 Rem/hr). Before a rescue team is committed to life-saving emergency dose limits, weigh the probability of success against the probable cost of the commitment.
Specifically there must be reasonable assurance that the victim is in the area and that they are alive or likely to survive.
Specifically there must be reasonable assurance that the victim is in the area and that they are alive or likely to survive.
: 1. ASSURE that the emergency exposure is for a bonafide emergency involving risk of life or limb, or the destruction of valuable property.
: 1. ASSURE that the emergency exposure is for a bonafide emergency involving risk of life or limb, or the destruction of valuable property.
A. PLAN emergency operations prior to entry. B. WEAR respiratory protection and protective clothing to reduce contamination where possible.
A. PLAN emergency operations prior to entry.
B. WEAR respiratory protection and protective clothing to reduce contamination where possible.
: 2. DETERMINE if emergency exposure limits in excess of 5 Rem TEDE (EPA-400 lower limits) are required for Exelon emergency workers.
: 2. DETERMINE if emergency exposure limits in excess of 5 Rem TEDE (EPA-400 lower limits) are required for Exelon emergency workers.
: 3. If emergency exposure is less than 5 Rem TEDE (EPA-400 lower limits), then OBTAIN approval as appropriate:  
: 3. If emergency exposure is less than 5 Rem TEDE (EPA-400 lower limits),
-TSC Radiation Protection Manager for onsite Exelon personnel  
then OBTAIN approval as appropriate:
-EOF Radiation Protection Manager for Exelon field team personnel 4.3.2 Briefing Personnel (greater than 5 Rem TEDE) 1. For exposures at or above 5 Rem TEDE (EPA-400 lower limits), COMPLETE an Authorization for Emergency Exposure Form (Attachment 2). 2. INFORM emergency personnel (volunteers) before the fact of possible health effects at the anticipated exposure level using Attachment 3 (Emergency Worker Exposure Limits and Associated Risks).
          -   TSC Radiation Protection Manager for onsite Exelon personnel
EP-AA-1 13 Revision 4 Page 5 of 18 3. OBTAIN emergency worker's acknowledge, in writing on Authorization for Emergency Exposure Form, that they have volunteered and understand the associated risks. 4. FORWARD to the completed form to the Station Emergency Director for approval.
          -   EOF Radiation Protection Manager for Exelon field team personnel 4.3.2 Briefing Personnel (greater than 5 Rem TEDE)
4.3.3 Authorization qreater than 5 Rem TEDE (EPA-400 lower limits): CAUTION Emergency exposure limits greater than 5 Rem TEDE may be applicable for stopping a release, life saving actions, and protection of major equipment and large populations.
: 1. For exposures at or above 5 Rem TEDE (EPA-400 lower limits),
Emergency exposure greater than 5 Rem TEDE should be voluntarily.
COMPLETE an Authorization for Emergency Exposure Form (Attachment 2).
All emergency exposures in excess of 25 Rem TEDE shall be voluntary and shall be limited to once in a lifetime.
: 2. INFORM emergency personnel (volunteers) before the fact of possible health effects at the anticipated exposure level using Attachment 3 (Emergency Worker Exposure Limits and Associated Risks).
Persons who may receive exposures greater than 25 Rem TEDE shall be fully aware of the risks involved.
 
: 1. OBTAIN and DOCUMENT Station Emergency Director approval, by signature, for the use of the emergency dose limits above 5 Rem TEDE (EPA-400 lower limits) on the Authorization for Emergency Exposure Form. NOTE: The decision to authorize personnel exposure per EPA-400 limits is the responsibility of the Station Emergency Director and may not be delegated.
EP-AA-1 13 Revision 4 Page 5 of 18
: 2. NOTIFY Occupational Health (Medical)
: 3. OBTAIN emergency worker's acknowledge, in writing on Authorization for Emergency Exposure Form, that they have volunteered and understand the associated risks.
Services Department promptly if any EPA-400 dose limit is exceeded.
: 4. FORWARD to the completed form to the Station Emergency Director for approval.
4.3.3 Authorization qreater than 5 Rem TEDE (EPA-400 lower limits):
CAUTION Emergency exposure limits greater than 5 Rem TEDE may be applicable for stopping a release, life saving actions, and protection of major equipment and large populations. Emergency exposure greater than 5 Rem TEDE should be voluntarily.
All emergency exposures in excess of 25 Rem TEDE shall be voluntary and shall be limited to once in a lifetime. Persons who may receive exposures greater than 25 Rem TEDE shall be fully aware of the risks involved.
: 1. OBTAIN and DOCUMENT Station Emergency Director approval, by signature, for the use of the emergency dose limits above 5 Rem TEDE (EPA-400 lower limits) on the Authorization for Emergency Exposure Form.
NOTE:       The decision to authorize personnel exposure per EPA-400 limits is the responsibility of the Station Emergency Director and may not be delegated.
: 2. NOTIFY Occupational Health (Medical) Services Department promptly if any EPA-400 dose limit is exceeded.
4.3.4 Tracking and Recordinq
4.3.4 Tracking and Recordinq
: 1. ESTIMATE and RECORD personnel dose equivalents resulting from any emergency situation.
: 1. ESTIMATE and RECORD personnel dose equivalents resulting from any emergency situation.
: 2. REPORT final emergency exposures greater than 5 Rem TEDE (EPA-400 lower limits) to the NRC.
: 2. REPORT final emergency exposures greater than 5 Rem TEDE (EPA-400 lower limits) to the NRC.
EP-AA-113 Revision 4 Page 6 of 18 4.4 KI Assessment  
 
-Determination REFER to Section 4.4.1 -Briefing Personnel REFER to Section 4.3.2 -Authorization and Issuing KI REFER to Section 4.3.3 4.4.1 Determination
EP-AA-113 Revision 4 Page 6 of 18 4.4   KI Assessment
: 1. ASSESS the potential thyroid exposure of emergency workers in, or projected to be sent into, areas where the possibility exists of exposure to radioactive iodine by either: A. KI spreadsheet calculation per EP-MW(MA)-1 10-100 using either: -Isotopic Analysis of a representative sample -Gross Analysis of a representative sample B. Manual calculation per Attachment 4 C. Dose assessment per EP-MW (MA)-1 10-200 D. Status of the Clad Fission Product Barrier.
      -   Determination                                       REFER to Section 4.4.1
NOTE: The effectiveness of potassium iodide as a thyroid blocking agent decreases as a function of time. The effectiveness of potassium iodide is as follows: -90% effective if taken immediately prior to or concurrent with exposure to radioactive iodine. -50% effective if taken within 3 to 4 hours following exposure.
      -   Briefing Personnel                                 REFER to Section 4.3.2
-Ineffective if taken more than 12 hours following exposure.
      -   Authorization and Issuing KI                       REFER to Section 4.3.3 4.4.1 Determination
: 1. ASSESS the potential thyroid exposure of emergency workers in, or projected to be sent into, areas where the possibility exists of exposure to radioactive iodine by either:
A. KI spreadsheet calculation per EP-MW(MA)-1 10-100 using either:
              -       Isotopic Analysis of a representative sample
              -       Gross Analysis of a representative sample B. Manual calculation per Attachment 4 C. Dose assessment per EP-MW (MA)-1 10-200 D. Status of the Clad Fission Product Barrier.
NOTE:       The effectiveness of potassium iodide as a thyroid blocking agent decreases as a function of time. The effectiveness of potassium iodide is as follows:
                  -   90% effective if taken immediately prior to or concurrent with exposure to radioactive iodine.
                  -   50% effective if taken within 3 to 4 hours following exposure.
                  -   Ineffective if taken more than 12 hours following exposure.
: 2. EVALUATE the need to issue KI using Attachment 5, Potassium Iodide (KI) Determination Flowchart.
: 2. EVALUATE the need to issue KI using Attachment 5, Potassium Iodide (KI) Determination Flowchart.
: 3. RECOMMEND the issuance of one (1) 130 mg KI tablet to each emergency worker affected per day for 10 consecutive days under the following conditions:
: 3. RECOMMEND the issuance of one (1) 130 mg KI tablet to each emergency worker affected per day for 10 consecutive days under the following conditions:
A. Result indicate potential thyroid doses of 50 Rem Committed Dose Equivalent (CDE) or greater from to the inhalation of radioactive iodine. B. Personnel will be entering an unknown radiological atmosphere that is suspected to have a high iodine concentration.
A. Result indicate potential thyroid doses of 50 Rem Committed Dose Equivalent (CDE) or greater from to the inhalation of radioactive iodine.
EP-AA-113 Revision 4 Page 7 of 18 4.4.2 Briefing Personnel NOTE: Persons with a known allergy to iodine should not be considered for work requiring the use of potassium iodide blocking agents. CAUTION KI dosage in excess of that recommended by this procedure could lead to possible effects including:
B. Personnel will be entering an unknown radiological atmosphere that is suspected to have a high iodine concentration.
rash, swelling of salivary glands, soreness in the teeth and gums, upset stomach and diarrhea.
 
: 1. COMPLETE a Thyroid Blocking Agent Authorization Form (Attachment
EP-AA-113 Revision 4 Page 7 of 18 4.4.2 Briefing Personnel NOTE:       Persons with a known allergy to iodine should not be considered for work requiring the use of potassium iodide blocking agents.
: 6) 2. READ, or instruct the Emergency Worker to read, the FDA KI package insert (Attachment
CAUTION KI dosage in excess of that recommended by this procedure could lead to possible effects including: rash, swelling of salivary glands, soreness in the teeth and gums, upset stomach and diarrhea.
: 6) prior to taking or administering KI. NOTE: Potassium Iodide (KI) has a limited effective shelf life, which may be extended by the manufacturer.
: 1. COMPLETE a Thyroid Blocking Agent Authorization Form (Attachment 6)
Potassium iodide must be stored in sealed containers that are protected from light and are in areas that meet all manufacturers' limitations on temperature variances.
: 2. READ, or instruct the Emergency Worker to read, the FDA KI package insert (Attachment 6) prior to taking or administering KI.
: 3. VERIFY the expiration date of the KI to ensure it is within its acceptable shelf life period prior to being used. 4.4.3 Authorization and Issuing KI 1. DOCUMENT the decision to issue KI using Attachment 6, Thyroid Blocking Agent Authorization Form. -The Station Emergency Director must authorize issuance of KI to Exelon emergency workers.
NOTE:       Potassium Iodide (KI) has a limited effective shelf life, which may be extended by the manufacturer. Potassium iodide must be stored in sealed containers that are protected from light and are in areas that meet all manufacturers' limitations on temperature variances.
: 2. ISSUE of one (1) 130 mg KI tablet to each emergency worker affected per day for 10 consecutive days. 3. NOTIFY Occupational Health (Medical)
: 3. VERIFY the expiration date of the KI to ensure it is within its acceptable shelf life period prior to being used.
Services Department promptly if KI is issued to Exelon Nuclear personnel or contractors.
4.4.3 Authorization and Issuing KI
: 5. DOCUMENTATION None EP-AA-113 Revision 4 Page 8 of 18 6. REFERENCES 6.1 Nuclear Operations Directive NOD-RP.14, "ALARA, Exposure Management, Work Controls and Radiological Monitoring," current revision.
: 1. DOCUMENT the decision to issue KI using Attachment 6, Thyroid Blocking Agent Authorization Form.
6.2 EPA 400-R-92-001, "Manual of Protective Action Guides and Protective Actions for Nuclear Incidents," October 1991. 6.3 "Limiting Values of Radionuclide Intake and Air Concentration and Dose Conversion Factors for Inhalation, Submersion, and Ingestion, "Federal Guidance Report No. 11, Office of Radiation Programs, U.S. EPA, EPA 520/1-88-020, September 1988. 6.4 "Potassium Iodide as a Thyroid Blocking Agent in Radiation Emergency:
          -   The Station Emergency Director must authorize issuance of KI to Exelon emergency workers.
Final Recommendations on use," Federal Register, Vol. 47, No. 125, June 29, 1982. 6.5 "Protection of Thyroid Gland in the Event of Releases of Radioiodine," NCRP Report No. 55, 1977. 6.6 Commonwealth Edison Quality Verification Audit Finding, Audit No. CE-92 04, CAR# CE-92-029 (Nov. 18, 1992) 6.7 Commonwealth Edison Medical Dept. Procedure and Practice Guideline, "Exposure Evaluation:
: 2. ISSUE of one (1) 130 mg KI tablet to each emergency worker affected per day for 10 consecutive days.
Ionizing Radiation" (10/5/93).
: 3. NOTIFY Occupational Health (Medical) Services Department promptly if KI is issued to Exelon Nuclear personnel or contractors.
: 7. ATTACHMENTS 7.1 Attachment I -On-Site Habitability Checklist 7.2 Attachment 2 -Authorization for Emergency Exposure Form 7.3 Attachment 3 -Emergency Worker Exposure Limits and Associated Risks 7.4 Attachment 4 -Manual KI Calculation 7.5 Attachment 5 -Potassium Iodide (KI) Determination Flowchart Attachment 6 -Thyroid Blocking Agent Authorization Form 7.6 EP-AA-113 Revision 4 Page 9 of 18 ATTACHMENT 1 ON-SITE HABITABILITY CHECKLIST Page I of I LOCATIONS DOSE RATE ACCUMULATED SMEARS AIR SAMPLE TIME LOCATIONS (mRem/hr)
: 5. DOCUMENTATION None
DOSE (mRem) (dpm) (uCi/cc) TIME OSC TSC CONTROL ROOM SECURITY CAS SECURITY SAS OTHER CONTINOUSLY OCCUPIED AREAS: (LGSIPB) Chem Lab(s) ASSEMBLY AREAS* 1. Place an Electronic Dosimeter at each location for Dose Monitoring.
 
: 2. Air Sample to be taken when directed by the OSC RP Group Lead. If not requested indicate with N/A. Instrument Serial # Cal Due RPT Signature Date
EP-AA-113 Revision 4 Page 8 of 18
* Assembly Areas are not required to be surveyed when they are not occupied.
: 6. REFERENCES 6.1 Nuclear Operations Directive NOD-RP.14, "ALARA, Exposure Management, Work Controls and Radiological Monitoring," current revision.
6.2 EPA 400-R-92-001, "Manual of Protective Action Guides and Protective Actions for Nuclear Incidents," October 1991.
6.3 "Limiting Values of Radionuclide Intake and Air Concentration and Dose Conversion Factors for Inhalation, Submersion, and Ingestion, "Federal Guidance Report No. 11, Office of Radiation Programs, U.S. EPA, EPA 520/1-88-020, September 1988.
6.4 "Potassium Iodide as a Thyroid Blocking Agent in Radiation Emergency: Final Recommendations on use," Federal Register, Vol. 47, No. 125, June 29, 1982.
6.5 "Protection of Thyroid Gland in the Event of Releases of Radioiodine," NCRP Report No. 55, 1977.
6.6 Commonwealth Edison Quality Verification Audit Finding, Audit No. CE-92 04, CAR# CE-92-029 (Nov. 18, 1992) 6.7 Commonwealth Edison Medical Dept. Procedure and Practice Guideline, "Exposure Evaluation: Ionizing Radiation" (10/5/93).
: 7. ATTACHMENTS 7.1 Attachment I - On-Site Habitability Checklist 7.2 Attachment 2 - Authorization for Emergency Exposure Form 7.3 Attachment 3 -   Emergency Worker Exposure Limits and Associated Risks 7.4 Attachment 4 -   Manual KI Calculation 7.5 Attachment 5 -   Potassium Iodide (KI) Determination Flowchart 7.6  Attachment 6 -   Thyroid Blocking Agent Authorization Form
 
EP-AA-113 Revision 4 Page 9 of 18 ATTACHMENT 1 ON-SITE HABITABILITY CHECKLIST Page I of I I
LOCATIONS         DOSE RATE     ACCUMULATED     SMEARS       AIR SAMPLE       TIME LOCATIONS           (mRem/hr)     DOSE (mRem)       (dpm)         (uCi/cc)     TIME OSC TSC CONTROL ROOM SECURITY CAS SECURITY SAS OTHER CONTINOUSLY OCCUPIED AREAS:
(LGSIPB) Chem Lab(s)
ASSEMBLY AREAS*
: 1. Place an Electronic Dosimeter at each location for Dose Monitoring.
: 2. Air Sample to be taken when directed by the OSC RP Group Lead. If not requested indicate with N/A.
Instrument       Serial #       Cal Due         RPT Signature Date
* Assembly   Areas are not required to be surveyed when they are not occupied.
Emergency Response Facility Radiological Habitability Guidelines
Emergency Response Facility Radiological Habitability Guidelines
: 1. Facility Dose Rate: > 100 mRem/hr, or per Rad. Protection Manager direction.
: 1. Facility Dose Rate: > 100 mRem/hr, or per Rad. Protection Manager direction.
: 2. Airborne concentrations warrant the issuance of respiratory protection.
: 2. Airborne concentrations warrant the issuance of respiratory protection.
: 3. Any condition, that in the judgment of Station RP management, creates an environment were continued occupancy endangers the health and safety of essential ERO personnel required to occupy facility.I EP-AA-1 13 Revision 4 Page 10 of 18 ATTACHMENT 2 AUTHORIZATION FOR EMERGENCY EXPOSURE FORM Page 1 of 1 NAME: DATE/TIME:
: 3. Any condition, that in the judgment of Station RP management, creates an environment were continued occupancy endangers the health and safety of essential ERO personnel required to occupy facility.
_ / Social Security Number: Current Annual Exposure:
 
_ mRem Reason For Request: REQUESTING AUTHORIZATION TO EXCEED: [1 5 Rem TEDE (Authorized to receive greater than 5 Rem TEDE but less than 10 Rem TEDE) [1 10 Rem TEDE (Authorized to receive greater than 10 Rem TEDE but less than 25 Rem TEDE) [ ] 25 Rem TEDE (Authorized to receive greater than 25 Rem TEDE)
EP-AA-1 13 Revision 4 Page 10 of 18 ATTACHMENT 2 AUTHORIZATION FOR EMERGENCY EXPOSURE FORM Page 1 of 1 NAME:                                   DATE/TIME:   _         /
* Emergency Worker Signature Date / Time
Social Security Number:                         Current Annual Exposure: _       mRem Reason For Request:
REQUESTING AUTHORIZATION TO EXCEED:
[1     5 Rem TEDE         (Authorized to receive greater than 5 Rem TEDE but less than 10 Rem TEDE)
[1     10 Rem TEDE         (Authorized to receive greater than 10 Rem TEDE but less than 25 Rem TEDE)
[ ]     25 Rem TEDE         (Authorized to receive greater than 25 Rem TEDE)
* Emergency Worker Signature                                             Date / Time
* Attachment 2 limits and risks have been reviewed and the potential health affects are understood.
* Attachment 2 limits and risks have been reviewed and the potential health affects are understood.
Rad. Protection Management (Review)Date / Time# Station Emergency Director (Authorization)
Rad. Protection Management (Review)                                     Date / Time
Date I Time # The Shift Manager (Shift Emergency Director) may approve prior to transferring Command and Control to the Station Emergency Director.
# Station Emergency Director (Authorization)                             Date I Time
EP-AA-1 13 Revision 4 Page 11 of 18 ATTACHMENT 3 EMERGENCY WORKER EXPOSURE LIMITS AND ASSOCIATED RISKS Page I of 1 EMERGENCY WORKER EXPOSURE LIMITS The dose-limiting recommendations for emergency situations are as follows: Dose Limit Activity Condition (Rem TEDE)* 5 All Personnel should be kept within normal 10CFR20 limits during emergencies, except as authorized for activities as indicated below 10 Protecting Valuable Property When a lower dose is not practical 25 Life Saving or Protection of Large When a lower dose is not practical Populations  
# The Shift Manager (Shift Emergency Director) may approve prior to transferring Command and Control to the Station Emergency Director.
>25 Life Saving or Protection of Large Only on a voluntary basis to persons fully aware Population of the risks involved Dose Equivalent Limit (TEDE in Rem). Workers performing services during emergencies should limit dose to the lens of the eye (LDE) to three times each listed value and doses to any other organ (including skin and body extremities) to ten times each listed value. EMERGENCY EXPOSURE RISKS Health effects associated with whole body absorbed doses received within a few hoursa Dose in rad (= Rem DDE)50 rad 100 rad 150 rad 200 rad 250 rad Percent of population b affected by prodromal effects (e g. reddening of skin, loss of appetite, nausea, fatigue, diarrhea)2% 15% 50% 85% 98%Dose in rad (= Rem DDE)140 rad 200 rad 300 rad 400 rad 460 rad Early fatalitiesc (percent affected)5% 15% 50% 85% 95%Approximate cancer risk to average individuals from 25 Rem TEDE received promptly Age at exposure (years)20 to 30 30 to 40 40 to 50 50 to 60 Risk of premature death (deaths per 1000 persons exposed)9.1 7.2 5.3 3.5 Average years of life lost if premature death occurs (years)24 19 15 11 a Risks will be lower for extended exposure periods.
 
b Forewarning symptoms of more serious health effects associated with large doses of radiation.
EP-AA-1 13 Revision 4 Page 11 of 18 I ATTACHMENT 3 EMERGENCY WORKER EXPOSURE LIMITS AND ASSOCIATED RISKS Page I of 1 EMERGENCY WORKER EXPOSURE LIMITS The dose-limiting recommendations for emergency situations are as follows:
c Supportive medical treatment may increase the dose at which these frequencies occur by approximately 50 percent.I I I I EP-AA-1 13 Revision 4 Page 12 of 18 ATTACHMENT 4 MANUAL KI CALCULATION Page 1 of 4 1. OBTAIN the individual net count rates (cpm) of the iodine cartridge and pre-filter.
Dose Limit                       Activity                                       Condition (Rem TEDE)*
-Add the count rates together to obtain a total iodine count rate. 2. DETERMINE the concentration of 1-131 (pCi/cc) by either: NOTE: The location at which an iodine air sample is collected may affect its suitability.
5                             All                 Personnel should be kept within normal 10CFR20 limits during emergencies, except as authorized for activities as indicated below 10         Protecting Valuable Property           When a lower dose is not practical 25           Life Saving or Protection of Large     When a lower dose is not practical Populations
The projected concentrations only apply to time spent where the sample is collected.
        >25           Life Saving or Protection of Large     Only on a voluntary basis to persons fully aware Population                             of the risks involved Dose Equivalent Limit (TEDE in Rem). Workers performing services during emergencies should limit dose to the lens of the eye (LDE) to three times each listed value and doses to any other organ (including skin and body extremities) to ten times each listed value.
This method may under-calculate personnel doses from exposures nearer the release point or closer to the plume center line and may over-calculate at farther locations.
EMERGENCY EXPOSURE RISKS Health effects associated with whole body absorbed doses received within a few hoursa Percent of population b affected by prodromal effects (e g. reddening of Dose in rad        skin, loss of appetite, nausea,         Dose in rad              Early fatalitiesc
"* Directly utilizing Table 4-1 results if a standard 30 ft 3 volume of air through the cartridge was obtained.
(= Rem DDE)          fatigue, diarrhea)                     (= Rem DDE)             (percent affected) 50 rad                        2%                            140 rad                     5%
"* Interpolating Table 4-1 results if a standard 30 ft 3 volume of air through the cartridge was not obtained.
100 rad                        15%                          200 rad                   15%
"* Manually calculating the results using the worksheets below. 3. ESTIMATE the exposure time in hours (t). 4. CALCULATE the Committed Dose Equivalent to the thyroid using either: "* The worksheets below. "* The KI spreadsheet calculation per EP-MW(MA)-110-100.
150 rad                        50%                          300 rad                   50%
EP-AA-113 Revision 4 Page 13 of 18 ATTACHMENT 4 MANUAL KI CALCULATION Page 2 of 4 TABLE 4-1 Count Rate to 1-131 Concentration Conversion Table for a 30 ft 3 Sample* Net Count Rate 1-131 Concentration Net Count Rate 1-131 Concentration (cpm) (pCi/cm 3) (cpm) (ACi/cM 3) 100 5.86 E-9 8000 200 9000 300 1.76 E-8 10,000 5.86 E-7 400 15,000 500 2.93 E-8 20,000 1.18 E-6 600 25,000 700 4.12 E-8 30,000 1.76 E-6 800 35,000 900 40,000 2.35 E-6 1000 5.86 E-8 45,000 1500 50,000 2.93 E-6 1800 1.06 E-7 100,000 5.86 E-6 2000 150,000 2500 200,000 1.18 E-5 3000 1.76 E-7 250,000 3500 300,000 1.76 E-5 4000 2.35 E-7 350,000 4500 400,000 2.35 E-5 5000 2.93 E-7 450,000 6000 500,000 2.93 E-5 7000 4.12 E-7 This table of data is based on the sum of direct measurements of a 30 ft 3 air sample through a silver zeolite cartridge and particulate filter. The cartridge and filter were each contained in a separate plastic bag, counted and then their sum was taken. The data for Table 4-1 was compiled using a relationship between a known source activity and count rates of the source obtained by station instruments.
200 rad                        85%                          400 rad                   85%
The source is a 0.0996 gCi simulated 1-131 (Ba-133, Cs-1 37) silver zeolite cartridge, where the activity is uniformly distributed within the cartridge.
250 rad                        98%                          460 rad                   95%
The source carries a 5-1-88 reference date. The actual activity is 221,000 dpm. The instrument efficiency factor is determined by dividing the count rate cpm by the expected activity (dpm). The average count rate found at the six stations was 2000 cpm. The instrument efficiency factor used in Table 5-1 is 0.00905 cpm/dpm. The station data were collected by trained radiation protection technicians.
Approximate cancer risk to average individuals from 25 Rem TEDE received promptly Age at exposure           Risk of premature death       Average years of life lost (years)              (deaths per 1000 persons       if premature death occurs exposed)             I I
ATTACHMENT 4 MANUAL KI CALCULATION Page 3 of 4 1-131 Concentration Calculation Worksheet
(years) 20  to  30                        9.1                             24 30  to  40                        7.2                             19 40  to  50                        5.3                             15 50  to  60                        3.5                             11 a   Risks will be lower for extended exposure periods.
: 1. Date 2. Station 3. Monitoring Location 4. Cartridge Type -Silver Zeolite or Charcoal 5. Initial Running Flow Time 6. Final Running Flow Time 7. Elapsed Sampling Time 8. Average Air Sampling Flow Rate 9. Time of Air Sample Measurement
b   Forewarning symptoms of more serious health effects associated with large doses of radiation.
: 10. Volume = (Time)(Average Flow Rate)(2.832E4 cm 3/ft 3) = (Step 7)(Step 8)(2.832E4 cm3/ft 3) 11. Background Count Rate 12. Prefilter Count Rate 13. Cartridge Count Rate 14. Net Count Rate = (Step 12 + Step 13) -(2 x Step 11) 15. 1-131 Concentration  
c   Supportive medical treatment may increase the dose at which these frequencies occur by approximately 50 percent.
= Net Count Rate Efficiency Factor x 2.22E6 dpm/jiCi x Volume Step 14 0.009 cpm/dpm x 2.22E6 dpm/gCi x Step 10 =EP-AA-113 Revision 4 Page 14 of 18 (Circle One) (HH:MM) (HH:MM) (min) (ft 3/min) (HH:MM) cm 3 cpm cpm cpm cpm_ _ Ci/cm 3 (EP-AA-113 Revision 4 Page 15 of 18 ATTACHMENT 4 MANUAL KI CALCULATION 1:'. isot_ Page 4 of 4 Record the 1-131 concentration and calculate the projected concentrations for the remaining halogens.Isotope i 1-1 31.;CobhcdK! 131 ~ N/A ;5X N/A -____ 1-132 _ _ __ _ ___ _ _ 1-'133 ~ _______x~
I
~_____ kl134< X_______ P-135,~; __ _ _ _ Te-132 _ _ _ _ ___ _ __ _ _Note: Mix ratios assume an end of core life source term. t = exposure period in hours. Thyroid Dose, = Concentration, x DCF, x x e-1k t +_I 3.59E-03 3.01 E-01 3.33E-02 Isotope 1-134 1-135 Te-132 7.88E-01 1.05E-01 8.86E-03 ,Step,2 2CAI~c"ula-t'e~lthib6cfod co qtope .~>~K'7 1sotope'I PConcb J DCF i I ~~~liK I I .~ iI 11131_ 1.3E+06 x -2.79E+02 x 2.79E+02 1-1321, _,,_X 7.7E+03 x -3.32E+00
 
_ 3.32E+OO 1-133 X ____ 2.2E+05 ~x' 3.OOE+O1 x ~ 3.OOE+O1 1-134 X 1.3E+03 x -1.27E+00 XJ 1.27E+00 ,,'I3 5 x-- 3.8E+04 'X -9.52E+00 x ,,, 9.52E+00 Te-132 X 2.9E+05 x ]-1.13E+02 x , 1.13E+02 _,=___Total CDE Thyroid Dose'I C Isotope 1-131 1-132 1-133 Hrs After ,1-133, ,1-134 'A-135, TTe-132,e-l 3 SiSID1 ~ ._____~Gap~
EP-AA-1 13 Revision 4 Page 12 of 18 ATTACHMENT 4 MANUAL KI CALCULATION Page 1 of 4
~Meltf 0 1.50 2.13 2.25 1.88 0.00 0.24 1 1.11 2.06 1.02 1.69 0.00 0.24 2 0.82 2.00 0.47 1.53 0.00 0.23 3 0.61 1.94 0.21 1.38 0.00 0.23 4 0.45 1.89 0.10 1.25 0.00 0.23 5 0.34 1.83 0.04 1.13 0.00 0.23 6 0.25 1.78 0.02 1.02 0.00 0.23 7 0.18 1.73 0.01 0.92 0.00 0.23 8 0.14 1.68 0.00 0.83 0.00 0.23 16 0.01 1.32 0.00 0.37 0.00 0.22 24 0.00 1.04 0.00 0.16 0.00 0.21 48 0.00 0.51 0.00 0.01 0.00 0.18 72 0.00 0.25 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.16 96 0.00 0.12 0 00 0.00 0 00 0.14 120 0.00 0.06 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.13 144 0.00 0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.11 168 0.00 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.10 EP-AA-113 Revision 4 Page 16 of 18 ATTACHMENT 5 POTASSIUM IODIDE (KI) DETERMINATION FLOWCHART Page 1 of I NOTE 1 Conetaluae to Is a release in N NO0. a eevaluate h progress?
: 1. OBTAIN the individual net count rates (cpm) of the iodine cartridge and pre-filter.
Does an elevated conditions source of radioactive N-materials exist that could be released?
    - Add the count rates together to obtain a total iodine count rate.
Y I I V NOTE 3 NOTE 4 Has an iodine Has an assessrernt been Does the staton air samle Nperformed indicabng actual or satisfy the EAL Fission analysis been -N poential iodine thyroid -N o Product Bamer criteria -N performed?
: 2. DETERMINE the concentration of 1-131 (pCi/cc) by either:
exposure 2! 50 Rem? for Loss or Potential perfomedLoss of the Fuel Clad Barrer?.
NOTE:       The location at which an iodine air sample is collected may affect its suitability. The projected concentrations only apply to time spent where the sample is collected. This method may under-calculate personnel doses from exposures nearer the release point or closer to the plume center line and may over-calculate at farther locations.
Y NOTE 2 Will emergency workers be Is the calculated Y entering an unknown iodine thyroid -N radiological atmosphere N exposure onginating from the damaged > 50 rem? fuel? I I y y I NOTE 5 IRecommrendh Sissuance d KI NOTE 1: Radioactive materials are available for release in quantities greater than normal coolant activity levels. NOTE 2: Calculations performed per EP-AA-113, Attachment
    "* Directly utilizing Table 4-1 results if a standard 30 ft3 volume of air through the cartridge was obtained.
: 4. NOTE 3: Dose Assessment performed per EP-MW(MA)-11 0-200. NOTE 4: REFER to the Site Specific "Loss or Potential Loss" criteria indicated on the Fission Product Barrier Matrix for Fuel Clad Barier for the affected station.
    "* Interpolating Table 4-1 results if a standard 30 ft3 volume of air through the cartridge was not obtained.
    "* Manually calculating the results using the worksheets below.
: 3. ESTIMATE the exposure time in hours (t).
: 4. CALCULATE the Committed Dose Equivalent to the thyroid using either:
    "* The worksheets below.
    "* The KI spreadsheet calculation per EP-MW(MA)-110-100.
 
EP-AA-113 Revision 4 Page 13 of 18 ATTACHMENT 4 MANUAL KI CALCULATION Page 2 of 4 TABLE 4-1 Count Rate to 1-131 Concentration Conversion Table for a 30 ft3 Sample*
Net Count Rate           1-131 Concentration   Net Count Rate           1-131 Concentration (cpm)                             (pCi/cm 3)   (cpm)                             (ACi/cM 3 )
100                               5.86 E-9     8000 200                                             9000 300                               1.76 E-8     10,000                           5.86 E-7 400                                             15,000 500                               2.93 E-8     20,000                           1.18 E-6 600                                             25,000 700                               4.12 E-8     30,000                           1.76 E-6 800                                             35,000 900                                             40,000                           2.35 E-6 1000                             5.86 E-8     45,000 1500                                           50,000                           2.93 E-6 1800                             1.06 E-7     100,000                           5.86 E-6 2000                                             150,000 2500                                             200,000                           1.18 E-5 3000                               1.76 E-7     250,000 3500                                             300,000                           1.76 E-5 4000                               2.35 E-7     350,000 4500                                             400,000                           2.35 E-5 5000                               2.93 E-7     450,000 6000                                             500,000                           2.93 E-5 7000                               4.12 E-7 This table of data is based on the sum of direct measurements of a 30 ft3 air sample through a silver zeolite cartridge and particulate filter. The cartridge and filter were each contained in a separate plastic bag, counted and then their sum was taken.
The data for Table 4-1 was compiled using a relationship between a known source activity and count rates of the source obtained by station instruments. The source is a 0.0996 gCi simulated 1-131 (Ba-133, Cs-1 37) silver zeolite cartridge, where the activity is uniformly distributed within the cartridge. The source carries a 5-1-88 reference date.
The actual activity is 221,000 dpm. The instrument efficiency factor is determined by dividing the count rate cpm by the expected activity (dpm). The average count rate found at the six stations was 2000 cpm. The instrument efficiency factor used in Table 5-1 is 0.00905 cpm/dpm. The station data were collected by trained radiation protection technicians.
 
EP-AA-113 Revision 4 Page 14 of 18 ATTACHMENT 4 MANUAL KI CALCULATION Page 3 of 4 1-131 Concentration Calculation Worksheet
: 1. Date
: 2. Station
: 3. Monitoring Location
: 4. Cartridge Type - Silver Zeolite or Charcoal               (Circle One)
: 5. Initial Running Flow Time                                         (HH:MM)
: 6. Final Running Flow Time                                           (HH:MM)
: 7. Elapsed Sampling Time                                             (min)
: 8. Average Air Sampling Flow Rate                                     (ft3/min)
: 9. Time of Air Sample Measurement                                     (HH:MM)
: 10. Volume
    = (Time)(Average Flow Rate)(2.832E4 cm 3/ft3) 3
    = (Step 7)(Step 8)(2.832E4 cm3/ft )
3 cm
: 11. Background Count Rate                                                     cpm
: 12. Prefilter Count Rate                                                       cpm
: 13. Cartridge Count Rate                                                       cpm
: 14. Net Count Rate
    = (Step 12 + Step 13) - (2 x Step 11)                                   cpm
: 15. 1-131 Concentration
    =             Net Count Rate Efficiency Factor x 2.22E6 dpm/jiCi x Volume Step 14 3
0.009 cpm/dpm x 2.22E6 dpm/gCi x Step 10             =             _ Ci/cm
 
(                                                                                                                                                            C EP-AA-113 Revision 4 ATTACHMENT 4                                                  Page 15 of 18 MANUAL KI CALCULATION 1:'. Dtermin*'th6, isot_                                              Page 4 of 4 Record the 1-131 concentration and calculate the projected concentrations for the remaining halogens.
Isotopei 1-1 31.;Cobhcd                        *Ratio;*                                Hrs After j1-132**  ,1-133, ,1-134  'A-135,                    3 TTe-132,e-l K!131       ~         N/A             ;5X       N/A     -     ____
SiSID1 ~                    .      _____~Gap~              ~Meltf 1-132         _     _   __   _   ___
0      1.50      2.13    2.25    1.88      0.00        0.24 1      1.11      2.06    1.02    1.69      0.00        0.24 1-'133    ~  _______x~                              ~_____                                2      0.82      2.00    0.47    1.53      0.00        0.23 kl134<                                  X_______                                          3      0.61      1.94    0.21    1.38      0.00        0.23 P-135,~;      __      _    _    _                                                          4      0.45      1.89    0.10    1.25      0.00        0.23 Te-132        _    _    _  _    ___              _  __            _  _
5      0.34      1.83    0.04    1.13      0.00        0.23 6      0.25      1.78    0.02    1.02      0.00       0.23 Note:    Mix ratios assume an end of core life source term.                                 7      0.18      1.73    0.01  0.92      0.00       0.23 t = exposure period in hours.                                                      8      0.14      1.68    0.00   0.83      0.00       0.23 16      0.01      1.32    0.00  0.37      0.00        0.22 Thyroid Dose, = Concentration,x DCF,x                                                      24      0.00      1.04    0.00  0.16      0.00        0.21 x e-1k t +_I 48      0.00     0.51    0.00  0.01      0.00       0.18 Isotope                                    Isotope                                        72      0.00     0.25    0.00   0.00      0.00        0.16 1-131                3.59E-03            1-134          7.88E-01                        96      0.00     0.12    0 00  0.00       0 00       0.14 1-132                  3.01 E-01            1-135          1.05E-01                        120      0.00     0.06    0.00  0.00      0.00       0.13 1-133                  3.33E-02            Te-132        8.86E-03                        144      0.00      0.03    0.00   0.00      0.00        0.11 168      0.00     0.01     0.00   0.00       0.00       0.10
  ,Step,2 2CAI~c"ula-t'e~lthib6cfod            co                              qtope                                          .~>~K'7 1sotope'I      PConcb            J            DCF    i            ~~~liK          I              I    I                    .~          iI 11131_                                          1.3E+06      x    -2.79E+02 x                                2.79E+02                          'I 1-1321,        _,,_X                            7.7E+03      x    -3.32E+00           _                    3.32E+OO 1-133              ____                  X      2.2E+05 ~x'            3.OOE+O1    x            ~              3.OOE+O1 1-134                                    X      1.3E+03      x -1.27E+00         XJ                          1.27E+00 5                                  x-- 3.8E+04 ,,'I3    'X -9.52E+00         x ,,,                        9.52E+00 Te-132                                  X 2.9E+05            x ]-1.13E+02        x,                    :+*    1.13E+02          _,=___
Total CDE Thyroid Dose
 
EP-AA-113 Revision 4 Page 16 of 18 ATTACHMENT 5 POTASSIUM IODIDE (KI) DETERMINATION FLOWCHART Page 1 of I NOTE 1                                             Conetaluae to Is a release in         N               a NO0.
eevaluate                                                         h progress?                         Does an elevated                                             conditions source of radioactive             N-materials exist that could be released?
Y I
I                           V NOTE 3                                   NOTE 4 Has an iodine                             Has an assessrernt been                     Does the staton air samle                 Nperformed             indicabng actual or           satisfy the EAL Fission
                          -     N             poential iodine thyroid     -N     o Product Bamer criteria             -N analysis been perfomedLoss        exposure 2! 50 Rem?                   for Loss of the Potential or Fuel Clad performed?
Barrer?.
Y NOTE 2                                                                   Will emergency workers be Is the calculated                                       Y                             entering an unknown iodine thyroid           -N                                                     radiological atmosphere                 N exposure                                                                   onginating from the damaged
      > 50 rem?                                                                                    fuel?
I                                                                                        I y                                                                                        y I
NOTE 5 IRecommrendh Sissuance d KI NOTE 1: Radioactive materials are available for release in quantities greater than normal coolant activity levels.
NOTE 2: Calculations performed per EP-AA-113, Attachment 4.
NOTE 3: Dose Assessment performed per EP-MW(MA)-11 0-200.
NOTE 4: REFER to the Site Specific "Loss or Potential Loss" criteria indicated on the Fission Product Barrier Matrix for Fuel Clad Barier for the affected station.
NOTE 5: REFER to EP-AA-113, Attachment 6 for approval.
NOTE 5: REFER to EP-AA-113, Attachment 6 for approval.
ATTACHMENT 6 THYROID BLOCKING AGENT AUTHORIZATION FORM Page I of 2 INDICATIONS THYROID BLOCKING IN A RADIATION EMERGENCY ONLY DIRECTIONS FOR USE Use only as directed by State of local public health authonties in the event of a radiation emergency Tablets: DOSE ADULTS AND CHILDREN 1YEAR OF AGE OR OLDER: One (1) tablet once a day Crush for small children.BABIES UNDER 1 YEAR OF AGE. One half (1/2) tablet once a day. Crush first Take for 10 days unless directed otherwise by State or local public health authonties Store at controlled room temperature between 150 and 300 C (590 to 86* F) Keep container tightly closed and protect from light. WARNING Potassium iodide should not be used by people allergic to iodine Keep out of the reach of children In case of overdose or allergic reaction, contact a physician or the public health authority.
 
DESCRIPTION Each THYRO-BLOCK TABLET contains 130 mg of potassium iodide. Other ingredients magnesium stearate, rmcrocrystallne cellulose, silica gel, sodium thiosulfate EP-AA-113 Revision 4 Page 17 of 18 THYRO-BLOCK TABLETS (POTASSIUM IODIDE TABLETS, USP) (pronounced poe-TASS-e-um EYE-oh-dyed) (abbreviated KI) TAKE POTASSIUM IODIDE ONLY WHEN PUBLIC HEALTH OFFICIALS TELL YOU IN A RADIATION EMERGENCY, RADIOACTIVE IODINE COULD BE RELEASED INTO THE AIR. POTASSIUM IODIDE (A FORM OF IODINE) CAN HELP PROTECT YOU. IF YOU ARE TOLD TO TAKE THIS MEDICINE.
EP-AA-113 Revision 4 Page 17 of 18 ATTACHMENT 6 THYROID BLOCKING AGENT AUTHORIZATION FORM Page I of 2 HOW POTASSIUM IODIDE WORKS THYRO-BLOCK                                    Certain forms of iodine help your thyroid gland work right Most TABLETS                                    people get the iodine they need from foods, like iodized salt or fish The thyroid can "store" or hold only a certain amount of iodine (POTASSIUM IODIDE TABLETS, USP)
TAKE IT ONE TIME EVERY 24 HOURS DO NOT TAKE IT MORE OFTEN MORE WILL NOT HELP YOU AND MAY IN CREASE THE RISK OF SIDE EFFECTS DO NOT TAKE THIS DRUG IF YOU KNOW YOU ARE ALLERGIC TO IODINE. (SEE SIDE EFFECTS BELOW)HOW POTASSIUM IODIDE WORKS Certain forms of iodine help your thyroid gland work right Most people get the iodine they need from foods, like iodized salt or fish The thyroid can "store" or hold only a certain amount of iodine In a radiation emergency, radioactive iodine may be released in the air This material may be breathed or swallowed It may enter the thyroid gland and damage it The damage would probably not show itself for years Children are most likely to have thyroid damage If you take potassium iodide, it will fill up your thyroid gland This reduces the chance that harmful radioactive iodine will enter the thyroid gland WHO SHOULD NOT TAKE POTASSIUM IODIDE The only people who should not take potassium iodide are people who know they are allergic to iodine You may take potassium iodide even if you are taking medicines for a thyroid problem (for example, a thyroid hormone or anti-thyroid drug) Pregnant and nursing women and babies and children may also take this drug HOW AND WHEN TO TAKE POTASSIUM IODIDE Potassium Iodide should be taken as soon as possible after public health officials tell you. You should take one dose every 24 hours More will not help you because the thyroid can "hold" only limited amounts of iodine Larger doses will increase the nsk of side effects You will probably be told not to take the drug for more than 10 days SIDE EFFECTS Usually, side effects of potassium iodide happen when people take higher doses for a long time. You should be careful not to take more than the recommended dose or take it for longer than you are told. Side effects are unlikely because of the low dose and the short time you will be taking the drug Possible side effects include skin rashes, swelling of the salivary glands, and "iodism" (metallic taste, burning mouth and throat, sore teeth and gums, symptoms of a head cold, and sometimes stomach upset and diarrhea).
(pronounced poe-TASS-e-um EYE-oh-dyed)                      In a radiation emergency, radioactive iodine may be released in the (abbreviated KI)                            air This material may be breathed or swallowed It may enter the thyroid gland and damage it The damage would probably not show itself for years Children are most likely to have thyroid damage TAKE POTASSIUM IODIDE ONLY WHEN PUBLIC HEALTH OFFICIALS TELL YOU IN A RADIATION                            If you take potassium iodide, it will fill up your thyroid gland This EMERGENCY, RADIOACTIVE IODINE COULD BE                              reduces the chance that harmful radioactive iodine will enter the RELEASED INTO THE AIR. POTASSIUM IODIDE (A                          thyroid gland FORM OF IODINE) CAN HELP PROTECT YOU.
A few people have an allergic reaction with more senous symptoms.
WHO SHOULD NOT TAKE POTASSIUM IODIDE IF YOU ARE TOLD TO TAKE THIS MEDICINE. TAKE IT                      The only people who should not take potassium iodide are people ONE TIME EVERY 24 HOURS DO NOT TAKE IT MORE                          who know they are allergic to iodine You may take potassium OFTEN MORE WILL NOT HELP YOU AND MAY IN                              iodide even if you are taking medicines for a thyroid problem (for CREASE THE RISK OF SIDE EFFECTS DO NOT TAKE                          example, a thyroid hormone or anti-thyroid drug) Pregnant and THIS DRUG IF YOU KNOW YOU ARE ALLERGIC TO                            nursing women and babies and children may also take this drug IODINE. (SEE SIDE EFFECTS BELOW)
These could be fever and joint pains, or swelling of parts of the face and body and at times severe shortness of breath requirng immediate medical attention.
HOW AND WHEN TO TAKE POTASSIUM IODIDE Potassium Iodide should be taken as soon as possible after public health officials tell you. You should take one dose every 24 hours INDICATIONS                                More will not help you because the thyroid can "hold" only limited THYROID BLOCKING IN A RADIATION EMERGENCY                              amounts of iodine Larger doses will increase the nsk of side ONLY                                                                  effects You will probably be told not to take the drug for more than 10 days DIRECTIONS FOR USE                                                        SIDE EFFECTS Use only as directed by State of local public health authonties in    Usually, side effects of potassium iodide happen when people take the event of a radiation emergency                                    higher doses for a long time. You should be careful not to take more than the recommended dose or take it for longer than you are DOSE                                  told. Side effects are unlikely because of the low dose and the short Tablets:              ADULTS AND CHILDREN 1YEAR OF                    time you will be taking the drug AGE OR OLDER: One (1) tablet once a            Possible side effects include skin rashes, swelling of the salivary day Crush for small children.                  glands, and "iodism" (metallic taste, burning mouth and throat, sore teeth and gums, symptoms of a head cold, and sometimes BABIES UNDER 1 YEAR OF AGE. One                stomach upset and diarrhea).
Taking iodine may rarely cause overactivity of the thyroid gland, underactivity of the thyroid gland, or enlargement of the thyroid gland (goiter) WHAT TO DO IF SIDE EFFECTS OCCUR If the side effects are severe or if you have an allergic reaction, stop taking potassium iodide. Then, if possible, call a doctor or public health authority for instructions.
half (1/2) tablet once a day. Crush first A few people have an allergic reaction with more senous Take for 10 days unless directed otherwise by State or local public  symptoms. These could be fever and joint pains, or swelling of parts of the face and body and at times severe shortness of breath health authonties requirng immediate medical attention.
HOW SUPPLIED THYRO-BLOCK TABLETS (Potassium Iodide Tablets, UPS) bottles of 14 tablets (NDC 0037-0472-20)
Store at controlled room temperature between 150 and 300 C (590 to    Taking iodine may rarely cause overactivity of the thyroid gland, 86* F) Keep container tightly closed and protect from light.          underactivity of the thyroid gland, or enlargement of the thyroid gland (goiter)
Each white, round, scored tablet contains 130 mg potassium iodide WALLACE LABORATORIES Divason of CARTER-WALLACE.
WARNING                                            WHAT TO DO IF SIDE EFFECTS OCCUR Potassium iodide should not be used by people allergic to iodine        If the side effects are severe or if you have an allergic reaction, Keep out of the reach of children In case of overdose or allergic      stop taking potassium iodide. Then, if possible, call a doctor or reaction, contact a physician or the public health authority.          public health authority for instructions.
INC Cranbury, New Jersey 08512 IN-0472-01 Rev 2/85 EP-AA-1 13 Revision 4 Page 18 of 18 ATTACHMENT 6 THYROID BLOCKING AGENT AUTHORIZATION FORM Page 2 of 2 NAME: Social Security Number: NAME: Social Security Number: NAME: Social Security Number: -NAME: Social Security Number: -NAME: Social Security Number: -NAME: Social Security Number: -NAME: Social Security Number: -NAME: Social Security Number: -NAME: Social Security Number: -NAME: Social Security Number: -The above named personnel are hereby authorized to take Potassium Iodide (KI) for the purpose of protection against the inhalation/ingestion of radioactive 1-131. The dosage shall be one (1) 130 mg tablet per day for 10 consecutive days. "* Radiation Protection Manager (Reviewed)
HOW SUPPLIED DESCRIPTION                                THYRO-BLOCK TABLETS (Potassium Iodide Tablets, UPS)
Date / Time "* Acknowledges that emergency worker(s) have been briefed on the potential health risks associated with KI. # Station Emergency Director (Authorization)
Each THYRO-BLOCK TABLET contains 130 mg of potassium                  bottles of 14 tablets (NDC 0037-0472-20) Each white, round, iodide. Other ingredients magnesium stearate, rmcrocrystallne          scored tablet contains 130 mg potassium iodide cellulose, silica gel, sodium thiosulfate                                                      WALLACE LABORATORIES Divason of CARTER-WALLACE. INC Cranbury, New Jersey 08512 IN-0472-01                                                 Rev 2/85
Date / Time # The Shift Manager (Shift Emergency Director) may approve prior to transferring Command and Control to the Station Emergency Director.
 
EP-MA-1 13-100 Revision 0 Sxa mPage 1 of 19 Level 2 -Reference Use Nuclear ASSEMBLY AND SITE EVACUATION
EP-AA-1 13 Revision 4 Page 18 of 18 ATTACHMENT 6 THYROID BLOCKING AGENT AUTHORIZATION FORM Page 2 of 2 NAME:                                   Social Security Number:
: 1. PURPOSE 1.1. This procedure provides the necessary guidance for the Accountability of personnel within the Station Protected Area by means of assembly in designated areas and the Evacuation of non-essential personnel from the Site. Accountability  
NAME:                                   Social Security Number:
/ Site Evacuation Guidelines REFER to Section 4.1 Initiation of Accountability I Site Evacuation REFER to Section 4.2
NAME:                                   Social Security Number:         -
* Station Emergency Director Offsite Assembly Areas REFER to Section 4.3
NAME:                                   Social Security Number:         -
NAME:                                   Social Security Number:         -
NAME:                                   Social Security Number:         -
NAME:                                   Social Security Number:         -
NAME:                                   Social Security Number:         -
NAME:                                     Social Security Number:         -
NAME:                                     Social Security Number:         -
The above named personnel are hereby authorized to take Potassium Iodide (KI) for the purpose of protection against the inhalation/ingestion of radioactive 1-131. The dosage shall be one (1) 130 mg tablet per day for 10 consecutive days.
"*Radiation Protection Manager (Reviewed)                                     Date / Time
"*Acknowledges that emergency worker(s) have been briefed on the potential health risks associated with KI.
# Station Emergency Director (Authorization)                                   Date / Time
# The Shift Manager (Shift Emergency Director) may approve prior to transferring Command and Control to the Station Emergency Director.
 
EP-MA-1 13-100 Revision 0 mPage Sxa                                             1 of 19 Level 2 - Reference Use Nuclear ASSEMBLY AND SITE EVACUATION
: 1. PURPOSE 1.1. This procedure provides the necessary guidance for the Accountability of personnel within the Station Protected Area by means of assembly in designated areas and the Evacuation of non-essential personnel from the Site.
Accountability / Site Evacuation Guidelines                 REFER to Section 4.1 Initiation of Accountability I Site Evacuation             REFER to Section 4.2
* Station Emergency Director Offsite Assembly Areas                                     REFER to Section 4.3
* TSC Radiation Protection Manager
* TSC Radiation Protection Manager
* Vehicle and Evacuee Control Group Leader
* Vehicle and Evacuee Control Group Leader
* Vehicle and Evacuee Control Group Members 2. TERMS AND DEFINITIONS 2.1. Accountability  
* Vehicle and Evacuee Control Group Members
-Accountability is the process of verifying the location of personnel who are inside the Protected Area. That is, any unaccounted for person that has keyed into the Protected Area will be identified as missing. Accountability is required to be completed within 30 minutes of its initiation (the names of any missing persons identified by security and the number of missing provided to the Station Emergency Director).
: 2. TERMS AND DEFINITIONS 2.1. Accountability - Accountability is the process of verifying the location of personnel who are inside the Protected Area. That is, any unaccounted for person that has keyed into the Protected Area will be identified as missing. Accountability is required to be completed within 30 minutes of its initiation (the names of any missing persons identified by security and the number of missing provided to the Station Emergency Director).
Accountability is must be conducted at a Site Area or General Emergency, if not previously initiated and maintained.
Accountability is must be conducted at a Site Area or General Emergency, if not previously initiated and maintained. Accountability may be conducted at the Alert level following TSC activation, at the discretion of the Station Emergency Director.
Accountability may be conducted at the Alert level following TSC activation, at the discretion of the Station Emergency Director.
2.2. Assembly - Assembly occurs in conjunction with evacuation and is used to perform accountability of personnel within the Protected Area. On-duty and ERO personnel assemble in the emergency response facilities. All other non-essential personnel, contractors and visitors shall evacuate the site and report to an Offsite Assembly Area if designated based on the event. An Assembly Area is used to coordinate the need for any immediate additional resources and to establish an ERO shift relief roster and schedule.
2.2. Assembly -Assembly occurs in conjunction with evacuation and is used to perform accountability of personnel within the Protected Area. On-duty and ERO personnel assemble in the emergency response facilities.
 
All other non-essential personnel, contractors and visitors shall evacuate the site and report to an Offsite Assembly Area if designated based on the event. An Assembly Area is used to coordinate the need for any immediate additional resources and to establish an ERO shift relief roster and schedule.
EP-MA-113-100 Revision 0 Page 2 of 19 2.3.       Evacuation - A site evacuation is required at the Site Area Emergency classification level immediately following completion of Accountability actions. Site evacuation may be called for at the Alert level classification.
EP-MA-113-100 Revision 0 Page 2 of 19 2.3. Evacuation  
Evacuation can involve the movement of large numbers of personnel outside of the Protected Area by keying out of the turnstiles. Evacuation may warrant station egress control by Security. Security will provide specific instructions to personnel leaving the Protected Area. Evacuees may be directed to a Relocation Center (offsite assembly areas) for monitoring and decontamination, or sent home. Other situations that involve the evacuation of personnel from occupied localized onsite areas are controlled on a case-by-case basis.
-A site evacuation is required at the Site Area Emergency classification level immediately following completion of Accountability actions. Site evacuation may be called for at the Alert level classification.
2.4.     Owner Controlled Area - Company owned property on which a nuclear station is located and may include Exelon Nuclear leased-lands adjacent to that nuclear station.
Evacuation can involve the movement of large numbers of personnel outside of the Protected Area by keying out of the turnstiles.
: 3.         RESPONSIBILITIES 3.1.     The Station Emergency Directoris responsible for implementing personnel accountability and/or the evacuation of non-essential personnel 3.2.     The Shift Manager,as Shift Emergency Director,will assume the responsibilities of the Station Emergency Director prior to TSC activation and the transfer responsibility.
Evacuation may warrant station egress control by Security.
3.3.     The TSC Security Coordinatoris responsible for coordinating activities between the TSC and the Station Security force.
Security will provide specific instructions to personnel leaving the Protected Area. Evacuees may be directed to a Relocation Center (offsite assembly areas) for monitoring and decontamination, or sent home. Other situations that involve the evacuation of personnel from occupied localized onsite areas are controlled on a case-by-case basis. 2.4. Owner Controlled Area -Company owned property on which a nuclear station is located and may include Exelon Nuclear leased-lands adjacent to that nuclear station.
: 4.       MAIN BODY 4.1.     Accountability / Site Evacuation Guidelines 4.1.1. Accountability shall be initiated following the classification of a Site Area Emergency or General Emergency and the names for all personnel inside the Protected Area ascertained within thirty (30) minutes of announcing initiation.
: 3. RESPONSIBILITIES 3.1. The Station Emergency Director is responsible for implementing personnel accountability and/or the evacuation of non-essential personnel 3.2. The Shift Manager, as Shift Emergency Director, will assume the responsibilities of the Station Emergency Director prior to TSC activation and the transfer responsibility.
: 1.     Accountability and evacuation of non-essential site personnel should also be considered when a security-related Unusual Event or Alert has been declared.
3.3. The TSC Security Coordinator is responsible for coordinating activities between the TSC and the Station Security force. 4. MAIN BODY 4.1. Accountability  
/ Site Evacuation Guidelines 4.1.1. Accountability shall be initiated following the classification of a Site Area Emergency or General Emergency and the names for all personnel inside the Protected Area ascertained within thirty (30) minutes of announcing initiation.
: 1. Accountability and evacuation of non-essential site personnel should also be considered when a security-related Unusual Event or Alert has been declared.
4.1.2. A Site Evacuation may be initiated anytime prior to the classification of Site Area Emergency if the Station Emergency Director determines excess dose or other danger exists to onsite personnel where positive control over the location and movement on onsite personnel is required.
4.1.2. A Site Evacuation may be initiated anytime prior to the classification of Site Area Emergency if the Station Emergency Director determines excess dose or other danger exists to onsite personnel where positive control over the location and movement on onsite personnel is required.
EP-MA-113-100 Revision 0 Page 3 of 19 4.1.3. A Site Evacuation may be delayed if the health and safety of the plant personnel may be in jeopardy, such as severe weather or due to a security-related Unusual Event or Alert. 4.1.4. The offsite assembly of station evacuees at designated areas should be used if further radiological monitoring is required due to elevated radiation levels and contamination outside the plant which prohibit the monitoring of personnel as they evacuate from the site. 4.1.5. Protected Area access is halted during personnel accountability, except for the following:  
 
"* Direct approval from the TSC Security Coordinator or Shift Manager "* Key ("on-call")
EP-MA-113-100 Revision 0 Page 3 of 19 4.1.3. A Site Evacuation may be delayed if the health and safety of the plant personnel may be in jeopardy, such as severe weather or due to a security-related Unusual Event or Alert.
ERO responders requiring access to staff the Operations Support Center (OSC) and/or Technical Support Center (TSC) 4.1.6. Accountability, once achieved, will be maintained by restricting Protected Area access and controlling/tracking the movement of on-shift personnel or ERO personnel on site in or out of their respective emergency response facility.
4.1.4. The offsite assembly of station evacuees at designated areas should be used if further radiological monitoring is required due to elevated radiation levels and contamination outside the plant which prohibit the monitoring of personnel as they evacuate from the site.
4.2. Initiation of Accountability  
4.1.5. Protected Area access is halted during personnel accountability, except for the following:
/ Site Evacuation 4.2.1. The Station Emergency Director shall: 1 .DETERMINE if the assembly of non-essential personnel following Site Evacuation is needed to allow for potential monitoring and decontamination based on radiological concerns.
                "* Direct approval from the TSC Security Coordinator or Shift Manager
A. If the assembly of non-essential personnel evacuating the site is NOT needed, then PROCEED to Step 4 and DIRECT non-essential personnel to proceed to home and await further instruction.
                "* Key ("on-call") ERO responders requiring access to staff the Operations Support Center (OSC) and/or Technical Support Center (TSC) 4.1.6. Accountability, once achieved, will be maintained by restricting Protected Area access and controlling/tracking the movement of on-shift personnel or ERO personnel on site in or out of their respective emergency response facility.
B. If the assembly of non-essential personnel IS required, then CONTINUE to next step. 2. DESIGNATE an assembly area and evacuation route(s) for non-essential personnel, while taking into account the following:  
4.2.       Initiation of Accountability / Site Evacuation 4.2.1. The Station Emergency Directorshall:
"* Radiological release status "* Weather conditions, including wind direction (WD) "* Security threats EP-MA-113-100 Revision 0 Page 4 of 19 A. If a Security Threat exists, then DETERMINE whether an evacuation should be initiated early or delayed, or alternate assembly areas and evacuation routes designated.
: 1. DETERMINE if the assembly of non-essential personnel following Site Evacuation is needed to allow for potential monitoring and decontamination based on radiological concerns.
Designated Assembly Areas For Non-Essential Personnel LIMERICK PEACH BOTTOM (Attachment
A.     If the assembly of non-essential personnel evacuating the site is NOT needed, then PROCEED to Step 4 and DIRECT non-essential personnel to proceed to home and await further instruction.
: 1) "* If WD (from) is 2100 to 260&deg;, then
B.     If the assembly of non-essential personnel IS required, then CONTINUE to next step.
* If WD (from) is North to WEST, then USE the Cromby Generating Station USE the North Sub-Station " If WD (from) is 2610 to 2090, then
: 2. DESIGNATE an assembly area and evacuation route(s) for non-essential personnel, while taking into account the following:
* If WD (from) is South to East, then USE the Limerick Airport (Pottstown)
                              "* Radiological release status
USE Unit 1 Designated Site Evacuation Routes LIMERICK PEACH BOTTOM "* If WD (from) is 1650 to 2150, then
                              "* Weather conditions, including wind direction (WD)
* ED judgment.
                              "* Security threats
No designated USE the Back Gate only evacuation route options. " If WD (from) is 305 0 to 3500, then USE the Main Gate only " If ANY other WD, then USE both gates based on ED's judgment 3. NOTIFY the TSC Radiation Protection Manager and Security Coordinator (or on shift RP Supervisor and Nuclear Security Supervisor, if TSC is not yet activated) of the impending evacuation and location of assembly area(s) and designated route(s).
 
A. If the Security Computer and/or accountability card readers are NOT operational, then INSTRUCT affected facility(ies) to complete Attachment 5, "Facility Accountability List". 4. When prepared, DIRECT the Control Room to initiate a Site Evacuation per Attachment
EP-MA-113-100 Revision 0 Page 4 of 19 I A.       If a Security Threat exists, then DETERMINE whether an evacuation should be initiated early or delayed, or alternate assembly areas and evacuation routes designated.
: 2. 5. VERIFY that the TSC Security Coordinator has performed the following:
Designated Assembly Areas For Non-Essential Personnel LIMERICK                       PEACH BOTTOM (Attachment 1)
A. Sweeps have been initiated to ensure that non-essential personnel have been evacuated from the Owner Controlled Area and that access is being controlled.
    "* If WD (from) is 2100 to 260&deg;, then
-REFER to Attachment 3 for an illustration of the Owner Controlled Area (OCA) and a listing of potentially occupied areas outside the Protected Area.I I EP-MA-113-100 Revision 0 Page 5 of 19 1. If sufficient Security personnel are NOT available to perform the verification, then REQUEST support from the TSC Maintenance Manager to use OSC personnel to perform OCA notifications.
* If WD (from) is North to WEST, then USE the Cromby Generating Station           USE the North Sub-Station
B. Appropriate local law enforcement agencies (LLEAs) have been contacted an informed of site evacuation and support requested, if needed, to perform sweeps of and control access to the Owner Controlled Area. 6. OBTAIN a listing of unaccounted for personnel from the TSC Security Coordinator within 30 minutes of initiating Accountability.
    " If WD (from) is 2610 to 2090, then
: 7. VERIFY that appropriate actions have been implemented to ensure continuous Accountability of all onsite personnel through limiting ingress and egress for the Protected Area. 8. PROVIDE further direction to assembled ERO members NOT considered Essential to support imminent event mitigation activities.
* If WD (from) is South to East, then USE the Limerick Airport (Pottstown)         USE Unit 1 Designated Site Evacuation Routes LIMERICK                               PEACH BOTTOM
Consideration shall be given to relief staffing in support of continuing accident and recovery activities.
    "* If WD (from) is 1650 to 2150, then
4.3. Offsite Assembly Areas 4.3.1. The TSC Radiation Protection Manager shall: 1. DETERMINE available RP resources onsite through the TSC Maintenance Manager, or directly with the OSC RP Group Lead if present.
* ED judgment. No designated USE the Back Gate only                       evacuation route options.
A. If sufficient RP staff IS present onsite, then REQUEST that 3 RP personnel be designated as the Vehicle and Evacuee Control Team, using an OSC Team Request Form (EP-AA-1 12-200, Attachment 2). B. If adequate RP staff is NOT present onsite, then INITIATE callouts or contact the EOF Radiation Protection Manager for additional resources from unaffected stations.
  " If WD (from) is 3050 to 3500, then USE the Main Gate only
When responding from offsite, RP personnel should be directed to assembly area. 2. APPOINT an RP Supervisor or Technician as Vehicle and Evacuee Control Group Leader, and PROVIDE a briefing to team members.
  " If ANY other WD, then USE both gates based on ED's judgment
A. If responding from offsite, then PERFORM this action upon team's arrival at assembly area. NOTE: Alpha contamination should be considered whenever there is reactor fuel degradation.
: 3. NOTIFY the TSC Radiation Protection Manager and Security Coordinator (or on shift RP Supervisor and Nuclear Security Supervisor, if TSC is not yet activated) of the impending evacuation and location of assembly area(s) and designated route(s).
EP-MA-1 13-100 Revision 0 Page 6 of 19 4.3.2. The Vehicle and Evacuee Control Group Leader shall: 1. REPORT to the TSC to obtain a briefing and the keys for assembly area kits. (Keys located in EP key locker) A. If reporting from offsite, then REQUEST that the TSC RP Manager arrange for delivery of kits to assembly area. 2. Upon arrival at the Offsite Assembly Area, ESTABLISH communications with the TSC RP Manager via portable radio or available telephone.
A.       If the Security Computer and/or accountability card readers are NOT operational, then INSTRUCT affected facility(ies) to complete Attachment 5, "Facility Accountability List".
: 3. INSTRUCT the team members to implement Section 4.4. 4. ENSURE an Accountability of personnel at the Offsite Assembly Area using Attachment
: 4. When prepared, DIRECT the Control Room to initiate a Site Evacuation per Attachment 2.
: 4. 5. When all personnel and vehicles have been monitored, and the team is no longer needed for decontamination, INSTRUCT them to survey the monitoring areas, themselves, their equipment and vehicle, and return to the TSC, or to the EOF if the TSC is inaccessible.
I
: 6. Upon return of the group, COLLECT personnel and vehicle survey and decontamination records and FORWARD them to the TSC RP Manager.
: 5. VERIFY that the TSC Security Coordinator has performed the following:
: 7. Using completed Vehicle Survey and Decontamination Reports (Attachment 5), CONTACT owners and inform them where and when they may pick up their vehicle.
A.     Sweeps have been initiated to ensure that non-essential personnel have been evacuated from the Owner Controlled Area and that access is being controlled.
: 8. ARRANGE for return of all contaminated material to the site for disposition in accordance with HP procedures.
          - REFER to Attachment 3 for an illustration of the Owner Controlled Area (OCA) and a listing of potentially occupied areas outside the Protected Area.
4.3.3. The Vehicle and Evacuee Control Group Members shall: 1. Upon the direction of the Group Leader, PROCEED to the designated offsite assembly area. 2. OBTAIN an Assembly Area Kit at the Offsite Assembly Area. 3. PERFORM an inventory of the equipment in the kits by comparing contents with the inventory lists contained in the respective kits. A. PERFORM battery, calibration and source checks on all instrumentation.
 
EP-MA-113-100 Revision 0 Page 5 of 19
: 1.     If sufficient Security personnel are NOT available to perform the verification, then REQUEST support from the TSC Maintenance Manager to use OSC personnel to perform OCA notifications.
B. Appropriate local law enforcement agencies (LLEAs) have been contacted an informed of site evacuation and support requested, if needed, to perform sweeps of and control access to the Owner Controlled Area.
: 6. OBTAIN a listing of unaccounted for personnel from the TSC Security Coordinator within 30 minutes of initiating Accountability.
: 7. VERIFY that appropriate actions have been implemented to ensure continuous Accountability of all onsite personnel through limiting ingress and egress for the Protected Area.
: 8. PROVIDE further direction to assembled ERO members NOT considered Essential to support imminent event mitigation activities. Consideration shall be given to relief staffing in support of continuing accident and recovery activities.
4.3.       Offsite Assembly Areas 4.3.1. The TSC Radiation ProtectionManagershall:
: 1. DETERMINE available RP resources onsite through the TSC Maintenance Manager, or directly with the OSC RP Group Lead if present.
A. If sufficient RP staff IS present onsite, then REQUEST that 3 RP personnel be designated as the Vehicle and Evacuee Control Team, using an OSC Team Request Form (EP-AA-1 12-200, Attachment 2).
B. If adequate RP staff is NOT present onsite, then INITIATE callouts or contact the EOF Radiation Protection Manager for additional resources from unaffected stations. When responding from offsite, RP personnel should be directed to assembly area.
: 2. APPOINT an RP Supervisor or Technician as Vehicle and Evacuee Control Group Leader, and PROVIDE a briefing to team members.
A. If responding from offsite, then PERFORM this action upon team's arrival at assembly area.
NOTE:       Alpha contamination should be considered whenever there is reactor fuel degradation.
 
EP-MA-1 13-100 Revision 0 Page 6 of 19 4.3.2.       The Vehicle and Evacuee Control Group Leader shall:
: 1.     REPORT to the TSC to obtain a briefing and the keys for assembly area kits.
(Keys located in EP key locker)
A. If reporting from offsite, then REQUEST that the TSC RP Manager arrange for delivery of kits to assembly area.
: 2.       Upon arrival at the Offsite Assembly Area, ESTABLISH communications with the TSC RP Manager via portable radio or available telephone.
: 3.       INSTRUCT the team members to implement Section 4.4.
: 4.       ENSURE an Accountability of personnel at the Offsite Assembly Area using Attachment 4.
: 5.     When all personnel and vehicles have been monitored, and the team is no longer needed for decontamination, INSTRUCT them to survey the monitoring areas, themselves, their equipment and vehicle, and return to the TSC, or to the EOF if the TSC is inaccessible.
: 6.     Upon return of the group, COLLECT personnel and vehicle survey and decontamination records and FORWARD them to the TSC RP Manager.
: 7.       Using completed Vehicle Survey and Decontamination Reports (Attachment 5),
CONTACT owners and inform them where and when they may pick up their vehicle.
: 8.     ARRANGE for return of all contaminated material to the site for disposition in accordance with HP procedures.
4.3.3.     The Vehicle and Evacuee Control Group Members shall:
: 1.     Upon the direction of the Group Leader, PROCEED to the designated offsite assembly area.
: 2.     OBTAIN an Assembly Area Kit at the Offsite Assembly Area.
: 3.     PERFORM an inventory of the equipment in the kits by comparing contents with the inventory lists contained in the respective kits.
A. PERFORM battery, calibration and source checks on all instrumentation.
B. REPORT any missing items or inoperable equipment to the Group Leader and request replacements.
B. REPORT any missing items or inoperable equipment to the Group Leader and request replacements.
EP-MA-1 13-100 Revision 0 Page 7 of 19 4. COORDINATE the set-up of a Personnel Contamination Monitoring Area, a Vehicle Contamination Monitoring Area, and a Vehicle Decontamination Area. NOTE: Background radiation is to be less than 300 cpm. PERSONNELVEHICLE MONITORING Priority should be given to the monitoring of personnel.
 
Vehicle monitoring, if necessary, should only be performed when personnel monitoring has been completed.
EP-MA-1 13-100 Revision 0 Page 7 of 19
: 4. COORDINATE the set-up of a Personnel Contamination Monitoring Area, a Vehicle Contamination Monitoring Area, and a Vehicle Decontamination Area.
NOTE:       Background radiation is to be less than 300 cpm.
PERSONNELVEHICLE MONITORING Priority should be given to the monitoring of personnel. Vehicle monitoring, if necessary, should only be performed when personnel monitoring has been completed.
: 5. Perform whole body frisk of each individual in accordance Exelon procedures.
: 5. Perform whole body frisk of each individual in accordance Exelon procedures.
A. If individuals are found to be contaminated, then DECONTAMINATE using approved techniques for personnel decontamination, and COMPLETE the documentation described therein.
A. If individuals are found to be contaminated, then DECONTAMINATE using approved techniques for personnel decontamination, and COMPLETE the documentation described therein.
B. PLACE all materials used to perform decontamination or other materials, which are found to be contaminated, in plastic bags for disposal and seal with radioactive material tape. NOTE: While stored at the assembly area, radioactive material must be stored in areas posted in accordance with Exelon procedures.
B. PLACE all materials used to perform decontamination or other materials, which are found to be contaminated, in plastic bags for disposal and seal with radioactive material tape.
C. If any individual cannot be decontaminated below the release limits specified in Exelon procedures, then CONTACT the Vehicle Evacuee and Control Group Leader for further instructions.
NOTE:     While stored at the assembly area, radioactive material must be stored in areas posted in accordance with Exelon procedures.
NOTE: Personnel at the Offsite Assembly Area who are identified as being contaminated should not be returned to the site for decontamination if a release is ongoing or expected to occur. 6. PERFORM vehicle surveys in accordance with Exelon procedures, surveying both the exterior and interior of the vehicle.
C.       If any individual cannot be decontaminated below the release limits specified in Exelon procedures, then CONTACT the Vehicle Evacuee and Control Group Leader for further instructions.
A. If contamination levels are less than 100 cpm above background, then RELEASE the vehicle or equipment by checking the appropriate block on the report. B. If the vehicle is contaminated, then RECORD readings on the Vehicle Survey and Decontamination Report (Attachment
NOTE:     Personnel at the Offsite Assembly Area who are identified as being contaminated should not be returned to the site for decontamination if a release is ongoing or expected to occur.
: 5) and NOTE contaminated areas and levels on the illustration.
: 6. PERFORM vehicle surveys in accordance with Exelon procedures, surveying both the exterior and interior of the vehicle.
C. MOVE contaminated vehicles to designated area.
A.     If contamination levels are less than 100 cpm above background, then RELEASE the vehicle or equipment by checking the appropriate block on the report.
EP-MA-113-100 Revision 0 Page 8 of 19 D. HANDLE all materials used to perform decontamination or other materials, that are found to be contaminated, in accordance with Exelon procedures.
B.     If the vehicle is contaminated, then RECORD readings on the Vehicle Survey and Decontamination Report (Attachment 5) and NOTE contaminated areas and levels on the illustration.
E. SET UP the following vehicle areas: 1. For vehicles that cannot be decontaminated after several attempts; and 2. Designated clean area for checking vehicles once decontamination is completed.
C.     MOVE contaminated vehicles to designated area.
 
EP-MA-113-100 Revision 0 Page 8 of 19 D.     HANDLE all materials used to perform decontamination or other materials, that are found to be contaminated, in accordance with Exelon procedures.
E. SET UP the following vehicle areas:
: 1.     For vehicles that cannot be decontaminated after several attempts; and
: 2.     Designated clean area for checking vehicles once decontamination is completed.
: 7. PERFORM vehicle decontamination as follows upon arrival at the decontamination area using the following techniques:
: 7. PERFORM vehicle decontamination as follows upon arrival at the decontamination area using the following techniques:
NOTE: Dry methods of decontamination shall be the method of choice. First priority of decontamination shall be to those vehicles needed to support the emergency response for which dry methods will be effective.
NOTE:     Dry methods of decontamination shall be the method of choice. First priority of decontamination shall be to those vehicles needed to support the emergency response for which dry methods will be effective.
A. WIPE down hard, smooth surfaces with dry masslin cloth. B. WIPE down vehicles with damp cloth. 8. After the initial decontamination, RESURVEY the vehicle and record post decontamination survey results on the copy of Vehicle Survey and Decontamination Report accompanying the vehicle.
A.     WIPE down hard, smooth surfaces with dry masslin cloth.
A. RELEASE vehicles meeting the release criteria the owner. If owner is NOT PRESENT, move vehicle to clean holding area. B. If vehicle is still contaminated, then RETURN it to the contaminated holding area for further decontamination at a later time. 9. When decontamination operations are complete, RETURN completed forms to the Vehicle and Evacuee Control Group Leader and REMAIN on-station until released.
B. WIPE down vehicles with damp cloth.
EP-MA-113-100 Revision 0 Page 9 of 19 5. DOCUMENTATION  
: 8. After the initial decontamination, RESURVEY the vehicle and record post decontamination survey results on the copy of Vehicle Survey and Decontamination Report accompanying the vehicle.
-NONE 6. REFERENCES  
A.     RELEASE vehicles meeting the release criteria the owner. If owner is NOT PRESENT, move vehicle to clean holding area.
-NONE 7. ATTACHMENTS 7.1. Attachment 1, Peach Bottom Assembly (Relocation)
B.     Ifvehicle is still contaminated, then RETURN it to the contaminated holding area for further decontamination at a later time.
Centers 7.2. Attachment 2, Site Evacuation Alarm and Announcement Instructions 7.3. Attachment 3, Owner Controlled Area 7.4. Attachment 4, Offsite Assembly Area Accountability List 7.5. Attachment 5, Vehicle Survey and Decontamination Report 7.6. Attachment 6, Facility Accountability List (Within Protected Area)
: 9. When decontamination operations are complete, RETURN completed forms to the Vehicle and Evacuee Control Group Leader and REMAIN on-station until released.
PEACH BOTTOM STATION C C C) m z -I'n m-u m 0 ;u 00 00 z --I m X, m ,-u 0>-U CD 0 0 0 -I, (0 X&deg; C, 0 EP-MA-113-100 Revision 0 Page 11 of 19 ATTACHMENT I PEACH BOTTOM RELOCATION CENTERS Page 2 OF 2 FIGURE 1-2 UNIT I LAYOUT EP-MA-1 13-100 Revision 0 Page 12 of 19 ATTACHMENT 2 SITE EVACUATION ALARM AND ANNOUNCEMENT INSTRUCTIONS Table 2-1: Peach Bottom Station Page 1 of I Step 1: ACTIVATE the Page Alert Tone and MAKE the following announcement over the Plant Public Address (PA) System, twice, in a clear and distinct voice: "ATTENTION ALL STATION PERSONNEL.
 
THIS [IS / IS NOT] A DRILL. I REPEAT, THIS [IS / IS NOT] A DRILL. A SITE EVACUATION HAS BEEN ORDERED. ALL EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATION MEMBERS SHALL REPORT TO YOUR RESPECTIVE EMERGENCY FACILITY OR ASSEMBLY AREA. ALL OTHER NON ESSENTIAL PERSONNEL SHALL EVACUATE IMMEDIATELY TO THE [NORTH SUB-STATION OR PEACH BOTTOM UNIT 1]. Step 2: SOUND the Evacuation Alarm "* ROTATE the "Evacuation Alarm / MIC Selector" Switch #43, on Diesel Generator Panel 00C026B, to switch Position 6 (PLANT).
EP-MA-113-100 Revision 0 Page 9 of 19
"* ACTIVATE the Evacuation Alarm by pulling the handle OUT. "* SOUND alarm for approximately 60 seconds.
: 5. DOCUMENTATION - NONE
"* SECURE alarm by pushing Switch #43 IN. Step 3: ANNOUNCE message, as state in Step 1, over the Plant Radio System (all channels known to be in use), twice. Step 4: ANNOUNCE message, as state in Step 1, over the Pond Paging System: "* ROTATE the "Evacuation Alarm / MIC Selector" Switch #43, on the Diesel Generator Panel 00C026B, while in the IN mode to Position 2 (microphone river speakers).
: 6. REFERENCES - NONE
"* ACTIVATE the microphone by pulling the handle OUT. "* REPEAT the evacuation announcement twice. "* SECURE by pushing Switch #43 IN. Step 5: REPEAT Steps 1 through 4 every 10-15 minutes until accountability is complete.
: 7. ATTACHMENTS 7.1. Attachment 1, Peach Bottom Assembly (Relocation) Centers 7.2. Attachment 2, Site Evacuation Alarm and Announcement Instructions 7.3. Attachment 3, Owner Controlled Area 7.4. Attachment 4, Offsite Assembly Area Accountability List 7.5. Attachment 5, Vehicle Survey and Decontamination Report 7.6. Attachment 6, Facility Accountability List (Within Protected Area)
I PEACH BOTTOM STATION I EP-MA-1 13-100 Revision 0 Page 13 of 19 ATTACHMENT 2 SITE EVACUATION ALARM AND ANNOUNCEMENT INSTRUCTIONS Table 2-2: Limerick Station Page I of 2 Step 1: ACTIVATE the Evacuation Alarm "* SET the "Siren Tone Generator" selector switch, located on MCR Panel 00C650, to the SIREN (harmonic tone) position.
 
"* PULL OUT the "Evacuation Alarm and River Warning Select" switch, located on MCR Panel 00C650. "* ROTATE the "Evacuation Alarm and River Warning Select" switch to the PLANT ALARM position, and PUSH selector switch IN. "* SOUND alarm for approximately 30 seconds.
C                                 C
"* RETURN the "Evacuation Alarm and River Warning Select" switch to the OFF position to silence alarm. Step 2: ANNOUNCE the following over the Priority Page System: "ATTENTION ALL STATION PERSONNEL.
                          -u m
THIS [IS / IS NOT] A DRILL. I REPEAT, THIS [IS / IS NOT] A DRILL. A SITE EVACUATION HAS BEEN ORDERED. ALL EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATION MEMBERS SHALL REPORT TO YOUR RESPECTIVE EMERGENCY FACILITY OR ASSEMBLY AREA. ALL OTHER NON-ESSENTIAL PERSONNEL SHALL EVACUATE THE SITE IMMEDIATELY.
0
EVACUATING PERSONNEL SHALL: [A + B + C] A. EXIT THE PROTECTED AREA VIA
                          ;u
                      'n 00 C) m m
z
                                -I 00 z
                          -- I m
X, m
                                          ,-u
                                  -U CD PEACH BOTTOM STATION            0 0
X&deg; 0>
C, 0
                                  -I, 0 (0
 
EP-MA-113-100 Revision 0 Page 11 of 19 ATTACHMENT I PEACH BOTTOM RELOCATION CENTERS Page 2 OF 2 FIGURE 1-2 UNIT I LAYOUT
 
EP-MA-1 13-100 Revision 0 Page 12 of 19 ATTACHMENT 2 SITE EVACUATION ALARM AND ANNOUNCEMENT INSTRUCTIONS Table 2-1: Peach Bottom Station Page 1 of I Step 1:   ACTIVATE the Page Alert Tone and MAKE the following announcement over the Plant Public Address (PA) System, twice, in a clear and distinct voice:
          "ATTENTION ALL STATION PERSONNEL. THIS [IS / IS NOT] A DRILL.
I REPEAT, THIS [IS / IS NOT] A DRILL.
A SITE EVACUATION HAS BEEN ORDERED. ALL EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATION MEMBERS SHALL REPORT TO YOUR RESPECTIVE EMERGENCY FACILITY OR ASSEMBLY AREA. ALL OTHER NON ESSENTIAL PERSONNEL SHALL EVACUATE IMMEDIATELY TO THE
[NORTH SUB-STATION OR PEACH BOTTOM UNIT 1].
Step 2:   SOUND the Evacuation Alarm
          "* ROTATE the "Evacuation Alarm / MIC Selector" Switch #43, on Diesel Generator Panel 00C026B, to switch Position 6 (PLANT).
          "* ACTIVATE the Evacuation Alarm by pulling the handle OUT.
          "* SOUND alarm for approximately 60 seconds.
          "* SECURE alarm by pushing Switch #43 IN.
Step 3:   ANNOUNCE message, as state in Step 1, over the Plant Radio System (all channels known to be in use), twice.
Step 4:   ANNOUNCE message, as state in Step 1, over the Pond Paging System:
          "* ROTATE the "Evacuation Alarm / MIC Selector" Switch #43, on the Diesel Generator Panel 00C026B, while in the INmode to Position 2 (microphone river speakers).
          "* ACTIVATE the microphone by pulling the handle OUT.
          "* REPEAT the evacuation announcement twice.
          "* SECURE by pushing Switch #43 IN.
Step 5:   REPEAT Steps 1 through 4 every 10-15 minutes until accountability is complete.
I                       PEACH BOTTOM STATION                                               I
 
EP-MA-1 13-100 Revision 0 Page 13 of 19 ATTACHMENT 2 SITE EVACUATION ALARM AND ANNOUNCEMENT INSTRUCTIONS Table 2-2: Limerick Station Page I of 2 Step 1:   ACTIVATE the Evacuation Alarm
          "* SET the "Siren Tone Generator" selector switch, located on MCR Panel 00C650, to the SIREN (harmonic tone) position.
          "* PULL OUT the "Evacuation Alarm and River Warning Select" switch, located on MCR Panel 00C650.
          "* ROTATE the "Evacuation Alarm and River Warning Select" switch to the PLANT ALARM position, and PUSH selector switch IN.
          "* SOUND alarm for approximately 30 seconds.
          "* RETURN the "Evacuation Alarm and River Warning Select" switch to the OFF position to silence alarm.
Step 2:   ANNOUNCE the following over the Priority Page System:
          "ATTENTION ALL STATION PERSONNEL. THIS [IS / IS NOT] A DRILL.
I REPEAT, THIS [IS / IS NOT] A DRILL.
A SITE EVACUATION HAS BEEN ORDERED. ALL EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATION MEMBERS SHALL REPORT TO YOUR RESPECTIVE EMERGENCY FACILITY OR ASSEMBLY AREA. ALL OTHER NON-ESSENTIAL PERSONNEL SHALL EVACUATE THE SITE IMMEDIATELY.
EVACUATING PERSONNEL SHALL: [A + B + C]
A.     EXIT THE PROTECTED AREA VIA
* Option 1: TSC GUARD STATION EXIT LANES; or
* Option 1: TSC GUARD STATION EXIT LANES; or
* Option 2: Designated route based on direction from Security B. EXIT THE SITE VIA "* Option 1: Front Gate using Evergreen Road; and/or "* Option 2: Back Gate using Longview Road C. ASSEMBLE AT THE "* Option 1: Cromby Generating Station; or "* Option 2: Pottstown  
* Option 2: Designated route based on direction from Security B. EXIT THE SITE VIA
-Limerick Airport "* Option 3: As designated by the Station Emergency Director Step 3: Repeat Steps 1& 2. LIMERICK STATION EP-MA-1 13-100 Revision 0 Page 14 of 19 ATTACHMENT 2 SITE EVACUATION ALARM AND ANNOUNCEMENT INSTRUCTIONS Table 2-2: Limerick Station Page 2 of 2 Step 4: ACTIVATE the River Warning System "* PULL OUT the "Evacuation Alarm and River Warning Select" switch, located on MCR Panel 00C650. "* ROTATE the "Evacuation Alarm and River Warning Select" switch to the MIKE position, and PUSH selector switch IN. "* DEPRESS the "River Broadcast Microphone" pushbutton, on the grey handset, and BROADCAST message from Step 2, twice. "* VERIFY that the message is being broadcasted by observing response on the "River Broadcast Speaker Volume Monitor." "* RETURN the "Evacuation Alarm and River Warning Select" switch to the OFF position to end broadcast.
                "* Option 1: Front Gate using Evergreen Road; and/or
LIMERICK STATION EP-MA-113-100 Revision 0 Page 15 of 19 ATTACHMENT 3 OWNER CONTROLLED AREA Page 1 of 2 Limerick Generating Station (LGS) Peach Bottom Atomic Power Station (PBAPS)REFER to Table 3-1 REFER to Table 3-2 Table 3-1: LGS Potential Occupied Areas Outside the Protected Area LOCATION 1. Materials Management Building 2. Site Management Building 3. Personnel Processing Center 4. Facilities Shop 5. Limerick Information Center 6. 500 KV Yard 7. 220 KV Yard 8. Schuylkill River Pump house 9. Cooling towers, acid houses, trailers, and sampling station 10. Cooling tower trailers 11. Spray Pond Pump house 12. Radwaste Storage Pad 13. Holding pond 14. Chemical drum storage area TYPE OF OCCUPANT Site personnel Site personnel Site personnel Site personnel and contractors Site personnel and public Site and outage personnel Site and outage personnel Site personnel Site, contractors, and outage personnel Site, contractors, and outage personnel Site and outage personnel Site, contractors, and outage personnel Site and contract personnel Site and contract personnel EP-MA-113-100 Revision 0 Page 16 of 19 ATTACHMENT 3 OWNER CONTROLLED AREA Page 2 of 2 Table 3-2: PBAPS Potential Occupied Areas Outside the Protected Area LOCATION Mason-Dixon trail Dorsey Park & Boat Launch Site Management Building Unit #1 Training Center Spent Fuel Storage Radwaste Shipping Facility TYPE OF OCCUPANT Open to Public Open to Public Full Time Full Time Full Time Part Time Part Time 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.
                "* Option 2: Back Gate using Longview Road C. ASSEMBLE AT THE
EP-MA-113-100 Revision 0 Page 17 of 19 ATTACHMENT 4 OFFSITE ASSEMBLY AREA ACCOUNTABILITY LIST Page I of I LOCATION: DATE: TIME. COMPLETED:
                "* Option 1: Cromby Generating Station; or
LAST NAME FIRST NAME M.I. SUPERVISOR OR SOCIAL SECURITY III_ GROUP I NUMBER* + 4 &#xa3;r t 4 4 + 4 4 4- + 4 4 + 4*1- I + +4 + 4-t t 4- +1 4 1 4-I -t I I t 4 $ 4 t 1- t I 1- 4 *4 4 4 t 4-4 1 4- 4 t I + 4 1- t + -I-I t +/- +t 4 I-_______ _____ __ f_____ f______I EP-MA-1 13-100 Revision 0 Page 18 of 19 ATTACHMENT 5 VEHICLE SURVEY AND DECONTAMINATION REPORT Page I of I LICENSE # NAME OF OWNER ADDRESS (IF NOT EXELON)STATE PHONE ( )NUMBER-STREET CITY STATE ZIP INITIAL SURVEY RESULTS INSTRUMENT USED DATE TIME SURVEYED BY: MODEL NO. (S/N & PROBE TYPE: CLEAN-AUTHORIZED FOR RELEASE CONTAMINATION-DETECTED  
                "* Option 2: Pottstown - Limerick Airport
-RELEASE DENIED COMMENTS POST-DECONTAMINATION SURVEY RESULTS DECONED BY: NAME DECON METHOD USED: POST-DECON SURVEY RESULTS: FOLLOWUP ACTION REQUIRED-DATE TIME NONE SPECIAL FOLLOWUP (SPECIFY):
                "* Option 3: As designated by the Station Emergency Director Step 3: Repeat Steps 1& 2.
3ACK FRONT EP-MA-1 13-100 Revision 0 Page 19 of 19 ATTACHMENT 6 FACILITY ACCOUNTABILITY LIST (WITHIN THE PROTECTED AREA) Page 1 of I FACILITY: DATE: TIME: COMPLETED.
LIMERICK STATION
NAME (Last, First, MI) SOCIAL SECURITY BADGE# TIME IN TIME OUT NUMBER t I + I I I + 4 I 4 4- 4 t t i- v 1 1 4 4-4 I-f 4 4 -I + 1 1.1- + 4-1 4- -4 4-I 1 4 4 4 4 + 4 t I + I i i V- I.4 4 1 1 EP-AA-114 Exen , Revision 3 Page 1 of 5 NucleaT Level 2 -Reference Use NOTIFICATIONS
 
: 1. PURPOSE 1.1 Provide prompt and accurate notification of nuclear station emergencies to local, state and federal agencies.
EP-MA-1 13-100 Revision 0 Page 14 of 19 ATTACHMENT 2 SITE EVACUATION ALARM AND ANNOUNCEMENT INSTRUCTIONS Table 2-2: Limerick Station Page 2 of 2 Step 4:   ACTIVATE the River Warning System
State and Local Notification Requirements REFER to Section 4.1 NRC Notification Requirements REFER to Section 4.2.1 Completing the Emergency Notification Worksheet REFER to Section 4.2.2 Transmitting the Emergency Notification Worksheet REFER to Section 4.2.3 2. TERMS AND DEFINITIONS 2.1 Nuclear Accident Reportingq System (NARS) is a telecommunication network and form used to transmit information to appropriate State and local agencies.
          "* PULL OUT the "Evacuation Alarm and River Warning Select" switch, located on MCR Panel 00C650.
2.2 Emergency Notification System (ENS), is a telecommunications network and worksheet used to transmit information to the Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC). 3. RESPONSIBILITIES 3.1 The Emergency Director in the Emergency Response Facility (ERF) with Command and Control shall approve and ensure that all NARS and ENS notifications to the NRC and designated State and County agencies are performed accurately and in a timely manner. 4. MAIN BODY NOTE: If the event escalates to a higher classification before the initial notification can be made, the time requirements for notification of the first classification do not apply. 4.1 STATE AND LOCAL NOTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS 4.1.1 INITIATE offsite notification within 15 minutes of the following:
          "* ROTATE the "Evacuation Alarm and River Warning Select" switch to the MIKE position, and PUSH selector switch IN.
          "* DEPRESS the "River Broadcast Microphone" pushbutton, on the grey handset, and BROADCAST message from Step 2, twice.
          "* VERIFY that the message is being broadcasted by observing response on the "River Broadcast Speaker Volume Monitor."
          "* RETURN the "Evacuation Alarm and River Warning Select" switch to the OFF position to end broadcast.
LIMERICK STATION
 
EP-MA-113-100 Revision 0 Page 15 of 19 ATTACHMENT 3 OWNER CONTROLLED AREA Page 1 of 2 Limerick Generating Station (LGS)                                         REFER to Table 3-1 Peach Bottom Atomic Power Station (PBAPS)                                 REFER to Table 3-2 Table 3-1: LGS Potential Occupied Areas Outside the Protected Area LOCATION                           TYPE OF OCCUPANT
: 1. Materials Management Building             Site personnel
: 2. Site Management Building                 Site personnel
: 3. Personnel Processing Center               Site personnel
: 4. Facilities Shop                           Site personnel and contractors
: 5. Limerick Information Center               Site personnel and public
: 6. 500 KV Yard                               Site and outage personnel
: 7. 220 KV Yard                               Site and outage personnel
: 8. Schuylkill River Pump house               Site personnel
: 9. Cooling towers, acid houses, trailers,   Site, contractors, and outage and sampling station                     personnel
: 10. Cooling tower trailers                   Site, contractors, and outage personnel
: 11. Spray Pond Pump house                     Site and outage personnel
: 12. Radwaste Storage Pad                       Site, contractors, and outage personnel
: 13. Holding pond                              Site and contract personnel
: 14. Chemical drum storage area                Site and contract personnel
 
EP-MA-113-100 Revision 0 Page 16 of 19 ATTACHMENT 3 OWNER CONTROLLED AREA Page 2 of 2 Table 3-2: PBAPS Potential Occupied Areas Outside the Protected Area LOCATION                       TYPE OF OCCUPANT
: 1. Mason-Dixon trail                     Open to Public
: 2. Dorsey Park & Boat Launch             Open to Public
: 3. Site Management Building               Full Time
: 4. Unit #1                               Full Time
: 5. Training Center                       Full Time
: 6. Spent Fuel Storage                     Part Time
: 7. Radwaste Shipping Facility             Part Time
 
EP-MA-113-100 Revision 0 Page 17 of 19 ATTACHMENT 4 OFFSITE ASSEMBLY AREA ACCOUNTABILITY LIST I
Page I of I LOCATION:
DATE:             TIME.             COMPLETED:
LAST NAME           FIRST NAME       M.I. SUPERVISOR OR     SOCIAL SECURITY III_             GROUP       I     NUMBER
                        *                   +         4                 &#xa3; r                             t                 4 4                   +       4                 4 4-       +                 4 4         +                 4
                      *1-                   I       +                 +
4         +                 4-t                     t       4-               +
1                     4       1                 4-I                   -t         I                 I t                   4         $                 4 t                 1-         t                 I 1-         4
* 4-                    4-        4                  4 t                     4-4                     1         4-               4 t                     I         +                 4 1-                   t         +                 -I-I                     t         +/-                 +
t                     4                           I-
_______                 _____               __     f_____ f______
 
EP-MA-1 13-100 Revision 0 Page 18 of 19 ATTACHMENT 5 VEHICLE SURVEY AND DECONTAMINATION REPORT Page I of I LICENSE #                                   STATE NAME OF OWNER                           PHONE ( )
ADDRESS (IF NOT EXELON)
NUMBER-STREET           CITY       STATE     ZIP INITIAL SURVEY RESULTS INSTRUMENT USED             DATE           TIME       SURVEYED BY:
MODEL NO. (S/N & PROBE TYPE:
3ACK                                                            FRONT CLEAN-AUTHORIZED FOR RELEASE             CONTAMINATION-DETECTED - RELEASE DENIED COMMENTS POST-DECONTAMINATION SURVEY RESULTS DECONED BY:
NAME                               DATE          TIME DECON METHOD USED:
POST-DECON SURVEY RESULTS:
FOLLOWUP ACTION REQUIRED-       NONE       SPECIAL FOLLOWUP (SPECIFY):
 
EP-MA-1 13-100 Revision 0 Page 19 of 19 ATTACHMENT 6 FACILITY ACCOUNTABILITY LIST (WITHIN THE PROTECTED AREA)
Page 1 of I FACILITY:
DATE:                   TIME:         COMPLETED.
NAME (Last, First, MI)       SOCIAL SECURITY     BADGE#     TIME IN     TIME OUT NUMBER t                 I         +           I I                   I         +             4 I                   4         4-           4 t                   t         i-           v 1                 1         4           4
                                                    -4         I
                                -f                   4         4           -I-1-                  +         1           1.
1-                   +                     4-1                   4-       -4           4-I                   1         4           4 4                   4         +           4 t                   I         +           I i                   i         V-         I
                              .4                   4         1           1
 
EP-AA-114 Exen                   ,                                             Revision 3 Page 1 of 5 NucleaT                                       Level 2 - Reference Use NOTIFICATIONS
: 1. PURPOSE 1.1   Provide prompt and accurate notification of nuclear station emergencies to local, state and federal agencies.
State and Local Notification Requirements                 REFER to Section 4.1 NRC Notification Requirements                           REFER to Section 4.2.1 Completing the Emergency Notification Worksheet         REFER to Section 4.2.2 Transmitting the Emergency Notification Worksheet       REFER to Section 4.2.3
: 2. TERMS AND DEFINITIONS 2.1   Nuclear Accident Reportingq System (NARS) is a telecommunication network and form used to transmit information to appropriate State and local agencies.
2.2   Emergency Notification System (ENS), is a telecommunications network and worksheet used to transmit information to the Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC).
: 3. RESPONSIBILITIES 3.1   The Emergency Director in the Emergency Response Facility (ERF) with Command and Control shall approve and ensure that all NARS and ENS notifications to the NRC and designated State and County agencies are performed accurately and in a timely manner.
: 4. MAIN BODY NOTE:       If the event escalates to a higher classification before the initial notification can be made, the time requirements for notification of the first classification do not apply.
4.1   STATE AND LOCAL NOTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS 4.1.1 INITIATE offsite notification within 15 minutes of the following:
: 1. The declaration of an emergency
: 1. The declaration of an emergency
: 2. Classification escalation
: 2. Classification escalation
: 3. A change in Protective Action Recommendations (PARs)
: 3. A change in Protective Action Recommendations (PARs)
EP-AA-114 Revision 3 Page 2 of 5 4. A change in the radioactive release conditions.
 
EP-AA-114 Revision 3 Page 2 of 5
: 4. A change in the radioactive release conditions.
: 5. A change in wind direction that affects a different combination of Subareas when a release is occurring.
: 5. A change in wind direction that affects a different combination of Subareas when a release is occurring.
4.1.2 INITIATE offsite notification as soon as possible, but within one hour of the following:
4.1.2 INITIATE offsite notification as soon as possible, but within one hour of the following:
: 1. De-escalation of the event 2. Termination/entry into Recovery 4.1.3 PERFORM state and local notification in accordance with: -EP-MA-114-100, MAROG Offsite Notifications  
: 1. De-escalation of the event
-EP-MW-114-100, MWROG Offsite Notifications 4.2 NRC NOTIFICATION NOTE: The notification requirements are the responsibility of the facility in Command and Control of the event. 4.2.1 Notification Requirements
: 2. Termination/entry into Recovery 4.1.3 PERFORM state and local notification in accordance with:
: 1. NOTIFY the NRC Operations Center IMMEDIATELY after notification of the appropriate State or local agencies but not later than (1) hour after ANY of the following:  
      -     EP-MA-114-100, MAROG Offsite Notifications
-Initial classification or escalation of an event -Change in PARs -Termination or downgrading of event -Entry into the Recovery Phase 2. PERFORM additional follow-up notifications to the NRC Operations Center IMMEDIATELY, after significant new information is available involving:  
      -     EP-MW-114-100, MWROG Offsite Notifications 4.2   NRC NOTIFICATION NOTE:       The notification requirements are the responsibility of the facility in Command and Control of the event.
-Further degradation in the level of safety of the plant or other degrading plant conditions occur such that a classification is now applicable, if such a declaration has not been previously made. -The results of evaluations or assessments of plant conditions.
4.2.1 Notification Requirements
-The effectiveness of response or protective measures taken. -Information related to plant behavior that is not understood.
: 1. NOTIFY the NRC Operations Center IMMEDIATELY after notification of the appropriate State or local agencies but not later than (1) hour after ANY of the following:
EP-AA-1 14 Revision 3 Page 3 of 5 NOTE: 10 CFR 50.72 notifications required by the Exelon Reportability Reference Manual shall be completed and transmitted per station procedures.
          - Initial classification or escalation of an event
Notifications to the NRC following a classified event shall comply with the requirements in this Attachment.
          -   Change in PARs
4.2.2 Completingq the Event Notification Worksheet (ENW) (REFER to LS-AA-1 150, Exelon Reportability Reference Manual) Mid-Atlantic ROG FAn NRC Event Notification Worksheet (ENW) will be used to officially notify the NRC of a change ini event classification over the ENS, regardless of whether an open circuit is being maintained.
          -   Termination or downgrading of event
NOTE: The ENW does not have to be completed once continuous communication is established unless the NRC specifically requests a completed form. If a continuous communication is established, then the ENS Communicator Log is used in lieu of the ENW. 1. FILL IN the required information on the upper portion of the form. -Notification Time -Unit Number -Caller's Name -Event Time and Date -Power Mode before and after the event. 2. PLACE a checkmark next to the appropriate event classification.
          -   Entry into the Recovery Phase
: 3. PROVIDE a summary of the event in the white space in the center of the form and include any events not understood and any systems that did not function as designed.
: 2. PERFORM additional follow-up notifications to the NRC Operations Center IMMEDIATELY, after significant new information is available involving:
If more space is needed, CONTINUE in the "Event Description" box on the back of the form. 4. COMPLETE the information on the lower portion of the form, this includes the extent of notifications performed, Mode of continuing operation and estimated Restart date. NOTE: The effluent information requested is in units of Ci/sec. The data from station monitors is generally in units of pci/cc or pci/sec.
          - Further degradation in the level of safety of the plant or other degrading plant conditions occur such that a classification is now applicable, if such a declaration has not been previously made.
          - The results of evaluations or assessments of plant conditions.
          - The effectiveness of response or protective measures taken.
          - Information related to plant behavior that is not understood.
 
EP-AA-1 14 Revision 3 Page 3 of 5 NOTE:     10 CFR 50.72 notifications required by the Exelon Reportability Reference Manual shall be completed and transmitted per station procedures. Notifications to the NRC following a classified event shall comply with the requirements in this Attachment.
4.2.2   Completingq the Event Notification Worksheet (ENW)
(REFER to LS-AA-1 150, Exelon Reportability Reference Manual)
Mid-Atlantic ROG FAn NRC Event Notification Worksheet (ENW) will be used to officially notify the NRC of a change ini event classification over the ENS, regardless of whether an open circuit is being maintained.
NOTE:     The ENW does not have to be completed once continuous communication is established unless the NRC specifically requests a completed form. If a continuous communication is established, then the ENS Communicator Log is used in lieu of the ENW.
: 1. FILL IN the required information on the upper portion of the form.
              -   Notification Time
              -   Unit Number
              - Caller's Name
              - Event Time and Date
              - Power Mode before and after the event.
: 2. PLACE a checkmark next to the appropriate event classification.
: 3. PROVIDE a summary of the event in the white space in the center of the form and include any events not understood and any systems that did not function as designed. If more space is needed, CONTINUE in the "Event Description" box on the back of the form.
: 4. COMPLETE the information on the lower portion of the form, this includes the extent of notifications performed, Mode of continuing operation and estimated Restart date.
NOTE:     The effluent information requested is in units of Ci/sec. The data from station monitors is generally in units of pci/cc or pci/sec.
Care should be used to ensure the information is provided in the specified units.
Care should be used to ensure the information is provided in the specified units.
EP-AA-114 Revision 3 Page 4 of 5 5. PROVIDE information as necessary on the back of the form including the extent of radiological releases, Reactor Coolant System or Steam Generator tube leak information.
 
: 6. OBTAIN approval of the completed Event Notification Worksheet from the Emergency Director in Command and Control: -Control Room: Shift Emergency Director -TSC: Station Emergency Director -EOF: Corporate Emergency Director 4.2.3 Transmittinq the Event Notification Worksheet Limerick I Peach Bottom/ Cantera & Coatesville EOF These facilities use a Company telephone link for required ENS communications.
EP-AA-114 Revision 3 Page 4 of 5
Prior to dialing the number listed as "MAIN" on the phone sticker, you must dial "9" to obtain an outside line. 1. CALL the NRC Operations Center. NOTE: Telephone numbers for the NRC Operations Center can be obtained from: -Top of ENW form -The sticker on the designated ENS telephone.
: 5. PROVIDE information as necessary on the back of the form including the extent of radiological releases, Reactor Coolant System or Steam Generator tube leak information.
-The ERF Telephone Directory, Support Group Tab. A. If the designated ENS telephone is inoperable, then CONTACT the NRC using a commercial telephone.
: 6. OBTAIN approval of the completed Event Notification Worksheet from the Emergency Director in Command and Control:
          -   Control Room:         Shift Emergency Director
          -   TSC:                 Station Emergency Director
          -   EOF:                 Corporate Emergency Director 4.2.3 Transmittinq the Event Notification Worksheet Limerick I Peach Bottom/ Cantera & Coatesville EOF These facilities use a Company telephone link for required ENS communications. Prior to dialing the number listed as "MAIN" on the phone sticker, you must dial "9" to obtain an outside line.
: 1. CALL the NRC Operations Center.
NOTE:     Telephone numbers for the NRC Operations Center can be obtained from:
                    - Top of ENW form
                    - The sticker on the designated ENS telephone.
                    - The ERF Telephone Directory, Support Group Tab.
A. If the designated ENS telephone is inoperable, then CONTACT the NRC using a commercial telephone.
: 2. TRANSMIT the information from the completed Event Notification Worksheet.
: 2. TRANSMIT the information from the completed Event Notification Worksheet.
A. AVOID the use of acronyms, USE full System descriptions or component names to describe the event. B. PROVIDE information as indicated on the Event Notification Worksheet and any other information requested by the NRC. C. DOCUMENT questions that cannot be immediately answered to ensure they are followed up and are responded back to the NRC.
A. AVOID the use of acronyms, USE full System descriptions or component names to describe the event.
EP-AA-114 Revision 3 Page 5 of 5 3. ASK the NRC if an open line of communications is desired at this time. A. If open line communications is not required, then TERMINATE the call with the NRC's approval.
B. PROVIDE information as indicated on the Event Notification Worksheet and any other information requested by the NRC.
C. DOCUMENT questions that cannot be immediately answered to ensure they are followed up and are responded back to the NRC.
 
EP-AA-114 Revision 3 Page 5 of 5
: 3. ASK the NRC if an open line of communications is desired at this time.
A. If open line communications is not required, then TERMINATE the call with the NRC's approval.
B. If an open line communication is desired, then MAINTAIN communications with the NRC on an ongoing basis and USE the Events Log on an ongoing basis to document the information passed to the NRC and the time and date that it was performed.
B. If an open line communication is desired, then MAINTAIN communications with the NRC on an ongoing basis and USE the Events Log on an ongoing basis to document the information passed to the NRC and the time and date that it was performed.
: 5. DOCUMENTATION None 6. REFERENCES None 7. ATTACHMENTS None EP-MA-1 14-100 n Revision 0 Ex k S Page 1 of 13 Nuclear Level 2 -Reference Use MAROG NOTIFICATIONS
: 5. DOCUMENTATION None
: 1. PURPOSE 1.1 Provide prompt and accurate notification of nuclear station emergencies to local, state and federal agencies.
: 6. REFERENCES None
Completing State/Local Notification Form REFER to Section 4.1 State/Local Notification Form Transmittal REFER to Section 4.2 Conducting State Radiological Update REFER to Section 4.3 2. TERMS AND DEFINITIONS 2.1 Nuclear Accident Reporting System (NARS), is a telecommunication network used to transmit information to appropriate State and local agencies within fifteen minutes of event declaration.
: 7. ATTACHMENTS None
2.2 "Timeliness" -- For State/Local notification purposes, this is defined as the completion of Initial Roll Call for all required agencies within 15 minutes of the emergency classification time. 2.3 "Accuracy" -For State/Local notification purposes, this is defined as correctly indicating the following content blocks on the PA / MD Notifications form: "* Designation
 
("This is a Drill" or "Actual Event").
EP-MA-1 14-100 n                                                 Revision 0 Exk S                                       Page 1 of 13 Nuclear                                       Level 2 - Reference Use MAROG NOTIFICATIONS
"* Identity of site. "* Event classification.
: 1. PURPOSE 1.1 Provide prompt and accurate notification of nuclear station emergencies to local, state and federal agencies.
"* EAL number "* Non-technical event description  
Completing State/Local Notification Form                   REFER to Section 4.1 State/Local Notification Form Transmittal                 REFER to Section 4.2 Conducting State Radiological Update                       REFER to Section 4.3
"* Date and time of declaration (or entry into Recovery or Termination).
: 2. TERMS AND DEFINITIONS 2.1   Nuclear Accident Reporting System (NARS), is a telecommunication network used to transmit information to appropriate State and local agencies within fifteen minutes of event declaration.
"* Whether a release is taking place (Note: "Release" means a radiological release attributable to the emergency event.) "* Wind direction and speed. "* Whether offsite protective measures may be necessary.
2.2 "Timeliness" -- For State/Local notification purposes, this is defined as the completion of Initial Roll Call for all required agencies within 15 minutes of the emergency classification time.
"* Potentially affected Sectors, when a General Emergency is declared.
2.3 "Accuracy" - For State/Local notification purposes, this is defined as correctly indicating the following content blocks on the PA / MD Notifications form:
EP-MA-1 14-100 Revision 0 Page 2 of 13 2.4 Release in Progress:
        "* Designation ("This is a Drill" or "Actual Event").
Defined as ANY radioactive release that is a result of, or associated with, the emergency event. The definition requires the assessment of both plant conditions and effluent monitors to fully evaluate the situation.
        "* Identity of site.
"* If effluent monitors show an obvious increase, there is a release.
        "* Event classification.
"* If effluent monitors show a minor increase, a pathway from RCS to Containment to Environment must be evaluated.
        "* EAL number
"* If effluent monitors are by-passed, a pathway from RCS to Containment to Environment must be evaluated.
        "* Non-technical event description
A illustration is as follows (Note that these MUST be associated with the particular event): Have ANY of the fo llowing occurred?  
        "* Date and time of declaration (or entry into Recovery or Termination).
"* ANY increase in effluent radiation monitors "* ANY positive pressure in containment with RCS leakage "* ANY radioactivity (other than naturally occurnng) detected by air sampling in site ventilation, buildings, areas or offsite areas " ANY reactor trip or rapid shutdown, with ANY primary-to-NO secondary leakage or CVCS leakage, venting or draining NO release is outside of containment CoccuIT ng "* ANY secondary system steam release with primary to secondary leakage.
        "* Whether a release is taking place (Note: "Release" means a radiological release attributable to the emergency event.)
"* ANY other event related indication of gas or liquid release from a system containing radioactive matenal YES 4 A release is in progress 3. RESPONSIBILITIES 3.1 The Emergency Director in the Emergency Response Facility (ERF) with Command and Control shall ensure that all required notifications and internal communications are performed accurately and in a timely manner. 3.2 Designated on-shift personnel are responsible for transmitting the State/Local notification over the NARS when the Shift Emergency Director is in Command and Control.
        "* Wind direction and speed.
3.3 The State/Local Communicator in the TSC is responsible for transmitting the State/Local notification over the NARS when the Station Emergency Director is in Command and Control.
        "* Whether offsite protective measures may be necessary.
3.4 The State/Local Communicator in the EOF is responsible for transmitting the State/Local notification over the NARS when the Corporate Emergency Director is in Command and Control.
        "* Potentially affected Sectors, when a General Emergency is declared.
EP-MA-1 14-100 Revision 0 Page 3 of 13 4. MAIN BODY 4.1 COMPLETING STATE/LOCAL NOTIFICATION FORM 4.1.1 Message Number -ENTER a sequential number starting with 1. 4.1.2 Status Block 1. "THIS IS A DRILL"- This block should be marked during exercises, drills, training sessions, or annual communications tests 2. "THIS IS NOTA DRILL"-- This block should be marked to indicate a notification is being performed based on actual plant conditions.
 
4.1.3 Block 1, Affected Station I Communicator Information  
EP-MA-1 14-100 Revision 0 Page 2 of 13 2.4 Release in Progress: Defined as ANY radioactive release that is a result of, or associated with, the emergency event. The definition requires the assessment of both plant conditions and effluent monitors to fully evaluate the situation.
-CHECK the appropriate affected station.
          "* If effluent monitors show an obvious increase, there is a release.
* Communicator will provide his/her NAME, PHONE NUMBER, and the CURRENT TIME (when the notification is read). 4.1.4 Block 2: NOTE: Classification level shall indicate the highest classification level for the site (all units). In situations when one unit is affected by unrelated events, classification is the highest level and other conditions should be noted in Block 3 (BRIEF NON-TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION).
          "* If effluent monitors show a minor increase, a pathway from RCS to Containment to Environment must be evaluated.
: 1. CLASSIFICATION  
          "* If effluent monitors are by-passed, a pathway from RCS to Containment to Environment must be evaluated.
-- CHECK the block corresponding to the classification entered 2. AFFECTED UNIT(S) -CHECK the block(s) corresponding to the unit. 3. DECLARED AT -- ENTER the TIME & DATE that the accident condition was classified and the EAL # that was used for the classification.
A illustration is as follows (Note that these MUST be associated with the particular event):
Have ANY of the fo llowing occurred?
        "*ANY increase in effluent radiation monitors
        "*ANY positive pressure in containment with RCS leakage
        "*ANY radioactivity (other than naturally occurnng) detected     by air sampling in site ventilation, buildings, areas or offsite areas
        " ANY reactor trip or rapid shutdown, with ANY primary-to-             NO secondary leakage or CVCS leakage, venting or draining                   NO release is outside of containment                                                     CoccuIT ng
        "*ANY secondary system steam release with primary to secondary leakage.
        "*ANY other event related indication of gas or liquid release from a system containing radioactive matenal YES             4 A release isin progress
: 3. RESPONSIBILITIES 3.1 The Emergency Directorin the Emergency Response Facility (ERF)with Command and Control shall ensure that all required notifications and internal communications are performed accurately and in a timely manner.
3.2 Designatedon-shift personnel are responsible for transmitting the State/Local notification over the NARS when the Shift Emergency Director is in Command and Control.
3.3 The State/Local Communicatorin the TSC is responsible for transmitting the State/Local notification over the NARS when the Station Emergency Director is in Command and Control.
3.4 The State/Local Communicatorin the EOF is responsible for transmitting the State/Local notification over the NARS when the Corporate Emergency Director is in Command and Control.
 
EP-MA-1 14-100 Revision 0 Page 3 of 13
: 4. MAIN BODY 4.1   COMPLETING STATE/LOCAL NOTIFICATION FORM 4.1.1 Message Number - ENTER a sequential number starting with 1.
4.1.2 Status Block
: 1. "THIS IS A DRILL"- This block should be marked during exercises, drills, training sessions, or annual communications tests
: 2. "THIS IS NOTA DRILL"-- This block should be marked to indicate a notification is being performed based on actual plant conditions.
4.1.3 Block 1, Affected Station I Communicator Information - CHECK the appropriate affected station.
* Communicator will provide his/her NAME, PHONE NUMBER, and the CURRENT TIME (when the notification is read).
4.1.4 Block 2:
NOTE: Classification level shall indicate the highest classification level for the site (all units). In situations when one unit is affected by unrelated events, classification is the highest level and other conditions should be noted in Block 3 (BRIEF NON-TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION).
: 1. CLASSIFICATION -- CHECK the block corresponding to the classification entered
: 2. AFFECTED UNIT(S) - CHECK the block(s) corresponding to the unit.
: 3. DECLARED AT -- ENTER the TIME & DATE that the accident condition was classified and the EAL # that was used for the classification.
NOTE: The time and date listed are specific to the current classification.
NOTE: The time and date listed are specific to the current classification.
When a new form is issued for a change to another part of the form, the time in this block still needs to reflect the time and date of the current classification in effect.
When a new form is issued for a change to another part of the form, the time in this block still needs to reflect the time and date of the current classification in effect.
EP-MA-114-100 Revision 0 Page 4 of 13 4. CHANGE IN CLASSIFICATION STATUS -CHECK the applicable option: A. "INITIAL DECLARATION"-
 
entry by Control Room into E-Plan. B. "ESCALATION"-
EP-MA-114-100 Revision 0 Page 4 of 13
Increase in event severity from previous notification.
: 4. CHANGE IN CLASSIFICATION STATUS - CHECK the applicable option:
A. "INITIAL DECLARATION"- entry by Control Room into E-Plan.
B. "ESCALATION"- Increase in event severity from previous notification.
Used after initial classification.
Used after initial classification.
C. "NO CHANGE"- Used when indicating a change in PAR or other form information without a corresponding classification change. D. "REDUCTION"-
C. "NO CHANGE"- Used when indicating a change in PAR or other form information without a corresponding classification change.
Used for the downgrading of Alert classification to an Unusual Event, or entry into the Recovery Phase from a Site Area or General Emergency, or event termination per EP-AA-1 11. 4.1.5 Block 3, Brief Non-Technical  
D. "REDUCTION"- Used for the downgrading of Alert classification to an Unusual Event, or entry into the Recovery Phase from a Site Area or General Emergency, or event termination per EP-AA-1 11.
4.1.5 Block 3, Brief Non-Technical
 
== Description:==


==
Provide a simplified explanation for event classification. Avoid the use of acronyms, abbreviations, or other terms that would not be recognized by State and local response agencies. (REFER to Offsite EAL Reference Manual.)
Description:==
4.1.6 Block 4, NON-ROUTINE RADIOLOGICAL RELEASE STATUS:
NOTE: A 'Release Occurring' is defined as ANY radioactive release that is a result of, or associated with, the emergency event.
: 1. "NO"- Should be marked to indicate that no release is occurring.
: 2. 'AIRBORNE" - Should only be marked if there is an airborne release in progress, either monitored or unmonitored, out a station stack/vent.
: 3. "LIQUID"- Should only be marked if there is an liquid release in progress.
: 4. "TERMINATED"- should be marked to indicate that a radioactive release that was OCCURRING has now ended.
4.1.7 Block 5, Protective Action Recommendation: (General Emergency Only) -
CHECK applicable Sector blocks for the PAR using Attachment 8 to EP-AA-1 11, "PAR Determination Flowchart for LGS / PBAPS".
4.1.8 Block 6, Meteorolocqy:
Wind speed and direction is normally obtained from the meteorological tower from the affected station using a 15-minute average point from EPDS / PMS.
: 1. WIND DIRECTION [FROM] - ENTER the direction from which the wind is coming, in degrees.


Provide a simplified explanation for event classification.
EP-MA-114-100 Revision 0 Page 5 of 13
Avoid the use of acronyms, abbreviations, or other terms that would not be recognized by State and local response agencies. (REFER to Offsite EAL Reference Manual.) 4.1.6 Block 4, NON-ROUTINE RADIOLOGICAL RELEASE STATUS: NOTE: A 'Release Occurring' is defined as ANY radioactive release that is a result of, or associated with, the emergency event. 1. "NO"- Should be marked to indicate that no release is occurring.
: 2. WIND SPEED - ENTER the Wind Speed in "MILES PER HOUR".
: 2. 'AIRBORNE" -Should only be marked if there is an airborne release in progress, either monitored or unmonitored, out a station stack/vent.
LIMERICK GENERATING STATION             PEACH BOTTOM ATOMIC POWER STATION Release Pt.       Primary     Backup       Release Pt. Primary       Backup North Stack     Tower 1: 175' Tower 2: 159' Main Stack   Tower 2. 320'   Tower 2: 75' South Stack     Tower 1: 175' Tower 2:159' Vent Stack   Tower 2. 75'     Tower 2: 320' Torus Vent   River Twr. 33' Tower 2: 75' 4.1.9 Status Block -- ENSURE option checked is consistent with that selected in Step 4.1.2.
: 3. "LIQUID"-
4.1.10 Approved By - FORWARD to the Emergency Director in the facility in command and control for approval signature.
Should only be marked if there is an liquid release in progress.
                  "* Control Room:         Shift Manager (Shift Emergency Director)
: 4. "TERMINATED"-
                  "* TSC:                   Station Emergency Director
should be marked to indicate that a radioactive release that was OCCURRING has now ended. 4.1.7 Block 5, Protective Action Recommendation: (General Emergency Only) -CHECK applicable Sector blocks for the PAR using Attachment 8 to EP-AA-1 11, "PAR Determination Flowchart for LGS / PBAPS". 4.1.8 Block 6, Meteorolocqy:
                  "* EOF:                   Corporate Emergency Director 4.2   STATE / LOCAL NOTIFICATION FORM TRANSMITTAL 4.2.1 When provided with the completed notification form, the designated communicator shall:
Wind speed and direction is normally obtained from the meteorological tower from the affected station using a 15-minute average point from EPDS / PMS. 1. WIND DIRECTION
: a. ENSURE that "Utility Message No." has been assigned using a sequential number.
[FROM] -ENTER the direction from which the wind is coming, in degrees.
: b. VERIFY "EmergencyDirectorApproval" signature have been entered on the top of form.
EP-MA-114-100 Revision 0 Page 5 of 13 2. WIND SPEED -ENTER the Wind Speed in "MILES PER HOUR". LIMERICK GENERATING STATION PEACH BOTTOM ATOMIC POWER STATION Release Pt. Primary Backup Release Pt. Primary Backup North Stack Tower 1: 175' Tower 2: 159' Main Stack Tower 2. 320' Tower 2: 75' South Stack Tower 1: 175' Tower 2:159' Vent Stack Tower 2. 75' Tower 2: 320' Torus Vent River Twr. 33' Tower 2: 75' 4.1.9 Status Block -- ENSURE option checked is consistent with that selected in Step 4.1.2. 4.1.10 Approved By -FORWARD to the Emergency Director in the facility in command and control for approval signature.
: c. REVIEW form for completeness and IDENTIFY any missing information (incomplete blocks) to:
"* Control Room: Shift Manager (Shift Emergency Director)  
"* TSC: Station Emergency Director "* EOF: Corporate Emergency Director 4.2 STATE / LOCAL NOTIFICATION FORM TRANSMITTAL 4.2.1 When provided with the completed notification form, the designated communicator shall: a. ENSURE that "Utility Message No." has been assigned using a sequential number. b. VERIFY "Emergency Director Approval" signature have been entered on the top of form. c. REVIEW form for completeness and IDENTIFY any missing information (incomplete blocks) to:
* Control Room -- Shift Manager (Shift Emergency Director)
* Control Room -- Shift Manager (Shift Emergency Director)
* TSC-- Station Emergency Director
* TSC-- Station Emergency Director
* EOF -EOF Director d. SIGN under "Communicator Review".
* EOF   - EOF Director
4.2.2 DIAL the appropriate CODE listed for the affected station under the Roll Call Box on Page 2 of the PA / MA Event Notification Form (Attachment 1). 1. If the NARS network fails, then CONTACT the agencies denoted next to the roll call listing for each Conference Code on the back of the Event Notification Form. NOTE: The notification must be initiated to all parties within 15 minutes, even if commercial telephone lines are used.
: d. SIGN under "CommunicatorReview".
EP-MA-1 14-100 Revision 0 Page 6 of 13 4.2.3 REPEAT the following message while allowing for agencies to come on line: "This is the Exelon Nuclear [Station and Facility originating the call]. Please standby for an notification message." After approximately 30 seconds, READ the following message: "This is the Exelon Nuclear [Station and Facility originating the call] Please standby to receive a notification message and respond as the roll is called." 4.2.4 CONDUCT an initial roll call for the agencies listed on the back of the Event Notification Form. 1. CHECK party off, and RECORD the time as each required party responds to the roll call. 2. REPEAT the roll call for agencies that do not answer. 3. NOTE any agencies that do not answer the roll, and immediately NOTIFY the Shift Manager or TSC Director as applicable.
4.2.2 DIAL the appropriate CODE listed for the affected station under the Roll Call Box on Page 2 of the PA / MA Event Notification Form (Attachment 1).
: 4. COMPLETE the box at the top of Page 1 of the form labeled "INITIAL ROLL CALL COMPLETE AT". PERFORMANCE INDICATOR CRITERIA The Time and Date entered in this box correspond to the completion of the initial roll call and the 15-minute clock for the event notification purposes.
: 1. If the NARS network fails, then CONTACT the agencies denoted next to the roll call listing for each Conference Code on the back of the Event Notification Form.
4.2.5 READ Blocks one at a time from the approved notification form. 1. USE the Phonetic Alphabet for clarity. (REFER to Attachment 3.) 2. SPEAK slowly and clearly.
NOTE: The notification must be initiated to all parties within 15 minutes, even if commercial telephone lines are used.
4.2.6 REPEAT the roll call for each agency listed on the back of the Event Notification Form, and CHECK them off as they respond to the roll call. 1. ASK if there are any questions about the information provided and PROVIDE clarification as needed. 2. CLARIFY message data questions at this time. 3. RECORD any unanswered questions or inquiries on an Information Request / Message Form (EP-AA-1 12, Attachment 7).
 
EP-MA-114-100 Revision 0 Page 7 of 13 4.2.7 READ the following: "This concludes the notification message." 4.2.8 If any agency did NOT answer the final roll call, then CONTACT that agency via commercial telephone line using the telephone numbers listed. 4.2.9 INFORM appropriate facility director when notification is completed to required contacts:
EP-MA-1 14-100 Revision 0 Page 6 of 13 4.2.3 REPEAT the following message while allowing for agencies to come on line:
Control Room -- Shift Manager TSC -- TSC Director EOF -4 EOF Director Peach Bottom Only I Follow up notifications are NOT required to be performed within 15 minutes of event classification.
        "This is the Exelon Nuclear [Station and Facility originatingthe call]. Please standby for an notification message."
Therefore, these notifications should not be initiated until required J notifications to the State(s) and risk counties are completed.
After approximately 30 seconds, READ the following message:
4.2.10 PERFORM follow-up notifications to State agencies listed at the bottom of the back page of the notification form. 1. RECORD the Date and Time contacted on the back of form in space provided.
        "This is the Exelon Nuclear [Station and Facility originatingthe call] Please standby to receive a notification message and respond as the roll is called."
: 2. READ Blocks one at a time from the approved notification form using the guidelines outlined above. 4.3 CONDUCTING STATE RADIOLOGICAL UPDATES 4.3.1 CONFIRM the exact time and basis for update. 4.3.2 DIRECT the RPM to complete the State Radiological Update Form (Attachment 2). 4.3.3 REVIEW EP-AA-1 11, Attachment 8 (PAR Determination Flowchart).
4.2.4 CONDUCT an initial roll call for the agencies listed on the back of the Event Notification Form.
: 1. CHECK party off, and RECORD the time as each required party responds to the roll call.
: 2. REPEAT the roll call for agencies that do not answer.
: 3. NOTE any agencies that do not answer the roll, and immediately NOTIFY the Shift Manager or TSC Director as applicable.
: 4. COMPLETE the box at the top of Page 1 of the form labeled "INITIAL ROLL CALL COMPLETE AT".
PERFORMANCE INDICATOR CRITERIA The Time and Date entered in this box correspond to the completion of the initial roll call and the 15-minute clock for the event notification purposes.
4.2.5 READ Blocks one at a time from the approved notification form.
: 1. USE the Phonetic Alphabet for clarity. (REFER to Attachment 3.)
: 2. SPEAK slowly and clearly.
4.2.6 REPEAT the roll call for each agency listed on the back of the Event Notification Form, and CHECK them off as they respond to the roll call.
: 1. ASK if there are any questions about the information provided and PROVIDE clarification as needed.
: 2. CLARIFY message data questions at this time.
: 3. RECORD any unanswered questions or inquiries on an Information Request /
Message Form (EP-AA-1 12, Attachment 7).
 
EP-MA-114-100 Revision 0 Page 7 of 13 4.2.7 READ the following:
                "This concludes the notification message."
4.2.8 If any agency did NOT answer the final roll call, then CONTACT that agency via commercial telephone line using the telephone numbers listed.
4.2.9 INFORM appropriate facility director when notification is completed to required contacts:
Control Room -- Shift Manager TSC           --   TSC Director EOF           -4   EOF Director Peach Bottom Only                     I Follow up notifications are NOT required to be performed within 15 minutes of event classification. Therefore, these notifications should not be initiated until notifications to the State(s) and risk counties are completed.
required        J 4.2.10 PERFORM follow-up notifications to State agencies listed at the bottom of the back page of the notification form.
: 1. RECORD the Date and Time contacted on the back of form in space provided.
: 2. READ Blocks one at a time from the approved notification form using the guidelines outlined above.
4.3     CONDUCTING STATE RADIOLOGICAL UPDATES 4.3.1   CONFIRM the exact time and basis for update.
4.3.2 DIRECT the RPM to complete the State Radiological Update Form (Attachment 2).
4.3.3   REVIEW EP-AA-1 11, Attachment 8 (PAR Determination Flowchart).
4.3.4 INSTRUCT the EOF Director to establish the telephone link with Pennsylvania and Maryland Senior State Officials, as applicable.
4.3.4 INSTRUCT the EOF Director to establish the telephone link with Pennsylvania and Maryland Senior State Officials, as applicable.
4.3.5 REVIEW / APPROVE the completed State Radiological Update Form. 1. DIRECT that 6 copies (minimum) be made for distribution.
4.3.5 REVIEW / APPROVE the completed State Radiological Update Form.
: 1. DIRECT that 6 copies (minimum) be made for distribution.
4.3.6 MAKE PA announcement regarding the meeting time in ED Conference Room and IDENTIFY required attendees (State representatives and NRC Site Team Leader / Director of Site Operations).
4.3.6 MAKE PA announcement regarding the meeting time in ED Conference Room and IDENTIFY required attendees (State representatives and NRC Site Team Leader / Director of Site Operations).
: 1. If time permits, then INFORM NRC Site Team Leader prior to meeting.
: 1. If time permits, then INFORM NRC Site Team Leader prior to meeting.
EP-MA-114-100 Revision 0 Page 8 of 13 4.3.7 When meeting with State Representatives and NRC, DELIVER update on PAR or release status change first. 1. DOCUMENT on page of Update form [DEP Indicator].
 
EP-MA-114-100 Revision 0 Page 8 of 13 4.3.7 When meeting with State Representatives and NRC, DELIVER update on PAR or release status change first.
: 1. DOCUMENT on page of Update form [DEP Indicator].
: 2. PROVIDE additional details.
: 2. PROVIDE additional details.
: 3. OBTAIN a repeat back from Pennsylvania Senior State Official and State of Maryland Representative (if present for PBAPS). 4.3.8 After meeting, INFORM the Station Emergency Director (TSC) and DESCRIBE any State and/or NRC issues. 5. DOCUMENTATION  
: 3. OBTAIN a repeat back from Pennsylvania Senior State Official and State of Maryland Representative (if present for PBAPS).
-NONE 6. REFERENCES 6.1 Commitments  
4.3.8 After meeting, INFORM the Station Emergency Director (TSC) and DESCRIBE any State and/or NRC issues.
-None 7. ATTACHMENTS 7.1 Attachment 1, PA/MD Event Notification Form 7.2 Attachment 2, State Radiological Update Form 7.3 Attachment 3, Phonetic Alphabet Exelkn,.Nuclear ATTACHMENT I PA / MD NOTIFICATION FORM Page 1 of 2 EP-MA-1 14-100 Revision 0 Page 9 of 13 UTILITY MESSAGE NO. EMERGENCY DIRECTOR APPROVAL:
: 5. DOCUMENTATION - NONE
PERFORM INITIAL ROLL CALL PRIOR TO TRANSMITTING  
: 6. REFERENCES 6.1   Commitments - None
-Refer to back of Form TIME INITIAL ROLL CALL COMPLETED:
: 7. ATTACHMENTS 7.1   Attachment 1, PA/MD Event Notification Form 7.2   Attachment 2, State Radiological Update Form 7.3   Attachment 3, Phonetic Alphabet
STATUS: 1. This is
 
* at []LIMERICK I PEACH BOTTOM Station.
Exelkn,.                                                                         EP-MA-1 14-100 Revision 0 Nuclear                  ATTACHMENT I                                    Page 9 of 13 PA / MD NOTIFICATION FORM Page 1 of 2 UTILITY MESSAGE NO.
[]This is a drill. My phone number is * .The current time is* []This is NOT a drill. [*Completed by Communicator at time notification is performed.]
EMERGENCY DIRECTOR APPROVAL:
: 2. CLASSIFICATION:
PERFORM INITIAL ROLL CALL PRIOR TO TRANSMITTING - Refer to back of Form TIME INITIAL ROLL CALL COMPLETED:
AFFECTED UNIT(S): THIS REPRESENTS NAN: [] UNUSUAL EVENT I ] ONE [ ]TWO [ ]THREE []INITIAL DECLARATION
STATUS:                     1. This is
[]ALERT DECLARED AT: []ESCALATION
* at []LIMERICK I       PEACH BOTTOM Station.
[ ] SITE AREA EMERGENCY TIME: []NO CHANGE []GENERAL EMERGENCY DATE: I I []REDUCTION
[]This is a drill.           My phone number is *                           . The current time is*
[ ] TERMINATED EAL#: -IN CLASSIFICATION STATUS []RECOVERY
[]This is NOT a drill.       [*Completed by Communicatorat time notificationis performed.]
: 2. CLASSIFICATION:                         AFFECTED UNIT(S):                 THIS REPRESENTS NAN:
[] UNUSUAL EVENT                       I ] ONE [ ]TWO [ ]THREE           []INITIAL DECLARATION
[]ALERT                               DECLARED AT:                       []ESCALATION
[ ] SITE AREA EMERGENCY                   TIME:                           []NO CHANGE
[]GENERAL EMERGENCY                       DATE:     I     I             []REDUCTION
[ ] TERMINATED                           EAL#:                         - IN CLASSIFICATION STATUS
[]RECOVERY
: 3. BRIEF NON-TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION:
: 3. BRIEF NON-TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION:
: 4. NON-ROUTINE RADIOLOGICAL RELEASE STATUS: ] NO non-routine radiological release in-progress AIRBORNE non-routine radiological release in-progress LIQUID non-routine radiological release in-progress  
: 4. NON-ROUTINE RADIOLOGICAL RELEASE STATUS:
] Non-routine radiological release TERMINATED
              ] NO non-routine radiological release in-progress AIRBORNE non-routine radiological release in-progress LIQUID non-routine radiological release in-progress
              ] Non-routine radiological release TERMINATED
: 5. General Emergency classification ONLY: PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATION
: 5. General Emergency classification ONLY: PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATION
[]NOT APPLICABLE
[]NOT APPLICABLE
[]EVACUATE 360 DEGREES FROM 0 MILES (SITE BOUNDARY)
[]EVACUATE 360 DEGREES FROM 0 MILES (SITE BOUNDARY) TO                               MILES
TO MILES [ EVACUATE THE FOLLOWING SECTORS FROM _ MILES TO _ MILES: [ N []E []S []W []NNE []ESE []SSW []WNW []NE []SE []SW []NW ~ENE []SSE [].WSW __[INNW 6. METEOROLOGY:
[ EVACUATE THE FOLLOWING SECTORS FROM                       _     MILES TO   _       MILES:
W ind D irection is FR O M .(DEGREES FROM ) W ind S peed is: (MILES_ ER_ HOUR (DEGREE FROM)(MILES PER HOUR) STATUS: [ ] This is a drill. [ This is NOT a drill. PERFORM FINAL ROLL CALL UPON COMPLETION  
[       N                   []E                     []S                     []W
-Refer to back of Form [ READ 'This concludes the notification message" [ ] PROVIDE form to the Shift Manager, TSC Director or EOF Director when notification is completed to required contacts.
[]NNE                       []ESE                   []SSW                   []WNW
EP-MA-1 14-100 Revision 0 ATTACHMENT I Revision 1 PA I MD NOTIFICATION FORM Page 10 of 13 Page 2 of 2 PEACH BOTTOM LIMERICK ROLL CALL ROLL CALL Conf. Code 33 InitialI Time Contacted Final Conf. Code 841 0-7 __ York County I- Initial /Time Contacted Final Ext. 219 or 9-1-717-854-5571
[]NE                         []SE                     []SW                   []NW
[I _ Montgomery County L7 I" ___ Pennsylvania EMA L7 Ext. 117 or 9-1-610-631-6531 Ext. 216 or 9-1-800-424-7362 9 5 _ Chester County I Ext. 118 or 9-1-610-344-5100 I __ Harford County EIB Ext. 214 or 9-1-410-638-3400  
    ~ENE                                   []SSE                   [].WSW               __[INNW
/] Berks County E] 9-1-410-638-4900 Ext. 119 or 9-1-610-374-4800 LI __ Cecil County LI or Ext. 115 Ext. 234 or 9-1-410-398-2222/-
: 6. METEOROLOGY:
3815 EL _ Pennsylvania EMA I or 9-1-410-996-5350 Ext. 116 or 9-1-800-424-7362 or LI Maryland EMA LI 9-1-717-651-2001  
W ind Direction is FR OM.         (DEGREES FROM )                     W ind Speed is:   (MILES_   ER_HOUR (DEGREE         FROM)(MILES                     PER HOUR)
/-2002/-2003 8 am -5 pm: Ext. 205 or 9-1-410-517-3600 After 5 pm: Ext. 213 or 9-1-410-653-4200 LI ____ Lancaster County LI Ext. 217 or 9-1-800-808-5236 I 9-1-717-664-1190 I- __ Chester County lI Ext. 218 or 9-1-610-344-5100 FOLLOW-UP NOTIFICATIONS  
STATUS:                 [ ] This is a drill.             [ This is NOT a drill.
* (PEACH BOTTOM ONLY) [ ] Maryland Dept. of the Environment Emergency ext. 235 or 292 8 am -5 pm: 9-1-410-631-3183 OR 3868 After 5 pm: 9-1-410-631-3937 Contacted at: / [ ] PA State Police, York Barracks Ext. 284 or 9-1-717-428-1011 Contacted at: /
PERFORM FINAL ROLL CALL UPON COMPLETION - Refer to back of Form
* NOT required within 15 minutes of classification Exeln,. Nuclear ATTACHMENT 2 STATE RADIOLOGICAL UPDATE FORM Page 1 of 2 EP-MA-114-100 Revision 0 Page 11 of 13 N WNW W ENE E 10 miles WSW SSW SSE S Corporate Emergency Director Approval:
[ READ 'This concludes the notification message"
____PAR Based On: PAR Decision at:
[ ] PROVIDE form to the Shift Manager, TSC Director or EOF Director when notification is completed to required contacts.
* Plant -based PAR (EP-AA-1 13, Att. 8) [ General Emergency classification Date: I I GE with a LOSS of ALL 3 Fission Product Barriers Time: Dose Projection (DAPAR) at _ , indicates:
 
Meteorological Data: Site Boundary:
EP-MA-1 14-100 Revision 0 Revision 1 ATTACHMENT I Page 10 of 13 PA I MD NOTIFICATION FORM Page 2 of 2 PEACH BOTTOM                                               LIMERICK ROLL CALL                                           ROLL CALL Conf. Code 33 InitialI Time Contacted                     Final                     Conf. Code 841 0-7         __       York County               I-       Initial /Time Contacted               Final Ext. 219 or 9-1-717-854-5571             [I   _         Montgomery County       L7 I"     ___         Pennsylvania EMA           L7                   Ext. 117 or 9-1-610-631-6531 Ext. 216         5 9 or 9-1-800-424-7362                   _           Chester County           I Ext. 118 or 9-1-610-344-5100 I   __             Harford County           EIB Ext. 214 or 9-1-410-638-3400 /]                             Berks County         E]
Meolit 2 Miles: Wind Speed: _ mph 5 Miles: Wind Direction (FROM): _ degrees 10 Miles: Utility Recommended Actions: []EVACUATE 360 DEGREES FROM 0 MILES (SITE BOUNDARY)
9-1-410-638-4900                             Ext. 119 or 9-1-610-374-4800 LI     __           Cecil County             LI                             or Ext. 115 Ext. 234 or 9-1-410-398-2222/- 3815             EL   _         Pennsylvania EMA         I or 9-1-410-996-5350                           Ext. 116 or 9-1-800-424-7362 or LI                   Maryland EMA             LI                 9-1-717-651-2001 /-2002/-2003 8 am - 5 pm: Ext. 205 or 9-1-410-517-3600 After 5 pm: Ext. 213 or 9-1-410-653-4200 LI     ____           Lancaster County         LI Ext. 217 or 9-1-800-808-5236   I 9-1-717-664-1190 I-   __             Chester County           lI Ext. 218 or 9-1-610-344-5100 FOLLOW-UP NOTIFICATIONS *
TO _ .MILES []EVACUATE THE FOLLOWING SECTORS FROM _ MILES TO _ MILES: [] N []E [5S []W []NNE []ESE [5SSW []WNW []NE []SE []SW []NW [ ENE []SSE []WSW [ NNW Mark Affected Areas: E = Evacuate EP-MA-114-100 Revision 01 Page '2of 13 ATTACHMENT 2 STATE RADIOLOGICAL UPDATE FORM Page 2 of 2 PEACH BOTTOM ROLL CALL Initial / Time Contacted Final ED __ Pennsylvania El Senior State Official Ext. 216 El__ Maryland MDE EL Ext. 235 or 209 LIMERICK ROLL CALL Initial / Time Contacted Final El _ Pennsylvania
(PEACH BOTTOM ONLY)
-Senior State Official Ext. 116 ATTACHMENT 3 PHONETIC ALPHABET PAGE 1 OF I ALPHA BRAVO CHARLIE DELTA ECHO FOXTROT GOLF HOTEL INDIA JULIET KILO LIMA MAMA N 0 P Q R S T U V w x Y z EP-MA-1 14-100 Revision 0 Page 13 of 13I NOVEMBER OSCAR PAPA QUEBEC ROMEO SIERRA TANGO ULTRA VICTOR WHISKEY X-RAY YANKEE ZEBRA A B C D E F G H J K L M EP-AA-1 15 ,xn Revision I Page 1 of 19 Nuclear Level 2 -Reference Use RECOVERY FROM A CLASSIFIED EVENT 1. PURPOSE 1.1 This procedure provides guidance to the Station and Corporate Emergency Directors to accomplish transition to the Recovery phase of an event and performance of activities associated with returning the station to a Forced Outage Management or normal organization.
[ ] Maryland Dept. of the Environment Emergency ext. 235 or 292 8 am - 5 pm: 9-1-410-631-3183 OR 3868 After 5 pm: 9-1-410-631-3937 Contacted at:                       /
A Recovery Organization may be formed for events classified as an Alert and shall be formed for Site Area or General Emergencies.
[ ] PA State Police, York Barracks Ext. 284 or 9-1-717-428-1011 Contacted at:                       /
Once the plant has been stabilized, contained and controlled, the Recovery phase can be declared.
* NOT   required     within 15 minutes of classification
It is the responsibility of the Station Emergency Director, in consultation with the Corporate Emergency Director, to declare entry into Recovery.Preparations for Entry into Recovery REFER to section 4.1 Transition and Recovery Following a UE REFER to section 4.2 Transition Following an Alert or Higher Classification REFER to section 4.3 Recovery Following an Alert or Higher Classification REFER to section 4.4 2. TERMS AND DEFINITIONS 2.1 ANI -American Nuclear Insurers 2.2 INPO -Institute of Nuclear Power Operations 2.3 NEI -Nuclear Energy Institute 2.4 Recovery Phase -That period when major repairs are being performed to return the plant to an acceptable condition and the possibility of the emergency condition degrading no longer exists. 2.5 Detailed Incident Report -A written report that summarizes the facts and assigns corrective actions. The report includes the facts of the emergency, describes the root cause(s) of any emergency response problems and recommends corrective actions.
 
2.6 Event Summary Report -A written report summarizing the incident prepared for delivery to offsite authorities.
EP-MA-114-100 Exeln,.                                                                         Revision 0 Page 11 of 13 Nuclear               ATTACHMENT 2 STATE RADIOLOGICAL UPDATE FORM Page 1 of 2 PAR Based On:                                                  PAR Decision at:
This report is required within 24 hours of terminating an Unusual Event and within 8 hours of terminating any higher event.
* Plant -based PAR (EP-AA-1 13, Att. 8)
EP-AA-115 Revision 1I Page 2 of 19 2.7 Termination  
[ General Emergency classification                  Date:      I    I GE with a LOSS of ALL 3 Fission Product Barriers  Time:
-The point at which the classified emergency event is no longer considered to be an emergency.
Dose Projection (DAPAR) at _      , indicates:           Meteorological Data:
Termination of the emergency is formally identified per EP-AA-1 14, Notifications.
Site Boundary:                                       Meolit 2 Miles:                                              Wind Speed:      _    mph 5 Miles:                                             Wind Direction (FROM): _     degrees 10 Miles:
2.8 Transition  
Utility Recommended Actions:
-The passage from the emergency phase into the Recovery phase of an accident.
[]EVACUATE 360 DEGREES FROM 0 MILES (SITE BOUNDARY) TO               _       .MILES
Transition is the period of time following the stabilization of the emergency when plans and personnel, necessary to the recovery, are developed and identified.
[]EVACUATE THE FOLLOWING SECTORS FROM                 _   MILES TO _       MILES:
: 3. RESPONSIBILITIES 3.1 The Corporate Emergency Director is responsible for assignment of personnel for the Recovery Organization.
[] N               []E                     [5S               []W
A formal Recovery Organization shall be formed for events classified as a Site Area or General Emergency.
[]NNE               []ESE                   [5SSW             []WNW
3.1.1 As a minimum the Corporate Recovery Organization shall include: -Recovery Director -Reporting to the Chief Nuclear Officer and responsible for recovery planning and overall Exelon activities in coordination with the affected State(s).
[]NE               []SE                   []SW             []NW
-Recovery Offsite Manager -Reporting to the Recovery Director and responsible for operation of the offsite facilities, communications, interface with purchasing, legal and insurance representatives.
[   ENE           []SSE                   []WSW             [   NNW N
-Technical Support Manager -Reporting to the Recovery Director and responsible for recovery planning and providing corporate technical and engineering support to the station.
Mark Affected Areas:
-Radiation Protection Manager -Recovery Director and responsible for environmental monitoring and providing corporate radiological support to the station.
E = Evacuate WNW                                                                              ENE W                                                                              E 10 miles WSW SSW                            SSE S
-Company Spokesperson  
Corporate Emergency Director Approval:              ____
-Reporting to the Recovery Director and responsible for media and public information and interfaces.
 
3.2 The Station Emergency Director is responsible for assignment of personnel for the Recovery Organization.
EP-MA-114-100 Revision 01 Page '2of 13 ATTACHMENT 2 STATE RADIOLOGICAL UPDATE FORM Page 2 of 2 PEACH BOTTOM ROLL CALL                               LIMERICK Initial / Time Contacted         Final               ROLL CALL ED __           Pennsylvania       El Initial / Time Contacted          Final Senior State Official Ext. 216         El  _          Pennsylvania        -
As a minimum the Recovery Organization shall include: -Recovery Plant Manager -Reporting to the Recovery Director and responsible for station recovery planning and overall station activities.
Senior State Official El__            Maryland MDE       EL                     Ext. 116 Ext. 235 or 209
-Assistant Recovery Plant Manager -Reporting to the Recovery Plant Manager and responsible for operation of the station facilities and communications.
 
<-I EP-AA-1 15 Revision 1 Page 3 of 19 -Operations Manager- Reporting to the Recovery Plant Manager and responsible for recovery planning, plant operations and system manipulations through the Control Room -Engineering Manager -Reporting to the Recovery Plant Manager and responsible for recovery planning and technical and engineering support.
EP-MA-1 14-100 Revision 0 Page 13 of 13I ATTACHMENT 3 PHONETIC ALPHABET PAGE 1 OF I A ALPHA               N    NOVEMBER B BRAVO               0    OSCAR C CHARLIE             P    PAPA D DELTA               Q    QUEBEC E ECHO               R    ROMEO F FOXTROT             S    SIERRA G GOLF               T    TANGO H HOTEL               U    ULTRA INDIA               V    VICTOR J JULIET             w    WHISKEY K KILO               x    X-RAY L LIMA               Y    YANKEE M MAMA               z    ZEBRA
-Maintenance Manager -Reporting to the Recovery Plant Manager and responsible for plant maintenance and repair activities.
 
-Radiation Protection Manager -Reporting to the Recovery Plant Manager responsible for all radiological aspects supporting maintenance, operations and Rad Waste processing.
EP-AA-1 15
3.3 Each Station and Corporate Manager shall determine the staff needs for their discipline and report their needs to the Recovery Director.
                        ,xn                                                  Revision I Page 1 of 19 Nuclear                                          Level 2 - Reference Use RECOVERY FROM A CLASSIFIED EVENT
NOTE: Transition to the Recovery Phase cannot be accomplished until the criteria of EP-AA-1 11, Attachment 1, Termination/Recovery Checklist are met. Entry into the Recovery phase can be accomplished when the Recovery Organization has been assigned appropriate to the specific needs and the Recovery Organization is prepared to take turnover from the Emergency Response Organization.
: 1. PURPOSE 1.1 This procedure provides guidance to the Station and Corporate Emergency Directors to accomplish transition to the Recovery phase of an event and performance of activities associated with returning the station to a Forced Outage Management or normal organization. A Recovery Organization may be formed for events classified as an Alert and shall be formed for Site Area or General Emergencies.
: 4. MAIN BODY 4.1 Preparations for Entry into Recovery 4.1.1 QUARENTINE any equipment, facilities or systems which may provide insight into the cause(s) of the event 4.1.2 REVIEW the criteria of EP-AA-1 11, Attachment 1, Termination/Recovery Checklist.
Once the plant has been stabilized, contained and controlled, the Recovery phase can be declared. It is the responsibility of the Station Emergency Director, in consultation with the Corporate Emergency Director, to declare entry into Recovery.
Preparations for Entry into Recovery                         REFER to section 4.1 Transition and Recovery Following a UE                       REFER to section 4.2 Transition Following an Alert or Higher Classification       REFER to section 4.3 Recovery Following an Alert or Higher Classification         REFER to section 4.4
: 2. TERMS AND DEFINITIONS 2.1 ANI - American Nuclear Insurers 2.2   INPO - Institute of Nuclear Power Operations 2.3   NEI - Nuclear Energy Institute 2.4   Recovery Phase - That period when major repairs are being performed to return the plant to an acceptable condition and the possibility of the emergency condition degrading no longer exists.
2.5 Detailed Incident Report - A written report that summarizes the facts and assigns corrective actions. The report includes the facts of the emergency, describes the root cause(s) of any emergency response problems and recommends corrective actions.
2.6 Event Summary Report - A written report summarizing the incident prepared for delivery to offsite authorities. This report is required within 24 hours of terminating an Unusual Event and within 8 hours of terminating any higher event.
 
EP-AA-115 Revision 1I Page 2 of 19 2.7     Termination - The point at which the classified emergency event is no longer considered to be an emergency. Termination of the emergency is formally identified per EP-AA-1 14, Notifications.
2.8     Transition - The passage from the emergency phase into the Recovery phase of an accident. Transition is the period of time following the stabilization of the emergency when plans and personnel, necessary to the recovery, are developed and identified.
: 3.     RESPONSIBILITIES 3.1     The Corporate Emergency Director is responsible for assignment of personnel for the Recovery Organization. A formal Recovery Organization shall be formed for events classified as a Site Area or General Emergency.
3.1.1   As a minimum the Corporate Recovery Organization shall include:
            -   Recovery Director - Reporting to the Chief Nuclear Officer and responsible for recovery planning and overall Exelon activities in coordination with the affected State(s).
            -     Recovery Offsite Manager - Reporting to the Recovery Director and responsible for operation of the offsite facilities, communications, interface with purchasing, legal and insurance representatives.
            -   Technical Support Manager - Reporting to the Recovery Director and responsible for recovery planning and providing corporate technical and engineering support to the station.
          -     Radiation Protection Manager - Recovery Director and responsible for environmental monitoring and providing corporate radiological support to the station.
          -     Company Spokesperson - Reporting to the Recovery Director and responsible for media and public information and interfaces.
3.2   The Station Emergency Director is responsible for assignment of personnel for the Recovery Organization. As a minimum the Recovery Organization shall include:
          -     Recovery Plant Manager - Reporting to the Recovery Director and responsible for station recovery planning and overall station activities.
          -     Assistant Recovery Plant Manager - Reporting to the Recovery Plant Manager and responsible for operation of the station facilities and communications.
<-I
 
EP-AA-1 15 Revision 1 Page 3 of 19
      -  Operations Manager- Reporting to the Recovery Plant Manager and responsible for recovery planning, plant operations and system manipulations through the Control Room
      -   Engineering Manager - Reporting to the Recovery Plant Manager and responsible for recovery planning and technical and engineering support.
      -   Maintenance Manager - Reporting to the Recovery Plant Manager and responsible for plant maintenance and repair activities.
      -   Radiation Protection Manager - Reporting to the Recovery Plant Manager responsible for all radiological aspects supporting maintenance, operations and Rad Waste processing.
3.3   Each Station and Corporate Manager shall determine the staff needs for their discipline and report their needs to the Recovery Director.
NOTE:       Transition to the Recovery Phase cannot be accomplished until the criteria of EP-AA-1 11, Attachment 1, Termination/Recovery Checklist are met. Entry into the Recovery phase can be accomplished when the Recovery Organization has been assigned appropriate to the specific needs and the Recovery Organization is prepared to take turnover from the Emergency Response Organization.
: 4. MAIN BODY 4.1   Preparations for Entry into Recovery 4.1.1 QUARENTINE any equipment, facilities or systems which may provide insight into the cause(s) of the event 4.1.2 REVIEW the criteria of EP-AA-1 11, Attachment 1, Termination/Recovery Checklist.
4.1.3 TRANSITION into the Recovery phase based on the following:
4.1.3 TRANSITION into the Recovery phase based on the following:
: 1. PROCEED to Section 4.2 if transitioning to Recovery following an Unusual Event. 2. PROCEED to Section 4.3 if transitioning to Recovery following classification that has reached or exceeded an Alert.
: 1. PROCEED to Section 4.2 if transitioning to Recovery following an Unusual Event.
EP-AA-115 Revision 1 Page 4 of 19 4.2 Transition and Recovery Followinq an Unusual Event 4.2.1 ENSURE any reportable event(s) is/are reported per the Reportability Manual. 4.2.2 ENSURE that a Root Cause Investigation is initiated in accordance with AD AA-1 06, "Corrective Action Program (CAP) Process Procedure." 4.2.3 ASSIGN the EP Coordinator or designee to assist with completion of EP-AA 120, Attachment 3, Review of Actual Emergency Events. 4.2.4 TERMINATE from the event as follows: 1. INITIATE a State/Local notification within one hour of event termination per EP-MA(MW)-1 14-100. For an Unusual Event, this notification can also be considered the 24 hour Event Summary Report. 2. INITIATE an ENS notification for Termination per EP-AA-1 14. 3. DIRECT the announcement of the following message (or similar message) to EOF and plant personnel over the public address system: "Attention all personnel, attention all personnel.
: 2. PROCEED to Section 4.3 if transitioning to Recovery following classification that has reached or exceeded an Alert.
The emergency has been terminated.
 
I repeat, the emergency has been terminated." 4.3 Transition Following an Alert or Higher Classification 4.3.1 DETERMINE Emergency Response Facilities staffing requirements until a Recovery Plan Outline, describing the necessary Recovery Organization, has been approved (see Attachment 2, Recovery Plan Outline).
EP-AA-115 Revision 1 Page 4 of 19 4.2     Transition and Recovery Followinq an Unusual Event 4.2.1   ENSURE any reportable event(s) is/are reported per the Reportability Manual.
-For events of the Alert classification, Emergency Response Organization personnel may be adequate to perform necessary recovery actions.
4.2.2   ENSURE that a Root Cause Investigation is initiated in accordance with AD AA-1 06, "Corrective Action Program (CAP) Process Procedure."
-For event classifications of Site Area or General Emergency, the basic Recovery Organization (as illustrated in Attachment
4.2.3   ASSIGN the EP Coordinator or designee to assist with completion of EP-AA 120, Attachment 3, Review of Actual Emergency Events.
: 1) shall be established (unless the event was transitory in nature). Additional positions may be assigned to perform specific recovery activities.
4.2.4   TERMINATE from the event as follows:
NOTE: Detailed plans and procedures are not required to be developed prior to entry into Recovery.
: 1. INITIATE a State/Local notification within one hour of event termination per EP-MA(MW)-1 14-100. For an Unusual Event, this notification can also be considered the 24 hour Event Summary Report.
However, a Recovery Plan Outline should be completed and the recovery organization management positions identified and ready for staffing.
: 2. INITIATE an ENS notification for Termination per EP-AA-1 14.
4.3.2 DIRECT the Station Emergency Director and the Corporate Spokesperson to each develop an Issues/Strategies Package and determine the Onsite and Public Information Recovery Organization staffing requirements.
: 3. DIRECT the announcement of the following message (or similar message) to EOF and plant personnel over the public address system:
EP-AA-1 15 Revision I Page 5 of 19 4.3.3 DEVELOP an Offsite Issues/Strategies Package and DETERMINE the Offsite Recovery Organization staffing requirements using Attachments 4 and 6 for guidance.
            "Attention all personnel, attention all personnel. The emergency has been terminated. I repeat, the emergency has been terminated."
4.3.4 CONVENE a joint conference with the Corporate Emergency Director, Station Emergency Director, and the Corporate Spokesperson to: -REVIEW the Recovery Issues/Strategies Packages.
4.3   Transition Following an Alert or Higher Classification 4.3.1 DETERMINE Emergency Response Facilities staffing requirements until a Recovery Plan Outline, describing the necessary Recovery Organization, has been approved (see Attachment 2, Recovery Plan Outline).
-REVIEW the Recovery Organization staffing requirements.
      -   For events of the Alert classification, Emergency Response Organization personnel may be adequate to perform necessary recovery actions.
-DEVELOP and APPROVE the Recovery Plan Outline.
      -   For event classifications of Site Area or General Emergency, the basic Recovery Organization (as illustrated in Attachment 1) shall be established (unless the event was transitory in nature). Additional positions may be assigned to perform specific recovery activities.
4.3.5 CONDUCT a formal discussion with regulatory and State authorities to ensure coordination and agreement is met for entry into Recovery.
NOTE: Detailed plans and procedures are not required to be developed prior to entry into Recovery. However, a Recovery Plan Outline should be completed and the recovery organization management positions identified and ready for staffing.
4.3.6 PERFORM notifications to the State, local counties, and NRC to signify entry into Recovery per the following:  
4.3.2 DIRECT the Station Emergency Director and the Corporate Spokesperson to each develop an Issues/Strategies Package and determine the Onsite and Public Information Recovery Organization staffing requirements.
-State/Local agencies within one hour of entry into Recovery per EP MA(MW)-1 14-100.  -NRC per EP-AA-1 14 4.3.7 DIRECT the announcement of the following message (or similar message) to EOF and plant personnel over the public address system: "Attention all personnel, attention all personnel.
 
The emergency has been terminated and we have entered Recovery.
EP-AA-1 15 Revision I Page 5 of 19 4.3.3 DEVELOP an Offsite Issues/Strategies Package and DETERMINE the Offsite Recovery Organization staffing requirements using Attachments 4 and 6 for guidance.
I repeat, the emergency has been terminated and we have entered Recovery." 4.3.8 PERFORM Recovery phase actions as outlined in Section 4.4. 4.4 Recovery Followinq an Alert or Hiqher Classification NOTE: Select emergency response facilities or portions thereof may remain activated for some time during Recovery.
4.3.4   CONVENE a joint conference with the Corporate Emergency Director, Station Emergency Director, and the Corporate Spokesperson to:
4.4.1 The Recovery Director should: 1. MAINTAIN a log of specific recovery actions taken such as: -Specific actions taken per this procedure.
        -   REVIEW the Recovery Issues/Strategies Packages.
-Communication with offsite authorities related to emergency and/or Recovery.
      -   REVIEW the Recovery Organization staffing requirements.
-Any meetings held to discuss conduct or close out of the recovery phase.
      -   DEVELOP and APPROVE the Recovery Plan Outline.
EP-AA-1 15 Revision 1I Page 6 of 19 -Details on all repair or restoration projects need not be included.
4.3.5   CONDUCT a formal discussion with regulatory and State authorities to ensure coordination and agreement is met for entry into Recovery.
: 2. Within eight (8) hours of entering Recovery, COMPLETE an Event Summary Report and transmit it to offsite authorities using Attachment 7, Event Summary Report Format. 3. ENSURE any reportable event(s) is/are reported per the Reportability Manual. 4. DIRECT the development of a Recovery Plan and procedures per Attachment
4.3.6   PERFORM notifications to the State, local counties, and NRC to signify entry into Recovery per the following:
: 2. 5. COORDINATE the deactivation of Emergency response Organization, which was retained to aid in Recovery activities.
            - State/Local agencies within one hour of entry into Recovery per EP MA(MW)-1 14-100.
            - NRC per EP-AA-1 14 4.3.7 DIRECT the announcement of the following message (or similar message) to EOF and plant personnel over the public address system:
      "Attention all personnel, attention all personnel. The emergency has been terminated and we have entered Recovery. I repeat, the emergency has been terminated and we have entered Recovery."
4.3.8 PERFORM Recovery phase actions as outlined in Section 4.4.
4.4   Recovery Followinq an Alert or Hiqher Classification NOTE:     Select emergency response facilities or portions thereof may remain activated for some time during Recovery.
4.4.1 The Recovery Director should:
: 1. MAINTAIN a log of specific recovery actions taken such as:
          -   Specific actions taken per this procedure.
          -   Communication with offsite authorities related to emergency and/or Recovery.
          -   Any meetings held to discuss conduct or close out of the recovery phase.
 
EP-AA-1 15 Revision 1I Page 6 of 19
    -   Details on all repair or restoration projects need not be included.
: 2. Within eight (8) hours of entering Recovery, COMPLETE an Event Summary Report and transmit it to offsite authorities using Attachment 7, Event Summary Report Format.
: 3. ENSURE any reportable event(s) is/are reported per the Reportability Manual.
: 4. DIRECT the development of a Recovery Plan and procedures per Attachment 2.
: 5. COORDINATE the deactivation of Emergency response Organization, which was retained to aid in Recovery activities.
: 6. APPROVE any special procedures developed for corporate and offsite recovery activities.
: 6. APPROVE any special procedures developed for corporate and offsite recovery activities.
: 7. As necessary, DETERMINE the scope and DIRECT the Recovery Plant Manager and the Recovery Offsite Manager to conduct an investigation and develop a Root Cause Investigation Report per AD-AA-1 06. 8. ENSURE that sufficient personnel, equipment or other resources from Exelon and other organizations are available to support Recovery activities.
: 7. As necessary, DETERMINE the scope and DIRECT the Recovery Plant Manager and the Recovery Offsite Manager to conduct an investigation and develop a Root Cause Investigation Report per AD-AA-1 06.
: 8. ENSURE that sufficient personnel, equipment or other resources from Exelon and other organizations are available to support Recovery activities.
: 9. DIRECT and/or COORDINATE all actions of the Recovery Organization, and integration of available Federal and State assistance into onsite Recovery activities.
: 9. DIRECT and/or COORDINATE all actions of the Recovery Organization, and integration of available Federal and State assistance into onsite Recovery activities.
1O.APPROVE any reports released to offsite authorities.
1O.APPROVE any reports released to offsite authorities.
: 11. COORDINATE the integration of available Exelon Support with Federal, State and county authorities into required offsite Recovery activities.
: 11. COORDINATE the integration of available Exelon Support with Federal, State and county authorities into required offsite Recovery activities.
12.APPROVE information released by the Corporate Spokesperson that pertains to the emergency or recovery from the accident.
12.APPROVE information released by the Corporate Spokesperson that pertains to the emergency or recovery from the accident.
: 13. CONSIDER the following prior to terminating the recovery phase: -Onsite and offsite organizations involved with the emergency and the recovery have been apprised of the existing conditions and of the anticipated termination of recovery activities.
: 13. CONSIDER the following prior to terminating the recovery phase:
-The news media has received a final status report on the emergency and recovery operations.
    -   Onsite and offsite organizations involved with the emergency and the recovery have been apprised of the existing conditions and of the anticipated termination of recovery activities.
-The emergency response facilities are no longer required, and actions have commenced to restore them to their pre-emergency condition.
    -   The news media has received a final status report on the emergency and recovery operations.
EP-AA-115 Revision 1 Page 7 of 19 -A review of actions taken during the emergency and recovery phases has been conducted and a Prompt Investigation Report has been prepared.
    -   The emergency response facilities are no longer required, and actions have commenced to restore them to their pre-emergency condition.
-Necessary revisions to the Emergency Plan and plant procedures have been identified.
 
EP-AA-115 Revision 1 Page 7 of 19
            - A review of actions taken during the emergency and recovery phases has been conducted and a Prompt Investigation Report has been prepared.
            - Necessary revisions to the Emergency Plan and plant procedures have been identified.
14.TERMINATE the Recovery Phase when concurrence has been obtained from the NRC and applicable State agencies.
14.TERMINATE the Recovery Phase when concurrence has been obtained from the NRC and applicable State agencies.
: 15. ENSURE that all emergency records (position logs and forms), are collected and submitted for records retention.
: 15. ENSURE that all emergency records (position logs and forms), are collected and submitted for records retention.
16.ASSIGN personnel to assist with completion of EP-AA-120, Attachment 5, Review of Actual Emergency Events. 4.4.2 The Recovery Plant Manager should perform the following as required:
16.ASSIGN personnel to assist with completion of EP-AA-120, Attachment 5, Review of Actual Emergency Events.
: 1. MAINTAIN a log of specific recovery actions taken such as: -Specific actions taken per this procedure.
4.4.2 The Recovery Plant Manager should perform the following as required:
-Communication with offsite authorities related to emergency and/or Recovery.
: 1. MAINTAIN a log of specific recovery actions taken such as:
-Any meetings held to discuss conduct or close out of the recovery phase. -Details on all repair or restoration projects need not be included.
          - Specific actions taken per this procedure.
: 2. CONTINUE to identify and document issues relating to Recovery operations using Attachment
          - Communication with offsite authorities related to emergency and/or Recovery.
: 3. 3. DEVELOP an action plan that will transition the Recovery Organization into a normal Forced Outage Organization through OU-AA-102, NGG Forced Outage Management.
          -   Any meetings held to discuss conduct or close out of the recovery phase.
          -   Details on all repair or restoration projects need not be included.
: 2. CONTINUE to identify and document issues relating to Recovery operations using Attachment 3.
: 3. DEVELOP an action plan that will transition the Recovery Organization into a normal Forced Outage Organization through OU-AA-102, NGG Forced Outage Management.
: 4. DIRECT all onsite activities in support of the station Recovery effort, and DESIGNATE other Exelon Recovery positions, outside of those outlined in Attachment 1, required to support onsite Recovery activities.
: 4. DIRECT all onsite activities in support of the station Recovery effort, and DESIGNATE other Exelon Recovery positions, outside of those outlined in Attachment 1, required to support onsite Recovery activities.
: 5. COORDINATE the development and implementation of the Recovery Plan and procedures, with the Recovery Director, per Attachment
: 5. COORDINATE the development and implementation of the Recovery Plan and procedures, with the Recovery Director, per Attachment 2.
: 2. 6. ENSURE that engineering activities to restore the plant are properly reviewed and approved.
: 6. ENSURE that engineering activities to restore the plant are properly reviewed and approved.
EP-AA-1 15 Revision 1 Page 8 of 19 4.4.3 The Recovery Offsite Manager should perform the following as required:
 
: 1. CONTINUE to identify and document issues relating to recovery operations using Attachment
EP-AA-1 15 Revision 1 Page 8 of 19 4.4.3 The Recovery Offsite Manager should perform the following as required:
: 4. 2. COMMUNICATE with offsite agencies and coordinate Exelon assistance for offsite recovery activities, including providing liaisons, as needed. 3. DESIGNATE other Exelon Recovery positions, as required, in support of offsite Recovery activities.
: 1. CONTINUE to identify and document issues relating to recovery operations using Attachment 4.
: 2. COMMUNICATE with offsite agencies and coordinate Exelon assistance for offsite recovery activities, including providing liaisons, as needed.
: 3. DESIGNATE other Exelon Recovery positions, as required, in support of offsite Recovery activities.
: 4. PROVIDE post-accident reports to offsite agencies as directed, including the development of offsite accident analysis and radiological release reports (or equivalent) as required.
: 4. PROVIDE post-accident reports to offsite agencies as directed, including the development of offsite accident analysis and radiological release reports (or equivalent) as required.
: 5. COORDINATE Exelon and contractor environmental sampling activities with state and federal agencies.
: 5. COORDINATE Exelon and contractor environmental sampling activities with state and federal agencies. This should include calculations for total population exposure based on data from available sources and/or mathematical modeling.
This should include calculations for total population exposure based on data from available sources and/or mathematical modeling.
4.4.4 The Company (Corporate) Spokesperson should direct the following as required:
4.4.4 The Company (Corporate)
Spokesperson should direct the following as required:
: 1. FUNCTION as the official spokesperson to the press for Exelon on all matters related to the accident or Recovery activities.
: 1. FUNCTION as the official spokesperson to the press for Exelon on all matters related to the accident or Recovery activities.
: 2. COORDINATE with non-Exelon public information groups (Federal, State, county, etc.). 3. COORDINATE continued media monitoring and rumor control activities.
: 2. COORDINATE with non-Exelon public information groups (Federal, State, county, etc.).
: 3. COORDINATE continued media monitoring and rumor control activities.
: 4. DETERMINE what public information portions of the ERO will remain activated to support Recovery activities.
: 4. DETERMINE what public information portions of the ERO will remain activated to support Recovery activities.
: 5. CONTINUE to identify and document issues relating to recovery operations using Attachment
: 5. CONTINUE to identify and document issues relating to recovery operations using Attachment 5.
: 5. 5. DOCUMENTATION None 6. REFERENCES None EP-AA-1 15 Revision I Page 9 of 19 ATTACHMENTS Attachment 1: Recovery Organization Attachment 2: Recovery Plan Outline Attachment 3: Onsite Recovery Issues/Strategies Guide Attachment 4: Offsite Recovery Issues/Strategies Guide Attachment 5: Public Information Recovery Issues/Strategies Guide Attachment 6: Issue/Strategies Form Attachment 7: Event Summary Report Format 7. 7.1 7.2 7.3 7.4 7.5 7.6 7.7 EP-AA-115 Revision 1I Page 10 of 19 ATTACHMENT I TYPICAL RECOVERY ORGANIZATION Page 1 of I Directs Recovery Directs the interface with Directs the Public Legal, Financial, etc. activities to restore the Federal, State and local Information Program plant to pre-incident agencies dunng the dunng the Recovery conditions Recovery process process.NOTES: (1) The Recovery Director position will normally be filled by the ROG, Senior Vice President or designee, and Corporate Emergency Director during the interim transition.
: 5. DOCUMENTATION None
: 6. REFERENCES None
 
EP-AA-1 15 Revision I Page 9 of 19
: 7. ATTACHMENTS 7.1 Attachment 1: Recovery Organization 7.2 Attachment 2: Recovery Plan Outline 7.3 Attachment 3: Onsite Recovery Issues/Strategies Guide 7.4 Attachment 4: Offsite Recovery Issues/Strategies Guide 7.5 Attachment 5: Public Information Recovery Issues/Strategies Guide 7.6 Attachment 6: Issue/Strategies Form 7.7 Attachment 7: Event Summary Report Format
 
EP-AA-115 Revision 1I Page 10 of 19 ATTACHMENT I TYPICAL RECOVERY ORGANIZATION Page 1 of I Directs Recovery           Directs the interface with Directs the Public Legal, Financial, etc.
activities to restore the   Federal, State and local   Information Program plant to pre-incident       agencies dunng the         dunng the Recovery conditions                   Recovery process           process.
NOTES:
(1) The Recovery Director position will normally be filled by the ROG, Senior Vice President or designee, and Corporate Emergency Director during the interim transition.
(2) The Recovery Plant Manager position will normally be filled by the Plant Manager or designee, and Station Emergency Director during interim transition.
(2) The Recovery Plant Manager position will normally be filled by the Plant Manager or designee, and Station Emergency Director during interim transition.
(3) The Offsite Recovery Director position will normally be filled by the Emergency Preparedness Manager or designee, and EOF Director during interim transition.
(3) The Offsite Recovery Director position will normally be filled by the Emergency Preparedness Manager or designee, and EOF Director during interim transition.
(4) The Company Spokesperson position will normally be filled by the Corporate Communications Manager or designee.
(4) The Company Spokesperson position will normally be filled by the Corporate Communications Manager or designee.
(5) The Recovery Organization is to develop an action plan that will transition the Recovery Organization into the Forced Outage Organization provided in OU-AA 102, NGG Forced Outage Management.
(5) The Recovery Organization is to develop an action plan that will transition the Recovery Organization into the Forced Outage Organization provided in OU-AA 102, NGG Forced Outage Management.
EP-AA-1 15 Revision 1 Page 11 of 19 ATTACHMENT 2 RECOVERY PLAN OUTLINE Page 1 of I SECTION I. RECOVERY ORGANIZATION A. Organization structure B. Assignment of authorities/responsibilities SECTION II. ONSITE RECOVERY PROGRAM A. Major Goals B. Issues and Strategies SECTION III. OFFSITE RECOVERY PROGRAM A. Major Goals B. Issues and Strategies SECTION IV. PUBLIC INFORMATION RECOVERY PROGRAM A. Major Goals B. Issues and Strategies EP-AA-1 15 Revision 1I Page 12 of 19 ATTACHMENT 3 ONSITE RECOVERY ISSUES / STRATEGIES GUIDE Page I of 3 NOTE: Attachment 6, Issue/Strategies Form should be used to document items identified during the meeting. Complete as much of the form as possible but only the 'Description of Issue' section needs to be completed.
 
EP-AA-1 15 Revision 1 Page 11 of 19 ATTACHMENT 2 RECOVERY PLAN OUTLINE Page 1 of I SECTION I. RECOVERY ORGANIZATION A. Organization structure B. Assignment of authorities/responsibilities SECTION II. ONSITE RECOVERY PROGRAM A. Major Goals B. Issues and Strategies SECTION III. OFFSITE RECOVERY PROGRAM A. Major Goals B. Issues and Strategies SECTION IV. PUBLIC INFORMATION RECOVERY PROGRAM A. Major Goals B. Issues and Strategies
 
EP-AA-1 15 Revision 1I Page 12 of 19 ATTACHMENT 3 ONSITE RECOVERY ISSUES / STRATEGIES GUIDE Page I of 3 NOTE: Attachment 6, Issue/Strategies Form should be used to document items identified during the meeting. Complete as much of the form as possible but only the 'Description of Issue' section needs to be completed.
In addition to the ERO positions listed, members of the Outage Planning group should attend the initial onsite recovery meeting to plan for the Forced Outage needed to restore plant to pre-event condition.
In addition to the ERO positions listed, members of the Outage Planning group should attend the initial onsite recovery meeting to plan for the Forced Outage needed to restore plant to pre-event condition.
: 1. CONVENE a meeting of key plant ERO personnel.
: 1. CONVENE a meeting of key plant ERO personnel. As a minimum the following members attend:
As a minimum the following members attend: "* Station Emergency Director "* TSC Director "* Radiation Protection Manager "* Maintenance Manager "* Technical Manager "* Operations Manager "* Security Manager 2. REVIEW existing conditions, outline the onsite issues to be resolved, and develop an Issues/Strategies Package that will form the basis for the onsite portion of the plant's Recovery Plan. Issues that should be considered include: 3. CONSIDER activities being performed by the ERO
  "* Station Emergency Director
* Identify ongoing activities and determine the need to continue 4. INITIATE Equipment Status Verifications  
  "* TSC Director
"* Perform/Document secured lineups "* List/Identify inoperable equipment  
  "* Radiation Protection Manager
"* Hang appropriate Out of Service tags "* Document temporary repairs/lineup  
  "* Maintenance Manager
"* Obtain appropriate samples to verify core status EP-AA-115 Revision 1 Page 13 of 19 ATTACHMENT 3 ONSITE RECOVERY ISSUES / STRATEGIES GUIDE Page 2 of 3 5. CONSIDER stabilization of plant systems for long term cooling.
  "* Technical Manager
"* Identify present cooling lineup(s)  
  "* Operations Manager
"* Document available back-up cooling lineup(s)  
  "* Security Manager
"* Confirm condition of cooling systems.
: 2. REVIEW existing conditions, outline the onsite issues to be resolved, and develop an Issues/Strategies Package that will form the basis for the onsite portion of the plant's Recovery Plan. Issues that should be considered include:
"* Develop a plan to transition to long term cooling if required 6. INITIATE system repairs and restorations  
: 3. CONSIDER activities being performed by the ERO
"* Prioritize out of service equipment for restoration  
* Identify ongoing activities and determine the need to continue
"* Plan restoration process by milestones  
: 4. INITIATE Equipment Status Verifications
"* Determine testing to increase/ensure equipment reliability  
  "* Perform/Document secured lineups
"* Determine long term resolution of temporary repairs "* Examine options for temporary systems "* Bring in industry expertise as necessary  
  "* List/Identify inoperable equipment
"* Ensure proper QA on any repairs made during the emergency
  "* Hang appropriate Out of Service tags
: 7. INITIATE normal Radiological Controls "* Perform comprehensive surveys of onsite areas "* Establish additional survey and sampling frequency requirements  
  "* Document temporary repairs/lineup
"* Determine if additional monitoring equipment is required "* Develop a decontamination plan based on prioritized recovery of plant areas "* Commence Bioassay program "* Contract for large volume decontamination equipment/expertise
  "* Obtain appropriate samples to verify core status
: 8. PLAN for contaminated water processing.
 
"* Identify sources, volumes and activity of water inventories  
EP-AA-115 Revision 1 Page 13 of 19 ATTACHMENT 3 ONSITE RECOVERY ISSUES / STRATEGIES GUIDE Page 2 of 3
"* Prioritize clean-up "* Verify/evaluate condition of existing clean-up systems "* Establish controls to preclude inadvertent discharges EP-AA-1 15 Revision I Page 14 of 19 ATTACHMENT 3 ONSITE RECOVERY ISSUES / STRATEGIES GUIDE Page 3 of 3 "* Evaluate need to contract portable filtering systems/expertise  
: 5. CONSIDER stabilization of plant systems for long term cooling.
"* Establish berms and restraints for control and mitigation of spills "* Evaluate need for additional onsite waste storage capability  
    "* Identify present cooling lineup(s)
"* Evaluate need for additional burial space for waste 9. CONSIDER the logistics of the recovery operation.
    "* Document available back-up cooling lineup(s)
  "* Confirm condition of cooling systems.
  "* Develop a plan to transition to long term cooling if required
: 6. INITIATE system repairs and restorations
  "* Prioritize out of service equipment for restoration
  "* Plan restoration process by milestones
  "* Determine testing to increase/ensure equipment reliability
  "* Determine long term resolution of temporary repairs
  "* Examine options for temporary systems
  "* Bring in industry expertise as necessary
  "* Ensure proper QA on any repairs made during the emergency
: 7. INITIATE normal Radiological Controls
  "* Perform comprehensive surveys of onsite areas
  "* Establish additional survey and sampling frequency requirements
  "* Determine if additional monitoring equipment is required
  "* Develop a decontamination plan based on prioritized recovery of plant areas
  "* Commence Bioassay program
  "* Contract for large volume decontamination equipment/expertise
: 8. PLAN for contaminated water processing.
  "* Identify sources, volumes and activity of water inventories
  "* Prioritize clean-up
  "* Verify/evaluate condition of existing clean-up systems
  "* Establish controls to preclude inadvertent discharges
 
EP-AA-1 15 Revision I Page 14 of 19 ATTACHMENT 3 ONSITE RECOVERY ISSUES / STRATEGIES GUIDE Page 3 of 3
    "* Evaluate need to contract portable filtering systems/expertise
    "* Establish berms and restraints for control and mitigation of spills
    "* Evaluate need for additional onsite waste storage capability
    "* Evaluate need for additional burial space for waste
: 9. CONSIDER the logistics of the recovery operation.
* Identify additional staffing needs.
* Identify additional staffing needs.
* Obtain necessary damage control equipment.
* Obtain necessary damage control equipment.
Line 894: Line 1,719:
* Evaluate the need for remote technology for inspections and cleanup.
* Evaluate the need for remote technology for inspections and cleanup.
* Evaluate the need for additional communications capabilities.
* Evaluate the need for additional communications capabilities.
: 10. COLLECT documentation  
: 10. COLLECT documentation
"* Initiate actions to complete any required NRC reports per the Reportability Manual. "* Develop onsite portions of Detailed Incident Report
      "* Initiate actions to complete any required NRC reports per the Reportability Manual.
      "* Develop onsite portions of Detailed Incident Report
* Develop onsite Recovery Plan (short/long term)
* Develop onsite Recovery Plan (short/long term)
* Write special procedures to perform tasks outside the scope of normal procedures.
* Write special procedures to perform tasks outside the scope of normal procedures.
EP-AA-115 Revision 1I Page 15 of 19 ATTACHMENT 4 OFFSITE RECOVERY ISSUES I STRATEGIES GUIDE Page 1 of 2 NOTE: Attachment 6, Issue/Strategies Form should be used to document items identified during the meeting. Complete as much of the form as possible but only the 'Description of Issue' section needs to be completed during initial meeting.
EP-AA-115 Revision 1I Page 15 of 19 ATTACHMENT 4 OFFSITE RECOVERY ISSUES I STRATEGIES GUIDE Page 1 of 2 NOTE: Attachment 6, Issue/Strategies Form should be used to document items identified during the meeting. Complete as much of the form as possible but only the 'Description of Issue' section needs to be completed during initial meeting.
In addition to the ERO positions listed, the VP-Licensing and Regulatory Affairs or a representative should attend this meeting.
In addition to the ERO positions listed, the VP-Licensing and Regulatory Affairs or a representative should attend this meeting.
: 1. CONVENE a meeting with the following:  
: 1. CONVENE a meeting with the following:
"* Corporate Emergency Director "* EOF Director "* Technical Support Manager "* Radiation Protection Manager 2. REVIEW existing conditions, outline the issues to be resolved, and develop an Issues/Strategies Package that will form the basis for the offsite portion of the Recovery Plan. Issues that should be considered include: A. Present Activities Being Performed by EOF Staff
  "* Corporate Emergency Director
  "* EOF Director
  "* Technical Support Manager
  "* Radiation Protection Manager
: 2. REVIEW existing conditions, outline the issues to be resolved, and develop an Issues/Strategies Package that will form the basis for the offsite portion of the Recovery Plan. Issues that should be considered include:
A. Present Activities Being Performed by EOF Staff
* Identify ongoing activities and determine the need to continue B. Radiological
* Identify ongoing activities and determine the need to continue B. Radiological
* Evaluate the need for an environmental sampling program.
* Evaluate the need for an environmental sampling program.
Line 909: Line 1,741:
C. Support to Offsite Authorities
C. Support to Offsite Authorities
* Consider outstanding requests from offsite authorities
* Consider outstanding requests from offsite authorities
* Keep offsite authorities apprised of onsite conditions and activities EP-AA-1 15 Revision 1 Page 16 of 19 ATTACHMENT 4 OFFSITE RECOVERY ISSUES I STRATEGIES GUIDE Page 2 of 2 D. Corporate Interface  
* Keep offsite authorities apprised of onsite conditions and activities
"* Keep corporate management apprised of conditions and activities.
 
"* Provide information to legal organization as requested.
EP-AA-1 15 Revision 1 Page 16 of 19 ATTACHMENT 4 OFFSITE RECOVERY ISSUES I STRATEGIES GUIDE Page 2 of 2 D. Corporate Interface
"* Identify issues applicable to HR and Employee Assistance.
  "* Keep corporate management apprised of conditions and activities.
E. Logistics  
  "* Provide information to legal organization as requested.
"* Identify staffing needs to support offsite recovery activities.
  "* Identify issues applicable to HR and Employee Assistance.
"* Identify all non-Exelon personnel and activities currently in place.
E. Logistics
  "* Identify staffing needs to support offsite recovery activities.
  "* Identify all non-Exelon personnel and activities currently in place.
* Review equipment and material needs for EOF recovery activities.
* Review equipment and material needs for EOF recovery activities.
* Assist onsite and Public Information organizations in obtaining offsite support.
* Assist onsite and Public Information organizations in obtaining offsite support.
Line 923: Line 1,757:
* Develop offsite portions of Detailed Incident Report
* Develop offsite portions of Detailed Incident Report
* Develop offsite Recovery Plan (short/long term)
* Develop offsite Recovery Plan (short/long term)
EP-AA-1 15 Revision I Page 17 of 19 ATTACHMENT 5 PUBLIC INFORMATION RECOVERY ISSUES I STRATEGIES GUIDE Page 1 of 1 NOTE: Attachment 6, Issue/Strategies Form should be used to document items identified during the meeting. Complete as much of the form as possible but only the 'Description of Issue' section needs to be completed during initial meeting.
EP-AA-1 15 Revision I Page 17 of 19 ATTACHMENT 5 PUBLIC INFORMATION RECOVERY ISSUES I STRATEGIES GUIDE Page 1 of 1 NOTE: Attachment 6, Issue/Strategies Form should be used to document items identified during the meeting. Complete as much of the form as possible but only the 'Description of Issue' section needs to be completed during initial meeting.
: 1. CONVENE a meeting with the following:  
: 1. CONVENE a meeting with the following:
"* Corporate Spokesperson  
  "* Corporate Spokesperson
"* JPIC Director "* Public Information Director "* Technical and Radiation Protection Spokespersons/Advisors, "* Administrative Coordinator
  "* JPIC Director
: 2. REVIEW existing conditions, outline the public information issues to be resolved, and develop an Issues/Strategies Package that will form the basis for the public information portion of the plant's Recovery Plan. Issues that should be considered in the formation of the package include: A. Present Activities Being Performed by the Emergency Public Information Organization
  "* Public Information Director
  "* Technical and Radiation Protection Spokespersons/Advisors,
  "* Administrative Coordinator
: 2. REVIEW existing conditions, outline the public information issues to be resolved, and develop an Issues/Strategies Package that will form the basis for the public information portion of the plant's Recovery Plan. Issues that should be considered in the formation of the package include:
A. Present Activities Being Performed by the Emergency Public Information Organization
* Identify ongoing activities and determine the need to continue B. Offsite Interface
* Identify ongoing activities and determine the need to continue B. Offsite Interface
* Identify activities needed to keep offsite authorities appraised of Exelon Public Information activities.
* Identify activities needed to keep offsite authorities appraised of Exelon Public Information activities.
C. Documentation 0 Develop the Public Information portion of the Recovery Plan EP-AA-115 Revision 1I Page 18 of 19 ATTACHMENT 6 ISSUES / STRATEGIES FORM Page 1 of I Use this form to document major items to be addressed during Area: Onsite / Offsite / Public Information Owner: Responsible individual or organization Safety Related: Yes or No Priority:
C. Documentation 0 Develop the Public Information portion of the Recovery Plan
1 = Immediate (24 hr.) 2 = Short 3 = Intermediate (1 Month) 4 = Long Duration:
 
Estimated Calendar Duration Estimated-hours:
EP-AA-115 Revision 1I Page 18 of 19 ATTACHMENT 6 ISSUES / STRATEGIES FORM Page 1 of I Use this form to document major items to be addressed during Area:               Onsite / Offsite / Public Information Owner:               Responsible individual or organization Safety Related:     Yes or No Priority:           1 = Immediate (24 hr.)             2 = ShorttTerm (1 Week) 3 = Intermediate (1 Month)       4 = Long Term (> 1 Month)
Estimated Total Project Hours tTerm (1 Week) Term (> 1 Month)
Duration:           Estimated Calendar Duration Estimated-hours:     Estimated Total Project Hours
 
EP-AA-1 15 Revision I Page 19 of 19 ATTACHMENT 7 EVENT  
EP-AA-1 15 Revision I Page 19 of 19 ATTACHMENT 7 EVENT  


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==
REPORT FORMAT Page 1 of I Date Time To: Offsite Authority (NRC, State, Local) From: Name (Recovery Manager)  
REPORT FORMAT Page 1 of I Date Time To:         Offsite Authority (NRC, State, Local)
From:       Name (Recovery Manager)


==Subject:==
==Subject:==
Event Summary Report of Emergency Declared at Exelon Nuclear XX Station The Station has: Entered into Recovery at Terminated from a classification at The following is a review of events and items pertaining to Indicate EAL and Type reported on Provide a narrative of the event (describe the event giving the facts of the emergency including as a minimum:)
Event Summary Report of Emergency Declared at Exelon Nuclear XX Station The Station has:
Initial Conditions  
Entered into Recovery at Terminated from a                           classification at The following is a review of events and items pertaining to Indicate EAL and Type reported on Provide a narrativeof the event (describe the event giving the facts of the emergency including as a minimum:)
"* Provide unaffected unit status "* Provide affected unit status "* Provide any other pertinent equipment or condition status Initiating and Sequence of Events Time Description of event 0810 description of initiating events 0811 Performance of initial notifications to offsite authorities.
Initial Conditions
0812 Include information on personnel injuries and status. (Do not include name(s) of victims unless the family has been notified) 0813 Requests for offsite assistance, including time and type. 0814 The magnitude of any radiological release and Protective Action Recommendation information as applicable.
      "* Provide unaffected unit status
Conclusion  
      "* Provide affected unit status
"* Provide an update of actions taken and results from investigations of the event. " Exelon contact for any additional information.}}
      "* Provide any other pertinent equipment or condition status Initiating and Sequence of Events Time               Description of event 0810               description of initiating events 0811               Performance of initial notifications to offsite authorities.
0812               Include information on personnel injuries and status. (Do not include name(s) of victims unless the family has been notified) 0813               Requests for offsite assistance, including time and type.
0814               The magnitude of any radiological release and Protective Action Recommendation information as applicable.
Conclusion
"* Provide an update of actions taken and results from investigations of the event.
" Exelon contact for any additional information.}}

Latest revision as of 12:17, 25 March 2020

Emergency Plan Procedure Revisions for Peach Bottom, Units 2 & 3 and Limerick, Units 1 & 2, Public Information Organization Activation and Operations - Attachment 7
ML022680480
Person / Time
Site: Peach Bottom, Limerick  Constellation icon.png
Issue date: 09/19/2002
From: Gallagher M
Exelon Nuclear
To:
Document Control Desk, Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation
References
-RFPFR
Download: ML022680480 (141)


Text

EP-AA-1 12-600 Revision 4 sm Page 1 of 17 Level 2 - Reference Use Nuclear PUBLIC INFORMATION ORGANIZATION ACTIVATION AND OPERATIONS

1. PURPOSE 1.1 The purpose of this attachment is to assist initial responders in activating the Joint Public Information Center (JPIC).
2. TERMS AND DEFINITIONS 2.1 The following is a list of the JPIC's identified for each respective station:

- Mazon, IL JPIC*: Braidwood, Dresden and LaSalle Stations

- Morrison, IL JPIC*: Byron and Quad Cities Stations

- Bloomington, IL JPIC*: Clinton Station

  • Emergency News Center (ENC) functions, described in EP-AA-1 12-601, are co-located with the common MWROG Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) in Warrenville, IL.

- Coatesville, PA JPIC#: Limerick and Peach Bottom Stations (The JPIC shares a common facility with the Emergency Operations Facility.)

  1. Coatesville JPIC shares a common facility with the EOF. Therefore, ENC functions are performed at the JPIC instead of at a separate ENC.
3. RESPONSIBILITIES None
4. MAIN BODY 4.1 JPIC Activation 4.1.1 ACTIVATE the JPIC using the applicable checklist contained in Attachments 1 thru 3.
1. REFER to Attachment 1 for instructions on the activation of the Mazon and Morrison JPICs.

EP-AA-112-600 Revision 4 Page 2 of 17

2. REFER to Attachment 2 for instructions on the activation of the Bloomington JPIC.
3. REFER to Attachment 3 for instructions on the activation / deactivation of the Coatesville JPIC.

4.2 ENC / JPIC Operation 4.2.1 ASSUME the positions of the Emergency Public Information Organization.

4.2.2 INITIATE the appropriate Emergency Plan activities using the EOF position specific checklists in the following procedures:

Mid-AtlanticROG Since the EOF and JPIC are co-located at the Coatesville facility, the actions of the Technical and Radiation Protection Spokespersons will be performed by the Technical and Radiological Advisors respectively. The Public Information Liaison position is also not required to facilitate interface between ENC and JPIC locations, and therefore, will not be staffed.

EP-AA-1 12-601, "Emergqency News Center (ENC) Operations"

- Attachment 1, Public Information Director Checklist

- Attachment 2, Technical Advisor Checklist

- Attachment 3, Radiological Advisor Checklist

- Attachment 4, Events Recorder Checklist

- Attachment 5, Media Monitoring Checklist

- Attachment 6, Rumor Control Checklist

- Attachment 7, News Writer Checklist EP-AA-1 12-602, "Joint Public Information Center Operations"

- Attachment 1, JPIC Access Controller Checklist

- Attachment 2, Corporate Spokesperson Checklist

- Attachment 3, JPIC Director Checklist

- Attachment 4, Public Information Liaison Checklist (MWROG)

- Attachment 5, JPIC Administrative Coordinator Checklist

- Attachment 6, JPIC Coordinator Checklist

- Attachment 7, Technical Spokesperson Checklist (MWROG)

- Attachment 8, Radiation Protection Spokesperson Checklist (MWROG)

EP-AA-1 12-600 Revision 4 Page 3 of 17

5. DOCUMENTATION None
6. REFERENCES None
7. ATTACHMENTS 7.1 Attachment 1, Mazon / Morrison JPIC Activation 7.2 Attachment 2, Bloomington JPIC Activation 7.3 Attachment 3, Coatesville JPIC Activation / Deactivation

EP-AA-112-600 Revision 4 Page 4 of 17 ATTACHMENT I MAZON JPIC I MORRISON JPIC ACTIVATION Page 1 of 2 IMazon JPIC: Braidwood / Dresden / LaSalle Morrison JPIC: Byron / Quad Cities

1. TURN ON the lights.

NOTE: Securing the facility and establishing access control takes precedence over the remaining steps.

2. VERIFY that the telecopiers are turned on and display the correct time and date.
3. VERIFY all clocks display the correct time.
4. VERIFY that the copier is on.
5. ACTIVATE the audio system:

NOTE: TURN ON the system power switch. There is a rack of audio-visual equipment inside the EMC below the monitor.

6. ENSURE that the position specific procedure books are available.
7. DIRECT responders upon entry to sign in and retrieve their position specific book.
8. START all the computers.

- LOGON to the computers using the instructions found on the mouse pad.

- CONTACT Information Technology for problems with the computers.

9. CONTACT United Building Services listed in the ERF Telephone Directory for any facility related problems (i.e. HVAC, electrical, cleaning, etc).

1O.VERIFY completion of actions listed under Table 1-1, JPIC Activation Checklist (Mazon / Morrison JPICs)

EP-AA-1 12-600 Revision 4 Page 5 of 17 ATTACHMENT I MAZON JPIC / MORRISON JPIC ACTIVATION Page 2 of 2 Table 1-1 JPIC Activation Checklist Page 1 of I FACILITY OK?

Heating / Ventilation (Air Conditioning) .......................................

Lighting ...............................................................................

Furnishings ...........................................................................

Overall Appearance ...............................................................

EQUIPMENT Audio system .........................................................................

VCR / Monitor .........................................................................

RESOURCES Wall diagrams (proper station?) .................................................

JPIC READY FOR ACTIVATION Date: Time:

JPIC COORDINATOR

EP-AA-112-600 Revision 4 Page 6 of 17 ATTACHMENT 2 BLOOMINGTON JPIC ACTIVATION Page 1 of 6 I Bloomington JPIC: Clinton I

1. CONTACT Armory personnel to open doors to the JPIC room and to the State Room.

- REFER to Figure 2-1 for layout.

2. GO under the stage (door combination lock number 26-32-38) and OPEN cabinets (cabinet key located in magnetic lock box on back of left cabinet.
a. OBTAIN signs, located in cabinets under the stage and POST in visible areas.
3. SET UP the access control point at the JPIC entrance.

4 SET UP the Exelon Work area using Figure 2-2:

a. OBTAIN a cart from the gym area and TRANSPORT the phones, fax machines, laptop computers, printers and other equipment needed for the JPIC Room.
b. TURN ON the equipment on to verify it is functional.
c. ENSURE all phones are tested for the correct phone number.
d. TEST all fax machines.
e. PLACE procedure books on the applicable tables.
f. PLACE nameplate identifiers on the appropriate tables using a layout of the room.
5. SET UP the Government Agency Room using Figure 2-3:
a. PLACE the necessary equipment on the cart and transport to the Government Agency Room.
b. TURN ON equipment to verify it is functional.
c. ENSURE all phones are tested for the correct phone number.
d. TEST all fax machines.

EP-AA-112-600 Revision 4 Page 7 of 17 ATTACHMENT 2 BLOOMINGTON JPIC ACTIVATION Page 2 of 6

6. SET UP the stage area using Figure 2-4:
a. OBTAIN three (3) tables and twelve (12) chairs from the cafeteria and SET UP on the stage.
b. OBTAIN the microphones, amplifiers, video camera and other equipment needed for the stage.
c. TURN ON equipment to verify it is working.
d. ENSURE media phones are tested for the correct phone number.

EP-AA-1 12-600 Revision 4 Page 8 of 17 ATTACHMENT 2 BLOOMINGTON JPIC ACTIVATION Page 3 of 6 Figure 2-1 BLOOMINGTON JPIC AREA LAYOUT (Clinton Station) w E

MediaER Entra nce Etacce

EP-AA-112-600 Revision 4 Page 9 of 17 ATTACHMENT 2 BLOOMINGTON JPIC ACTIVATION Page 4 of 6 Figure 2-2 BLOOMINGTON JPIC - EXELON WORK AREA (Clinton Station)

FRONT OF ROOM Corporate Spokesperson Laptop Computer# 828-3878 828-0917 Printer and laptop on desk Procedure and phone.

Public Information Liaison Technical Spokesperson and 828-3148 Procedure and phone on desk. Radiation Protection Spokesperson 828-0756 Procedures, printer and laptop on desk.

SPARE TABLE JPIC Director Administrative Coordinator 828-2258 828-0947 Procedure and phone on desk Procedure and phone on desk Admin Desk FAX Fax 828-0967 828-2426 Fax machone on desk Fax machine on desk.

JPIC Coordinator SPARE TABLE Procedure on desk Access Controller NOTE Each of the 8 phone lines have the ability to send analog or I voice Each jack has a voice line on the top jack and analog line on i outside door the bottom jack I Procedure on desk.

EP-AA-1 12-600 Revision 4 Page 10 of 17 ATTACHMENT 2 BLOOMINGTON JPIC ACTIVATION Page 5 of 6 Figure 2-3 BLOOMINGTON JPIC - GOVERNMENT AGENCY ROOM (Clinton Station)

Government Agency Room RED CROSS 829-4858 State of Illinois Governor's Office I IEMA FEMA 829-4936 829-3477 Only a phone goes on this desk Only a phone goes on the table.

DeWitt County Public Information IEMA Officer 829-4898 829-3418 Only a phone goes on this desk Only a phone goes on the table IEMA Nuclear Regulatory Commission FAX 828-2837 829-3326 IDNS 828-8958 FAX 828-1807 Only a phone goes on this desk.

IDNS 829-3148 1828-3968 Computer 828-2996 Only a phone goes on this desk door

EP-AA-1 12-600 Revision 4 Page 11 of 17 ATTACHMENT 2 BLOOMINGTON JPIC ACTIVATION Page 6 of 6 Figure 2-4 BLOOMINGTON JPIC - STAGE AREA (Clinton Station)

Page 1 of I

[Other Repsp Other Reps Other Reps [Other RepsI SOther Reps Other Reps Stage Front 0 6 I Media phones I Media phones Media

EP-AA-1 12-600 Revision 4 Page 12 of 17 ATTACHMENT 3 COATESVILLE JPIC ACTIVATION Page 1 of 6 Coatesville JPIC: Limerickl Peach Bottom I

1. OPEN combination locks on the North Cain EOFENCr Road and the Responder's Lot gates using "7326" as the numbers to be rotated into EOF InnerGate place (7326 = PECO on a telephone Ch keypad).
2. OPEN the EOF responder's door by holding Gate*2 your Company ID close to the card reader mounted to the right of the back entrance doors (look for the four red LEDs).
3. After you hear the lock solenoid click, Gate 1 S immediately ENTER through the right door. / * *dI=Inr
4. LOCATE the security system panel, which is mounted to the left of the fire alarm by the I it back entrance. DISARM it by moving you North Cain Road PECO ID close to the card reader.
a. When disarmed, the security panel will display "NOT READY TO ARM".
b. If the system is not disarmed within 30 seconds, then CALL Dispatch at 215 841-5292 and EXPLAIN that the security system did not clear and that they need NOT call the police.
5. LOCATE the silver key box that is mounted to the left of the badge board and above the security system panel unit. RETRIEVE the EOF/ENC facility master key from it by pressing in sequence the buttons: "7326".
6. SECURE the EOF / JPIC per the applicable First Responder Checklist (Table 2-1 or 2-2 of EP-AA-1 12-400, Attachment 2), located next to the eyewash station.
7. CONTROL JPIC access using EP Aid 28 (Approved Access List), EP Aid 34 (EOF/JPIC Sign-In Sheets) and Step 2.1 of EP-AA-1 12-400, Attachment 2 until relieved by Facility Security personnel.
8. PERFORM the actions listed in Table 3-1 to assist with JPIC set-up.
9. PERFORM the actions listed in Table 3-3 to assist with JPIC deactivation.

EP-AA-1 12-600 Revision 4 Page 13 of 17 ATTACHMENT 3 COATESVILLE JPIC ACTIVATION Page 2 of 6 Table 3-1 COATESVILLE JPIC ACTIVATION CHECKLIST Page 1 of I If any item on this checklist cannot be completed in a timely manner, then NOTE item below as an exception and DELIVER completed checklist to the JPIC Coordinator.

INITIALS

1. ENSURE that the building alarm has been disarmed.
2. UNLOCK every door in the ENC including the Media Monitoring Room.
3. VERIFY that lights and ventilation system are operating acceptably.
4. VERIFY that Security is stationed and controlling access to the JPIC.
5. SET UP the Auditorium and Media Monitoring work area, if necessary, using Figure 3-1.
6. CHECK all governmental phones for dial tone and REPORT any deficiencies to the JPIC Coordinator or Administrative Coordinator.
7. ACTIVATE and ENERGIZE emergency equipment (computers, printers, copier, etc.)
8. VERIFY that actions have been completed or are in progress to SET UP and TEST audio / sound system for the JPIC Rooms and Auditorium per the AudioNisual Set Up instructions (Table 3-2)

JPIC Activation Checklist Completed by:

Print Name / Signature: /

Date Completed: Time Completed: a.m./p.m.

EP-AA-1 12-600 Revision 4 Page 14 of 17 ATTACHMENT 3 COATESVILLE JPIC ACTIVATION Page 3 of 6 Table 3-2 COATESVILLE JPIC ACTIVATION CHECKLIST Page 1 of 1 AUDIO I VISUAL SET UP INSTRUCTIONS INITIALS

1. GET key from JPIC access box in Admin. Room
2. GET headset and TURN ON headset amps in Control Center
3. GO to booth and TURN ON main amp switch (red) and all amps, including those for lapel and hand-held microphones
4. SOUND CHECK two lapel microphones (in Auditorium and each JPIC room); REPLACE batteries if needed
5. GIVE microphones to Corporate Spokesperson(s)
6. SOUND CHECK hand microphone in Auditorium and PLACE on podium table
7. HOOK UP table microphone on Spokesperson Table and PLACE laser pointer on podium
8. CONNECT multi-box, if needed
9. SET UP slide projector and CHECK with JPIC Coordinator for slides
10. SET UP video projector, using appropriate photo (PBAPS, LGS, etc.)
11. TURN ON stage lighting (in circuit breaker panel)
12. TURN ON TV's and VCR's, SET to Channels 3, 6, 10 & CNN, and GET tapes for recording if necessary
13. TURN ON podium camera, TV and VCR (RECORD only on the press conference portions)

For Satellite Link:

"* Call will come in on Ext. 3966 for voice connection

"* When ready to connect call to amps, PRESS "CONNECT"on People Link

"* PRIVACY button will mute ougoing but not incoming

"* ADJUST pots under TRANSMIT and RECEIVE for levels to avoid red light (overload)

"* SELECT satellite and channel given by technician at Harrisburg, PA Completed by:

EP-AA-112-600 Revision 4 Page 15 of 17 ATTACHMENT 3 COATESVILLE JPIC ACTIVATION Page 4 of 6 Table 3-3 COATESVILLE JPIC DEACTIVATION CHECKLIST Page 1 of I INITIALS

1. DEACTIVATE, DE-ENERGIZE and/or STOW in proper location all emergency equipment (i.e., computers, printers, data links, radios, phones, etc.)
2. ERASE and CLEAN sign-in boards
3. COLLATE all logs, forms and documents pertaining to the emergency and PROVIDE to Exelon Generation Communications & Public Affairs staff
4. RETURN all unused consumables to the appropriate storage areas, and REPLACE any used consumables
5. CLEAN OFF all desks and REPLACE chairs to their pre-activation locations
6. PLACE ventilation system in Standby Mode and TURN OFF lights
7. RECORD any defective or missing equipment, or other similar items (if none, so state):
8. ENSURE all personnel have exited the facility or turnover to an Emergency Preparedness staff member
9. RETURN any keys to to an Emergency Preparedness staff member, who will activate EOF/JPIC alarm system upon exiting JPIC Deactivation Checklist Completed by: (JPIC Coordinator)

Print Name / Signature: /

Date Completed: Time Completed: a.m./p.m.

EP-AA-112-600 Revision 4 Page 16 of 17 ATTACHMENT 3 COATESVILLE JPIC ACTIVATION Page 5 of 6 Figure 3-1: COATESVILLE FACILITY LAYOUT Page 1 of 2 Emergency Operations Facility (North Half) I MEDIA ENTRANCE

ATTACHMENT 3 COATESVILLE JPIC ACTIVATION Page 6 of 6 Figure 3-1 COATESVILLE FACILITY LAYOUT Page 2 of 2 Emergency Operations Facility (South Half)

R C TELEPHONE BATTERY 0 0D ROOM 000 121 00 f114** , ROOM ROO 4A ENTR NCE

EP-AA-1 12-601 Exekn. Nuclear Revision 0 Page 1 of 23 Level 2 - Reference Use EMERGENCY NEWS CENTER (ENC) OPERATIONS PURPOSE 1.1 This procedure describes the responsibilities and actions of the Emergency News Center (ENC) function, which consists of the following positions reporting to the Public Information Director:

- Technical Advisor*

- Radiological Advisor*

- Events Recorder

- Media Monitoring Staff

- Rumor Control Staff

- News Writer 1.2 When the Shift Manager decides that a situation warrants activation of the Joint Public Information Center (JPIC) under the Emergency Plan, this procedure becomes applicable.

2. TERMS AND DEFINITIONS Emergency News Center (ENC) functions are co-located with the common MWROG Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) in Warrenville, IL. As such, the ENC is physically separated from the Joint Public Information Center (JPIC).

The Coatesville JPIC shares a common facility with the EOF. Therefore, ENC functions are performed at the JPIC instead of at a separate ENC.

  • Since the ENC shares a common facility with the JPIC, the Technical and RadiologicalAdvisors may also perform the duties of the Technical and RadiationProtectionSpokesperson positions.

EP-AA-112-601 Revision 0 Page 2 of 23

3. RESPONSIBILITIES 3.1 The Public Information D;rectoris responsible for providing the Corporate Emergency Director with an overview of the public and media impacts resulting from the Exelon Nuclear and governmental activities and coordinating with the Corporate Spokesperson to provide information to the media.

3.2 The TechnicalAdvisorgathers pertinent plant operating data from EOF sources during the event for use by ENC personnel. The information includes plant status data and in particular, developments affecting plant safety systems and reactor integrity.

3.3 The RadiologicalAdvisorgathers pertinent radiological data from EOF sources during the event for use by ENC personnel. The information includes plant status data and in particular, data involving any radiological releases into the environment. The Radiological Advisor serves as a support individual for the Radiation Protection Spokesperson, the News Writer, and the ENC Recorder.

3.4 The Events Recorder maintains the Chronological Event Description Log that is provided to the media at the JPIC.

3.5 The Media Monitoring Staff is responsible for monitoring and reviewing media coverage of an emergency event. The Media Monitor is also the initial point of contact for media inquiries.

3.6 The Rumor Control Staff is responsible for monitoring and reviewing rumors during an emergency event. The Rumor Control Monitor ensures that rumors are documented, reviewed, and responded to as deemed appropriate.

3.7 The News Writerwrites press releases that will be provided to the media

4. MAIN BODY 4.1 INITIATE the appropriate Emergency Plan activities using the position specific checklist listed in Attachments 1 thru 7.
5. DOCUMENTATION None
6. REFERENCES None

EP-AA-1 12-601 Revision 0 Page 3 of 23

7. ATTACHMENTS 7.1 Attachment 1, Public Information Director Checklist 7.2 Attachment 2, Technical Advisor Checklist 7.3 Attachment 3, Radiological Advisor Checklist 7.4 Attachment 4, Events Recorder Checklist 7.5 Attachment 5, Media Monitor Checklist 7.6 Attachment 6, Rumor Control Checklist 7.7 Attachment 7, News Writer Checklist

EP-AA-1 12-601 Revision 0 Page 4of23 ATTACHMENT I PUBLIC INFORMATION DIRECTOR CHECKLIST Page I of 4 The Public Information Director is responsible for providing the Corporate Emergency Director with an overview of the public and media impacts resulting from the Exelon Nuclear and governmental activities and coordinating with the Corporate Spokesperson to provide information to the media.

Section 1, Initial Actions Section 2, Ongoing Actions NOTE: Steps in this checklist may be performed in an order other than listed or they may be omitted if not applicable.

1. INITIAL ACTIONS 1.1 SIGN in on the Organization Board.

1.2 INITIATE a position log documenting significant actions performed and communications related to your position.

1.3 REPORT your arrival to the Corporate Spokesperson and OBTAIN a summary of the information previously provided by Exelon Nuclear, Federal, State and local agency representatives to the media and to the public from the Nuclear Duty Officer and Exelon Nuclear Communications.

1.4 CONTACT the Corporate Emergency Director and OBTAIN an initial briefing of the current plant and environmental status.

1.5 ENSURE that adequate staffing is available to support Emergency News Center (ENC) functions:

Technical Advisor:

Radiological Advisor:

News Writer:

Events Recorder: Rumor Control Staff:

Media Monitoring Staff:

1.5.1 If additional staff is required, then INSTRUCT the Administrative Coordinator to call out additional personnel per the ERO Telephone Directory, and/or REQUEST the Corporate Emergency Director to temporarily approve the use of other Exelon personnel until trained personnel can be located.

EP-AA-1 12-601 Revision 0 Page 5 of 23 ATTACHMENT I PUBLIC INFORMATION DIRECTOR CHECKLIST Page 2 of 4

¶ Mid-West ROG only 1.6 ESTABLISH contact with the Corporate Spokesperson and MAINTAIN an open line with the JPIC.

1.7 CONFER with the Corporate Spokesperson and the other ENC personnel to formulate an action plan to obtain and disseminate information.

1.8 SUPERVISE the activities of the ENC staff in support of the JPIC.

1.8.1 MAINTAIN cognizance of plant and environmental conditions.

1.8.2 COORDINATE the content, format and timeliness of written news information with the Corporate Spokesperson.

1.8.3 COORDINATE the review of media coverage of the event.

1.9 CONFER with the Corporate Spokesperson regarding when the JPIC will be activated and REQUEST that a Press Release be issued for JPIC activation.

1.10 INFORM the Corporate Emergency Director when JPIC is activated.

2. ONGOING ACTIONS 2.1 OBTAIN frequent updates from the Corporate Emergency Director to maintain cognizance of plant and environmental conditions and actions taken by Exelon Nuclear and governmental support personnel.
1. ATTEND and PARTICIPATE in meetings and updates held by the Corporate Emergency Director.
2. CONSIDER the following items to be included in the periodic briefings:

- Press releases issued

- Extent of media coverage

- Briefings and information provided to Exelon Nuclear executives.

2.2 INFORM the media when the JPIC is activated.

EP-AA-1 12-601 Revision 0 Page 6of23 ATTACHMENT 1 PUBLIC INFORMATION DIRECTOR CHECKLIST Page 3 of 4 Mid-West ROG only I 2.3 FUNCTION as a liaison between the Emergency Response Organization (ERO) and Exelon Nuclear corporate executives.

2.4 INTERFACE with the Corporate Spokesperson and JPIC Director:

1. PROVIDE an overview of public and media impact resulting from the decisions made by Exelon Nuclear and governmental activities.
2. COORDINATE the issuance of all press releases and Chronological Event Description Logs.
3. UPDATE on changes in plant, environmental and radiological conditions.

2.5 ENSURE that the Corporate Emergency Director reviews press releases for technical accuracy and is aware of press conferences, and the coverage being provided by the various media sources.

2.6 ENSURE that information is provided to the Corporate Spokesperson and JPIC staff in response to media inquiries.

2.7 INTERFACE with the JPIC Director the content, format and timeliness of the press releases and Chronological Event Description Logs to be provided by Exelon Nuclear to the news media and to the public.

1. DIRECT the News Writer and Events Recorder, with the assistance of the Technical and Radiological Advisors to assist with the following:

A. The Events Recorder with maintaining accurate and timely Chronological Event Description Logs.

B. The News Writer in preparing Press Releases as required.

2. PROVIDE news releases and Chronological Events Description Log to the Corporate Emergency Director for review of the technical content prior to approval.

2.8 APPROVE Press Releases prior to dissemination to the media.

1. INSTRUCT the News Writer to indicate the approval of the Press Release by entering the Corporate Spokesperson's name on the "Approved By" line of the Press Release.

EP-AA-1 12-601 Revision 0 Page 7 of 23 ATTACHMENT 1 PUBLIC INFORMATION DIRECTOR CHECKLIST Page 4 of 4

2. AUTHORIZE the issuance of press releases and Chronological Event Logs.
3. ENSURE that the JPIC/ENC is aware of the approval of a press release.

2.9 COORDINATE with Federal, State and Local agencies, as well as with other organizations involved in the emergency response, to maintain factual consistency of information to be conveyed to the news media/public.

1. REQUEST that the Spokespersons at the JPIC relay information obtained through their interactions with the various agencies Public Information Officers (PIOs).

2.10 PARTICIPATE, as needed, with rumor control activities.

2.11 COORDINATE with the Media Monitor to review and assess media coverage of the event.

2.12 PERFORM a shift turnover with on-coming personnel using guidance in EP-AA 112, Attachment 2 (Shift Turnover).

EP-AA-1 12-601 Revision 0 Page 8 of 23 ATTACHMENT 2 TECHNICAL ADVISOR CHECKLIST Page 1 of 2 The Technical Advisor gathers pertinent plant operating data from EOF sources during the event for use by Emergency News Center (ENC) personnel. The information includes plant status data and in particular, developments affecting plant safety systems and reactor integrity. The Technical Advisor serves as a support individual for the News Writer and the Events Recorder, and may serve in support or as the Technical Spokesperson.

Section 1, Initial Actions Section 2, Ongoing Actions NOTE: Steps in this checklist may be performed in an order other than listed or they may be omitted if not applicable.

Coatesville JPIC The Technical Advisor will also perform the functions of the Technical Spokesperson as a collateral duty.

1. INITIAL ACTIONS 1.1 SIGN-IN on the Organization Board 1.2 REPORT arrival to the Public Information Director 1.3 INITIATE a position log documenting significant actions performed and communications related to your position.

1.4 OBTAIN operating data from the EOF Operations Advisor concerning plant safety systems and fission product barrier integrity.

Coatesville JPIC I The Corporate Spokesperson and JPIC Director should be included on briefings and updates provided to the Public Information Director.

1.5 BRIEF the Public Information Director on current plant status.

EP-AA-1 12-601 Revision 0 Page 9 of 23 ATTACHMENT 2 TECHNICAL ADVISOR CHECKLIST Page 2 of 2

2. ONGOING ACTIONS 2.1 ASSIST in obtaining technical and plant status information for use in press releases and media briefings.

2.2 ASSIST the Events Recorder in the preparation of a Chronological Event Description Log.

2.3 ASSIST the News Writer in the preparation of press releases.

Mid-West ROGI 2.4 OBTAIN necessary technical data as required by the JPIC Director or Technical Spokesperson in order to answer "follow up" questions posed by the news media that were not answered during press conferences.

Coatesville JPIC 2.5 FUNCTION as a Public Information Official (PIO) for Exelon Nuclear in regards to plant status and plant operations.

2.6 DOCUMENT unanswered technical questions posed by the news media.

2.7 PROVIDE answers to questions for the news media and follow-up explanation that corrects any misinformation as soon as is practicable.

2.8 PREPARE briefing papers in coordination with the EOF Technical Support Manager, and PROVIDE additional plant technical details and background not found in the press releases.

2.9 OBTAIN or PREPARE audio-visual resources, with the assistance of the JPIC Coordinator and JPIC Administrative Coordinator, for use during press conferences.

2.10 OBTAIN regular updates from the EOF Operations Advisor of plant operations and plant status, including plant safety systems and reactor integrity.

2.11 PERFORM a shift turnover with on-coming personnel using guidance in EP-AA 112, Attachment 2 (Shift Turnover).

EP-AA-1 12-601 Revision 0 Page 10 of 23 ATTACHMENT 3 RADIOLOGICAL ADVISOR CHECKLIST Page 1 of 3 The Radiological Advisor reports to the Public Information Director and gathers pertinent radiological data from EOF sources during the event for use by Emergency News Center (ENC) personnel. The information includes plant status data and in particular, data involving any radiological releases into the environment. The Radiological Advisor serves as a support individual for the News Writer and the Events Recorder, and may serve in support or as the Radiation Protection Spokesperson.

Section 1, Initial Actions Section 2, Ongoing Actions NOTE: Steps in this checklist may be performed in an order other than listed or they may be omitted if not applicable.

FCoatesville JPIC rThe Radiological Advisor will also perform the functions of the Radiation Protection Spokesperson as a collateral duty.I

1. INITIAL ACTIONS 1.1 SIGN IN on the Organization Board.

1.2 REPORT your arrival to the Public Information Director.

1.3 INITIATE a position log documenting significant actions performed and communications related to your position.

1.4 OBTAIN radiological data from the EOF Radiation Protection Manager concerning plant status and, in particular, concerning any radiological releases from the plant into the environment that may have occurred or may be planned.

Coatesville JPIC The Corporate Spokesperson and JPIC Director should be included on briefings and updates provided to the Public Information Director.

1.5 BRIEF the Public Information Director on the current radiological status.

EP-AA-1 12-601 Revision 0 Page 11 of 23 ATTACHMENT 3 RADIOLOGICAL ADVISOR CHECKLIST Page 2 of 3

2. ONGOING ACTIONS 2.1 ASSIST in obtaining environmental and health physics information for use in press releases and media briefings.
1. OBTAIN data from the EOF Radiation Protection Manager concerning plant radiological effluent releases, on-site radiological conditions, off-site monitoring results, and protective actions implemented on-site and off-site.

I CAUTION

.=

In the event of a radiological release to the environment, DO NOT provide t recommendations to the Radiation Protection Spokesperson that could result in an Exelon Nuclear advisement of Protective Action Recommendations directly to the Public. Such advisements are made by State authorities and not Exelon Nuclear.

2.2 ASSIST the Events Recorder in the preparation of a Chronological Event Description Log.

2.3 ASSIST the News Writer in the preparation of press releases.

II I Mid-West ROG M I

2.4 OBTAIN necessary radiological data as required by the JPIC Director or Radiation Protection Spokesperson in order to answer "follow up" questions posed by the news media that were not answered during the press conferences.

EP-AA-1 12-601 Revision 0 Page 12 of 23 ATTACHMENT 3 RADIOLOGICAL ADVISOR CHECKLIST Page 3 of 3 Coatesville JPIC 2.5 FUNCTION as a Public Information Official (PIO) for Exelon Nuclear in regards to health physics and environmental concerns.

2.6 DOCUMENT unanswered radiological or environmental questions posed by the news media.

2.7 PROVIDE answers to questions for the news media and follow-up explanation that corrects any misinformation as soon as is practicable.

2.8 PREPARE briefing papers in coordination with the EOF Radiation Protection Manager, and PROVIDE additional plant technical details and background not found in the press releases.

2.9 OBTAIN or PREPARE audio-visual resources, with the assistance of the JPIC Coordinator and JPIC Administrative Coordinator, for use during press conferences.

2.10 OBTAIN regular updates from the EOF Protective Measures Group on radiological data concerning plant status and in particular concerning any radiological releases from the plant to the environment that may have occurred or may be planned.

2.11 PERFORM a shift turnover with on-coming emergency response personnel using guidance in EP-AA-1 12, Attachment 2 (Shift Turnover).

EP-AA-1 12-601 Revision 0 Page 13 of 23 ATTACHMENT 4 EVENTS RECORDER CHECKLIST Page 1 of 3 The Events Recorder maintains the Chronological Event Description Log that is provided to the media at the JPIC.

Section 1, Initial Actions Section 2, Ongoing Actions NOTE: Steps in this checklist may be performed in an order other than listed or they may be omitted if not applicable.

1. INITIAL ACTIONS 1.1 SIGN IN on the EOF Organization Board.

1.2 REPORT your arrival to the Public Information Director.

1.3 LOGIN to the News Writer computer program using the directions provided in EP-MW(MA)-1 10-100.

1.4 OBTAIN a printout/copy of the Significant Events Log (SEL) from the EOF Events Recorder.

rMIWst ROG SREFER to EP-MW-1 10-100 for instructions on the use electronic Significant Events Log. I Ii 1.5 OBTAIN the assistance of the Public Information Director, the Radiological Advisor and the Technical Advisor to IDENTIFY the following.

- Conditions of the plant prior to the event.

- The current status.

- The event or events that created the emergency condition.

- Other major events that have taken place since the event began.

1.6 DEVELOP, from previous events, a Chronological Event Description Log to bring it up to the current plant and event status.

EP-AA-1 12-601 Revision 0 Page 14 of 23 ATTACHMENT 4 EVENTS RECORDER CHECKLIST Page 2 of 3

2. ONGOING ACTIONS 2.1 MAINTAIN a Chronological Event Description Log, with the assistance of the Public Information Director, the Radiological Advisor, or Technical Advisor, of the significant events affecting the station or the public.

NOTE: The log should be timely, accurate, simple without use of excessive detail and acronyms and understandable to the media.

1. INCLUDE the following, as a minimum, but not be limited to:

- Activation of the EOF and the JPIC

- Initial classification and any change in classification

- Any major plant transients during the event

- Any Protective Action Recommendations by a State or local agency (Do NOT include PARS from the utility)

- The beginning or completion of personnel accountability or site evacuations

- Any press conferences conducted or press releases issued

- Identification of any injured persons, including periodic status of their conditions

- Any changes in meteorological or radiological condition in the EPZ, if applicable

- Changes in core containment integrity or plant radiological conditions

2. Periodically REVIEW the Significant Events Log for information that could be added to the Chronological Event Description Log.
3. DISCUSS information provided during EOF facility briefings with the Public Information Director for any information that should added to the Log.

NOTE: Do not save the file on the News Writer program until it has been approved by the Public Information Director.

EP-AA-112-601 Revision 0 Page 15 of 23 ATTACHMENT 4 EVENTS RECORDER CHECKLIST Page 3 of 3 2.2 PROVIDE the Chronological Events Description Log to the Public Information Director, who will obtain a technical review for the Corporate Emergency Director, prior to approving log for dissemination to the media.

1. When instructed by the Public Information Director, PROVIDE the file name to the JPIC Director and EOF Administrative Coordinator to access the Log for distribution.
2. PROVIDE copy of the approved Chronological Event Description Log to the News Writer.

2.3 PERFORM a shift turnover with on-coming personnel using guidance in EP-AA 112, Attachment 2 (Shift Turnover).

EP-AA-1 12-601 Revision 0 Page 16 of 23 ATTACHMENT 5 MEDIA MONITORING STAFF CHECKLIST Page 1 of 3 The Media Monitoring Staff is responsible for monitoring and reviewing media coverage of an emergency event. A Media Monitor is also the initial point of contact for media inquiries.

Section 1, Initial Actions Section 2, Ongoing Actions NOTE: Steps in this checklist may be performed in an order other than listed or they may be omitted if not applicable.

1. INITIAL ACTIONS 1.1 SIGN IN on the Organization Board.

1.2 REPORT your arrival to the Public Information Director.

1.3 INITIATE a position log documenting significant actions performed and communications related to your position.

Coatesville JPIC REFER to Table 3-1 (Audio/Visual Set Up Instructions) in Attachment 3 to EP-AA-1 12 600 for guidance in performing action outlined in Step 1.4 1.4 SET UP and TEST equipment for videotaping, media monitoring and play-back.

1.5 TURN ON the designated TV monitors and ADJUST to the major local affiliates and national news networks.

2. ONGOING ACTIONS 2.1 ENSURE monitoring of media coverage of the emergency event is performed around the clock.
1. RECORD media telecasts and review for misinformation.

NOTE: Table 6-1 (Media Broadcast Monitor Form) should be used as a tool to document a summary of broadcast information.

2. INFORM the Public Information Director and Rumor Monitoring Staff if misinformation or rumors of the emergency event are detected.

EP-AA-1 12-601 Revision 0 Page 17 of 23 ATTACHMENT 5 MEDIA MONITORING STAFF CHECKLIST Page 2 of 3

3. INFORM the Public Information Director of all media reports and of actions taken to correct any misinformation.

NOTE: All Press Releases issued will list your phone as the number to call for media inquiries or additional information.

2.2 FUNCTION as a primary contact for news information including media calls for information.

2.2.1 PROVIDE information to the media from the following sources only without prior Public Information Director approval:

- News releases

- Chronological Events Description Log

- Public Information brochures

- Press kits 2.3 INFORM the Public Information Director if you need additional support personnel to respond to media inquiries.

2.4 ADVISE the Rumor Control Monitoring Staff with respect to the function of monitoring rumors from sources other than the media.

2.5 PERFORM a shift turnover with on-coming personnel using guidance in EP-AA 112, Attachment 2 (Shift Turnover).

EP-AA-1 12-601 Revision 0 Page 18 of 23 ATTACHMENT 5 MEDIA MONITORING STAFF CHECKLIST Page 3 of 3 TABLE 5-1 MEDIA BROADCAST MONITOR FORM Page 1 of 1 Name of Broadcast Monitor:

Television or Radio Outlet/Channel: Network Affiliate:

Date I Time of Broadcast: THIS IS / IS NOT A DRILL (circle)

Reporter's Name:

The following information was reported:

Potential errors and/or misleading information provided:

Response / Disposition:

Action taken:

By Whom:

Time of Response:

Distribution Original - Media Monitor File Copy - Public Information Director Copy - Rumor Control Staff

EP-AA-1 12-601 Revision 0 Page 19 of 23 ATTACHMENT 6 RUMOR CONTROL STAFFCHECKLIST Page 1 of 2 The Rumor Control Staff is responsible for monitoring and reviewing rumors during an emergency event. The Rumor Control Staff ensures that rumors are documented, reviewed, and responded to as deemed appropriate.

Section 1, Initial Actions Section 2, Ongoing Actions NOTE: Steps in this checklist may be performed in an order other than listed or they may be omitted if not applicable.

1. INITIAL ACTIONS 1.1 SIGN IN on the Organization Board.

1.2 REPORT your arrival to the Public Information Director.

1.3 INITIATE a position log documenting significant actions performed and communications related to your position 1.4 With the assistance of Exelon Nuclear Communications and Public Affairs (MAROG only), PERFORM the following:

1.4.1 IDENTIFY and DOCUMENT rumors concerning the emergency event existing prior to activation of the JPIC.

1.4.2 RESPOND to these rumors as soon as possible through Exelon Nuclear Communications.

1.4.3 INFORM the Public Information Director of these rumors and your responses to them.

2. ONGOING ACTIONS 2.1 ENSURE that rumors are reviewed, documented and responded to by the appropriate Exelon Nuclear personnel.

Rumor information may be obtained from (this list is not all inclusive):

- Media Monitoring Staff

- JPIC press conferences

- Media inquiries

- County / State EOC Exelon representatives

- Community Relations Directors, or equivalent

EP-AA-112-601 Revision 0 Page 20 of 23 ATTACHMENT 6 RUMOR CONTROL STAFFCHECKLIST Page 2 of 2 2.2 INFORM the Public Information Director and Media Monitoring Staff of actions taken to correct any misinformation or rumors.

2.3 ASSIST the Media Monitoring Staff with incoming media inquiries or media monitoring activities.

2.4 PERFORM a shift turnover with the on-coming personnel using guidance in EP AA-1 12, Attachment 2 (Shift Turnover).

EP-AA-1 12-601 Revision 0 Page 21 of 23 ATTACHMENT 7 NEWS WRITER CHECKLIST Page I of 3 The News Writer writes press releases that will be provided to the media.

Section 1, Initial Actions Section 2, Ongoing Actions Table 4-1, "Press Release Format Guide" NOTE: Steps in this checklist may be performed in an order other than listed or they may be omitted if not applicable.

1. INITIAL ACTIONS 1.1 SIGN IN on the Organization Board.

1.2 REPORT your arrival to the Public Information Director.

1.3 INITIATE a position log documenting significant actions performed and communications related to your position.

1.4 LOGIN to the News Writer computer program using the following directions.

- REFER to EP-MW(MA)-1 10-100 for instructions for use of the News Writer program.

2. ONGOING ACTIONS 2.1 IDENTIFY, with the assistance of the Public Information Director, and JPIC Director if applicable, news information of interest to the media.

Information is likely to be considered Newsworthy if it meets one or more of the following criteria:

1. Enables public to take appropriate and timely actions to minimize risk to life, health or property
2. Helps public accurately judge current and potential impact of event
3. Involves injury or loss of life
4. Reinforces/enhances efforts by federal/state/local agencies to carry out public protective actions

EP-AA-1 12-601 Revision 0 Page 22 of 23 ATTACHMENT 7 NEWS WRITER CHECKLIST Page 2 of 3

5. Changes in:

- Emergency classification

- Meteorological/radiological conditions in EPZ

- Core integrity/capability to maintain same

- Containment integrity/capability to maintain same

- Overall plant radiological conditions

- Understanding of fundamental cause or chronology of event

- Projections of practical consequences of event CAUTION Do not include utility PARs in press releases.

2.2 COMPOSE draft press releases with assistance from the Radiological and Technical Advisors summarizing ongoing developments at the station.

1. TRANSLATE the "news information," once it has been validated, into "news" that will be timely, accurate and understandable to the Media.
2. REVISE the press release drafts, as needed, under the direction of the Public Information Director (for the Coatsville JPIC, use the guidelines contained in Table 7-1).

NOTE: Do not save press releases on the News Writer program until it is ready for review by the Corporate Spokesperson. Once you save the file, the JPIC Information Liaison can access the file.

2.3 CONTACT the Public Information Liaison or JPIC Director and INFORM them that a new press release has been prepared and is ready for the Corporate Emergency Director's technical review and Corporate Spokesperson's review.

1. PROVIDE the file name so they can print and distribute the press release at the JPIC.

2.4 DOCUMENT the approval of the Corporate Spokesperson on the bottom of the news release prior to dissemination to the media.

2.5 DELIVER copies of the approved news release to the Public Information Director and clerical staff for distribution.

2.6 PERFORM a shift turnover with on-coming personnel using guidance in EP-AA 112, Attachment 2 (Shift Turnover).

EP-AA-1 12-601 Revision 0 Page 23 of 23 ATTACHMENT 7 NEWS WRITER CHECKLIST Page 3 of 3 TABLE 7-1 NEWSRELEASE CHECKLIST COATESVILLE JPIC Page 1 of 1 rCoatesville JPIC only Today's Date: / / Time: a.m./p.m. Page - of NOTE: Use "3-Way" communications to confirm information.

1. Classification / Level of emergency:

_ Unusual Event _ Alert __ Site Area Emergency _ General Emergency

2. Event Declaration: Today's Date: I I Time:  : a.m./p.m.
3. Reason for declaration of emergency:
4. Is I was this the FIRST emergency event level declared (Circle One) - YES / NO

. If NO, what was the first event declared, when, and reason for classification?

5. Emergency Action Level (EAL) and Reason / Basis for Emergency:
6. Plant Status / Power Level at time of emergency declaration:
7. Current Plant Status / Power Level (Stable / Hot Shutdown / Cold Shutdown I ATWS; Include manual or automatic shutdown):
8. What actions / strategy are being taken or planned to mitigate the problem and what is / are the top priority(ies)?
9. What officials have been / are being notified?

[]Local: (Specify agencies)

[]County: (Specify agencies)

[]State: (Specify agencies)

[]Federal: (Specify agencies)

10. Is there any radiation release in progress? (Circle One) - YES / NO
  • IfYES, what is the location and source of the release (if known)?
  • How is release being monitored?
11. Is / was any one: [ ] injured I [] contaminate I [] been treated
  • If taken offsite, location:
12. Other actions/notes:

EP-AA-1 12-602 tx le , Revision 0 N e Page 1 of 27 NUC1tZUr Level 2 - Reference Use JPIC ACTIVATION AND OPERATION

1. PURPOSE 1.1. This procedure describes the responsibilities and actions of the Joint Public Information Center (JPIC) staff, which consists of the following positions reporting to the Corporate Spokesperson:

- Corporate Spokesperson

- JPIC Director

- JPIC Administrative Coordinator

- JPIC Coordinator

- Access Controller

- Public Information Liaison (Mid-West ROG only)

- Technical Spokesperson (Mid-West ROG only)

- Radiation Protection Spokesperson (Mid-West ROG only) 1.2. When the Shift Manager decides that a situation warrants activation of the JPIC under the Emergency Plan, this procedure becomes applicable.

2. TERMS AND DEFINITIONS atr ROG FMid=-West Emergency News Center (ENC) functions are co-located with the common MWROG Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) in Warrenville, IL. As such, the ENC is physically separated from the Joint Public Information Center (JPIC).

INITIAL RESPONSE EXPECTATIONS When notified of a JPICactivation,staff members will report to the Cantera Office and assemble in Training Room 109, adjacent to the EOF, priorto respondingto the respective JPIC.

ROG I CoatesvilleI FMid-Atlantic The Coatesville JPIC shares a common facility with the EOF. Therefore, ENC functions are performed at the JPIC instead of at a separate ENC.

Since the ENC shares a common facility with the JPIC, the Technical and RadiologicalAdvisors may also perform the duties of the Technical and Radiation ProtectionSpokesperson positions. In addition, the Public Information Liaison position is not requiredto be staffed.

EP-AA-1 12-602 Revision 0 Page 2 of 27

3. RESPONSIBILITIES 3.1. The Access Controller controls access at the Joint Public Information Center (JPIC).

3.2. The Corporate Spokesperson reports to the Corporate Emergency Director and is the designated company spokesperson responsible for providing news information related to the emergency event to the news media and to the public.

3.3. The JPIC Directorreports to the Corporate Spokesperson to ensure the operability of and to supervise the activities in the JPIC.

3.4. The Public Information Liaison assimilates emergency-related information from the Technical Advisor, the Radiological Advisor and from primary sources in the Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) as directed. The Public Information Liaison also ensures that approved Press Releases and Chronological Event Description Logs are made available in the JPIC.

3.5. The JPICAdministrative Coordinatorreports to the JPIC Director and is responsible for providing administrative, logistics, communications and personnel support for the emergency response operations.

3.6. The JPIC Coordinatorreports to the JPIC Director and oversees the operation of the JPIC, assuring a coordinated effort between all parties involved. This person is the primary interface between Exelon Nuclear and the news media/public for coordinating briefings, press conferences, interviews and responses to information requests.

3.7. The Technical Spokesperson reports to the Corporate Spokesperson and functions as the Public Information Official (PIO) for Exelon Nuclear with regard to plant operations, including plant safety systems and reactor integrity.

3.8. The Radiation ProtectionSpokesperson reports to the Corporate Spokesperson and functions as the PIO for Exelon Nuclear in regard to health physics and environmental concerns.

4. MAIN BODY 4.1. INITIATE the appropriate Emergency Plan activities using the position specific checklist listed in Attachments 1 thru 7.
5. DOCUMENTATION None
6. REFERENCES None

EP-AA-1 12-602 Revision 0 Page 3 of 27

7. ATTACHMENTS 7.1. Attachment 1, JPIC Access Controller Checklist 7.2. Attachment 2, Corporate Spokesperson Checklist 7.3. Attachment 3, JPIC Director Checklist 7.4. Attachment 4, Public Information Liaison Checklist (Mid-West ROG) 7.5. Attachment 5, JPIC Administrator Coordinator Checklist 7.6. Attachment 6, JPIC Coordinator Checklist 7.7. Attachment 7, Technical Spokesperson Checklist (Mid-West ROG) 7.8. Attachment 8, Radiation Protection Spokesperson Checklist (Mid-West ROG)

EP-AA-1 12-602 Revision 0 Page 4 of 27 ATTACHMENT I JPIC ACCESS CONTROLLER CHECKLIST Page 1 of 5 Section 1, Initial Actions Section 2, Ongoing Actions Table 1-1, " JPIC Ingress/Egress Log" NOTE: Steps in this checklist may be performed in an order other than listed or they may be omitted if not applicable.

ICoatesville EOF i he first of 2 facility security members arriving at the EOF will assume responsibility for 1n.3 g access to the EOF. The 2 facility security member will assume

=responsibility for controlling access to the Joint Public Information Center (JPIC).

1. INITIAL ACTIONS
1. 1. SIGN IN on the JPIC Organization Board.

1.2. REPORT your arrival to the JPIC Director.

1.3. INITIATE a position log documenting significant actions performed and communications related to your position.

=Mid-Ws O 1.4. CONTACT the EOF Security Coordinator, using the ERF Telephone Directory, and PROVIDE the telephone number where you can be reached.

1.4.1. REQUEST adequate security officers to implement access control 1.5. ESTABLISH facility perimeter controls, to include:

1.5.1. VERIFY that all external facility doors are either bolted from the inside or controlled to prevent uncontrolled access.

1.5.2. SEARCH the facility (JPIC) for unauthorized personnel.

EP-AA-1 12-602 Revision 0 Page 5 of 27 ATTACHMENT I JPIC ACCESS CONTROLLER CHECKLIST Page 2 of 5 1.6. ESTABLISH an Access Control Desk at the following locations where persons will be allowed entrance to the facility:

1.6.1. _Media Access Access Control Desks for the Media should have Table 1-1, "JPIC Ingress/Egress Log", available for sign-in.

71.6.2 Emergqency Responders Access

-Access Control Desks for emergency responders should have Table 1 1, "JPIC Ingress/Egress Log", available in sufficient quantities to support operations at the facility.

1.7. DOCUMENT the time that access control is established in the Event Log.

1.8. NOTIFY the JPIC Director, or EOF Security Coordinator (Cantera) that access control is established.

1.9. INITIATE proper badging of any personnel present in the facility prior to access control being established.

1. REQUIRE personnel to produce a current Exelon Nuclear ID card, station badge, or photo ID as identification.
2. ESCORT personnel not involved with the emergency response to the facility exit.
2. ONGOING ACTIONS NOTES: Emergency responders are those designated Exelon personnel assigned to the JPIC along with responders from the NRC, Federal, State and local agencies who will be presenting press conferences to the media and/or assisting in the operation of the JPIC facility.

Emergency Responders arriving at the Coatesville facility will use the EOF side entrance.

2.1. Access Control For Emergency Responders 2.1.1. ADMIT only emergency responders (Exelon Nuclear and Non-Exelon Nuclear) at this Access Control Desk.

EP-AA-1 12-602 Revision 0 Page 6 of 27 ATTACHMENT I JPIC ACCESS CONTROLLER CHECKLIST Page 3 of 5 2.1.2. INSTRUCT the Media to enter at the JPIC Media Access Control Desk.

2.1.3. For each Exelon Nuclear emergency responder:

1. RECORD the required information on Table 1-1 JPIC Ingress/Egress Log.
2. ASSIGN the appropriate badge.

2.1.4. For each Non-Exelon Nuclear emergency responder:

1. OBTAIN access authorization for Non-Exelon Nuclear emergency response personnel from the JPIC Director or designee.
2. RECORD the required information on Table 1-1, JPIC Ingress/Egress Log, 2.1.5. NOTIFY the JPIC Director of the arrival of the NRC or any other Non-Exelon Nuclear responders to the JPIC.

NOTE: Prompt ingress for the NRC is critical. JPIC personnel are exempt from the Fitness For Duty (FFD) program requirements. This shall not be misconstrued to exempt any person from conducting themselves in a manner that diminishes the effectiveness of the Emergency Response or jeopardizes the health and safety of the public.

2.2. Access Control For Media Representatives 2.2.1. INSTRUCT Members of the Media to remain in their vehicles in the JPIC parking lot until the JPIC Media Access Control desk is staffed and the JPIC opened.

- Do not open the JPIC to the media until a member of JPIC staff authorizes initial access.

- Do not allow members of the Media into the JPIC unattended.

- A member of the JPIC staff, or a Security Guard must be present in the JPIC at all times.

2.2.2. ADMIT only Media Responders at this Access Control Desk. Emergency responders must enter at the Emergency Responder Access Control Desk.

EP-AA-1 12-602 Revision 0 Page 7 of 27 ATTACHMENT I JPIC ACCESS CONTROLLER CHECKLIST Page 4 of 5 2.2.3. REQUIRE each member of the Media to present one of the following credentials:

NOTE: In all instances, a genuine member of the Media should be able to supply the name and number of an assignment editor.

- Any media organization ID card,

- Any local, state or federal certification documents,

- Membership cards in recognized journalism/press associations.

- Media representatives may give the name and phone number of their editor, program director or news director for direct telephone confirmation.

2.2.4. RECORD the required information for each media representative on Table 1-1, JPIC Ingress/Egress Log.

2.3. PERFORM a shift turnover with on-coming personnel using guidance in EP-AA 112, Attachment 2 (Shift Turnover).

EP-AA-1 12-602 Revision 0 Page 8 of 27 ATTACHMENT I JPIC ACCESS CONTROLLER CHECKLIST Page 5 of 5 TABLE 1-1 JPIC INGRESS/EGRESS LOG Page 1 of I DATE/TIME FACILITY NAME AGENCY/ POSITION IN OUT COMMENTS COMPANY 4 F + 4 +

t 1- *1-4- 4- 4 +

1 1 F *4- 4 4 4-

EP-AA-1 12-602 Revision 0 Page 9 of 27 ATTACHMENT 2 CORPORATE SPOKESPERSON CHECKLIST Page 1 of 3 When notified of JPIC activation, staff members will report to the Cantera Office and assemble in Training Room 109, adjacent to the EOF, prior to responding to the respective JPIC. The Corporate Spokesperson will coordinate the decision to staff the JPIC with the appropriate offsite authorities, Corporate Emergency Director, and Public Information Director.

Section 1, Initial Actions Section 2, Ongoing Actions NOTE: Steps in this checklist may be performed in an order other than listed or they may be omitted if not applicable.

1. INITIAL ACTIONS 1.1. SIGN IN on the JPIC Organization Board.

1.2. INITIATE a position log documenting significant actions performed and communications related to your position.

1.3. ESTABLISH contact with the Public Information Director:

Mid-West ROG

=

Once established, MAINTAIN an open conference line with the ENC.

1.3.1. OBTAIN a briefing of the current plant and environmental status.

1.3.2. OBTAIN a summary of the information provided by Exelon Nuclear, Federal, State and local agency representatives to the media and to the public.

1.4. CONFER with the Public Information Director, other EOF personnel, and the JPIC Director to formulate an action plan for the overall dissemination of information to the media.

1.5. INTRODUCE yourself to any Governmental Agency Public Information Officials (PIOs) present.

EP-AA-1 12-602 Revision 0 Page 10 of 27 ATTACHMENT 2 CORPORATE SPOKESPERSON CHECKLIST Page 2 of 3 1.6. DETERMINE with the JPIC Director, Public Information Director and government agency PIOs present at the JPIC, a time to activate the JPIC 1.7. REQUEST that the JPIC Director inform you of the arrival of any other PIOs to the facility.

1.8. REQUEST the News Writer draft a Press Release for JPIC activation.

1. PROVIDE a copy of the press release to the Public Information Director for review prior to approval.
2. APPROVE the press release.
3. ENSURE that the approved Press Release is properly distributed to the media and to the Exelon Emergency Response Facilities (ERFs).
2. ONGOING ACTIONS 2.1. INTERFACE with the Public Information Director and JPIC Director.
1. MAINTAIN cognizance of conditions of the plant and environment, and the actions of Exelon Nuclear and governmental support personnel.
2. REQUEST information to answer questions raised during press conferences.

2.2. SUPERVISE the activities of the JPIC Director and, in Mid-West ROG, the Technical and Radiation Protection Spokespersons.

2.3. FUNCTION as a liaison between the JPIC and Exelon Nuclear corporate executives.

2.4. CONDUCT press conferences with the news media.

1. COORDINATE the content and timing of the press conferences with the JPIC Director and with the Federal, State and local agency representatives in the JPIC to ensure consistency in news provided.
2. COORDINATE with Federal, State and Local agencies, as well as with other organizations involved in the emergency response, to maintain factual consistency of information to be conveyed to the news media and timing of the briefings.

EP-AA-1 12-602 Revision 0 Page 11 of 27 ATTACHMENT 2 CORPORATE SPOKESPERSON CHECKLIST Page 3 of 3

3. COORDINATE and DIRECT responses to media inquiries.
4. PROVIDE for the timely exchange of information other spokespersons.

2.5. DIRECT the News Writer to prepare Press Releases as required.

Mid-WestROG FORWARD press releases to the Corporate Emergency Director through the Public Information Director.I

1. PROVIDE press releases to the Corporate Emergency Director for review of the technical content prior to approval.
2. PERFORM a final review of news releases and the Chronological Events Description Log prior to Public Information Director approval.

2.6. PERFORM a shift turnover with on-coming personnel using guidance in EP-AA 112, Attachment 2 (Shift Turnover).

EP-AA-1 12-602 Revision 0 Page 12 of 27 ATTACHMENT 3 JPIC DIRECTOR CHECKLIST Page 1 of 3 Section 1, Initial Actions Section 2, Ongoing Actions NOTE: Steps in this checklist may be performed in an order other than listed or they may be omitted if not applicable.

1. INITIAL ACTIONS 1.1. SIGN IN on the JPIC Organization Board.

1.2. REPORT your arrival to the Corporate Spokesperson.

1.3. INITIATE a position log documenting significant actions performed and communications related to your position.

1.4. ESTABLISH contact with the Public Information Director:

1.4.1. OBTAIN a briefing on current plant technical and environmental status.

1.4.2. OBTAIN a summary of information provided to the media and public.

1.5. OBTAIN from Federal, State and local agency representatives in the JPIC their availability for a press conference.

1.6. VERIFY that the JPIC Coordinator has the JPIC Activation Checklist completed per EP-AA-1 12-600, and that the JPIC is ready to be activated.

1.7. BRIEF the Corporate Spokesperson on the current status at the plant, the status of the environs, and the information provided the news media and the public from Exelon Communications & Public Affairs and governmental agencies.

1.8. DETERMINE with the Corporate Spokesperson a time to activate the JPIC, allowing media to enter the building, and a time for the first press conference.

1.8.1. INFORM the Public Information Director of the activation of the JPIC.

1.8.2. AUTHORIZE the JPIC Coordinator to open the JPIC.

1.8.3. AUTHORIZE access of non-Exelon Nuclear officials to the JPIC.

EP-AA-1 12-602 Revision 0 Page 13 of 27 ATTACHMENT 3 JPIC DIRECTOR CHECKLIST Page 2 of 3

2. ONGOING ACTIONS 2.1. DIRECT the activities of the Access Controller, Public Information Liaison, Administrative Coordinator, and JPIC Coordinator.

I Mid-Wesit ROG only1 2.2. REQUEST that the Public Information Liaison MONITOR the open conference call at times when the Corporate Spokesperson and JPIC Director are unavailable.

2.3. MAINTAIN cognizance of conditions of the plant and environment, and the actions of Exelon Nuclear and governmental support personnel.

1. PARTICIPATE as needed, in the rumor control activities.
2. COORDINATE with the Media Monitoring staff for review and access to media coverage of the emergency event.
3. INTERFACE with the Public Information Director, and coordinate information flow between the EOF and the JPIC.

2.4. COORDINATE with the Corporate Spokesperson, Public Information Director, Federal, State and Local agencies, regarding the content, format and timing of press releases to be provided by Exelon Nuclear to the news media and the public.

1. PROVIDE copies of Press Releases to the Corporate Spokesperson so they are aware of what written information has been provided to the media.
2. INFORM the Public Information Director of any press releases issued by Federal, State or local agencies that you become aware of.

EP-AA-1 12-602 Revision 0 Page 14 of 27 ATTACHMENT 3 JPIC DIRECTOR CHECKLIST Page 3 of 3 2.5. COORDINATE with the Corporate Spokesperson, the Public Information Liaison, I and the JPIC Coordinator the content, format and timeliness of the new briefings.

1. COORDINATE the content and material to be presented at the press conferences by Exelon Nuclear with the information to be provided by the Federal, State and local government agency representatives. (For example, any advisement of public evacuation and shelter are made only by the governmental agencies.)

Information is likely to be considered Newsworthy if it meets one or more of the criteria:

- Enables public to take appropriate and timely actions to minimize risk to life, health or property

- Helps public accurately judge current and potential impact of event

- Involves injury or loss of life

- Reinforces/enhances efforts by federal/state/local agencies to carry out public protective actions

- Changes in:

- Emergency classification

- Meteorological/radiological conditions in EPZ

- Core integrity/capability to maintain same

- Containment integrity/capability to maintain same

- Understanding of fundamental cause or chronology of event

- Projections of practical consequences of event 2.6. PERFORM a shift turnover with on-coming personnel using guidance in EP-AA 112, Attachment 2 (Shift Turnover).

EP-AA-1 12-602 Revision 0 Page 15 of 27 ATTACHMENT 4 PUBLIC INFORMATION LIAISON CHECKLIST (Mid-West ROG)

Page 1 of 2 Section 1, Initial Actions Section 2, Ongoing Actions NOTE: Steps in this checklist may be performed in an order other than listed or they may be omitted if not applicable.

1. INITIAL ACTIONS 1.1. SIGN IN on the JPIC Organization Board.

1.2. REPORT your arrival to the JPIC Director.

1.3. INITIATE a position log documenting significant actions performed and communications related to your position.

1.4. LOGIN to the Newswriter computer program.

- REFER to EP-MW-1 10-100 for, " Instructions for use of the NEWSWRITER program".

1.5. ESTABLISH contact with the News Writer:

1.5.1. OBTAIN the file name for any previously issued press releases and PRINT copies of any previously issued press releases.

1.5.2. PROVIDE copies of approved press releases to the JPIC Director and Administrative Coordinator for internal use and dissemination to the media gathered at the JPIC.

1.5.3. OBTAIN the file name of the approved Chronological Event Description Log and PRINT a copy of the Log.

1.5.4. OBTAIN approval for release of the Chronological Event Description Log from the Company Spokesperson and PROVIDE copies to the JPIC Director and Administrative Coordinator for internal use and dissemination to the media gathered at the JPIC.

1.6. OBTAIN a list of Exelon Nuclear Spokespersons present in the JPIC and print the applicable Biographies from the Newswriter program.

1.6.1. PROVIDE the printed Biographies to the JPIC Coordinator for dissemination to the media.

EP-AA-1 12-602 Revision 0 Page 16 of 27 ATTACHMENT 4 PUBLIC INFORMATION LIAISON CHECKLIST (Mid-West ROG)

Page 2 of 2

2. ONGOING ACTIONS 2.1. COORDINATE the information flow between the EOF and JPIC.
1. ESTABLISH and MAINTAIN an open line between the JPIC and the ENC staff.
2. RESOLVE questions left unanswered in previous press conferences in coordination with the Technical and Radiological Advisors.
3. PURSUE information that either substantiates or refutes public information arising from the media in coordination with the Rumor Control Staff.
4. COORDINATE with Emergency Response Personnel in the EOF to ensure that any events of potential public interest are addressed.

2.2. OBTAIN draft copies of press releases and PROVIDE to the Corporate Spokesperson for review.

2.3. OBTAIN approved copies of press releases from the News Writer when issued.

1. PROVIDE this information to the JPIC Director and to the clerical staff for copying and distribution.

2.4. OBTAIN a copy of the approved Chronological Event Description Log from Events Recorder on a regular basis:

1. PROVIDE this information to the JPIC Director and clerical staff for copying and distribution to Exelon staff and State officials.

2.5. PERFORM a shift turnover with on-coming personnel using guidance in EP-AA 112, Attachment 2 (Shift Turnover).

EP-AA-1 12-602 Revision 0 Page 17 of 27 ATTACHMENT 5 JPIC ADMINISTRATIVE COORDINATOR CHECKLIST Page 1 of 4 Section 1, Initial Actions Section 2, Ongoing Actions Table 5-1, "JPIC Call-Out Record" NOTE: Steps in this checklist may be performed in an order other than listed or they may be omitted if not applicable.

1. INITIAL ACTIONS 1.1. SIGN IN on the JPIC Organization Board.

1.2. REPORT your arrival to the JPIC Director.

1.3. INITIATE a position log documenting significant actions performed and communications related to your position.

1.4. CONFIRM with the Administrative Coordinator (EOF) that clerical support personnel have been activated and are proceeding to the JPIC.

1.5. Work with the JPIC Coordinator to OBTAIN the names of the expected personnel and CONFIRM that future shift staffing of these positions will be assumed by the JPIC.

- A copy of the expected shift staff will be telecopied to the JPIC by the callout system, after it is finished with the call out.

1.5.1. If the Call Out Report from the call out system indicates that JPIC shift staffing is not complete OR additional staff is needed, then FIND suitable personnel for the missing staff.

REFER to the ERO Telephone Directory for a listing of personnel qualified to fill emergency response roles.

1. USE Table 5-1, "JPIC Call-Out Record" to record the personnel contacted for response to the JPIC.
2. CONTACT the JPIC Director for assistance in determining what Exelon Nuclear or non-Exelon Nuclear personnel will be (a) suitable replacement(s).

1.6. ASSUME responsibility for completion of the JPIC Activation Checklist, EP-AA-1 12-600, from the JPIC Coordinator if not completed.

EP-AA-1 12-602 Revision 0 Page 18 of 27 ATTACHMENT 5 JPIC ADMINISTRATIVE COORDINATOR CHECKLIST Page 2 of 4

2. ONGOING ACTIONS 2.1. DIRECT the clerical staff:
1. VERIFY the arrival of clerical support personnel and ASSIGN tasks.

Tasks include:

  • Administrative support.
  • Copying and distributing information per Clerical Fax and Distribution Guidance near the fax machines.
  • Posting copies of completed forms in a central location.
2. ESTABLISH and MAINTAIN a file for each JPIC position to include documents collected during shift turnover.
  • The JPIC Director can help identify the documents.
3. PROVIDE for transcription of the JPIC Staffing Board and DISTRIBUTE per Clerical Fax and Distribution Guidance.

2.2. OBTAIN services, as necessary, to support operations of the JPIC such as accommodations, office support services, food services, and waste disposal.

2.3. COORDINATE shift relief and continual staffing of the JPIC:

1. DEVELOP a shift schedule for the JPIC Personnel.
  • Shift lengths should be 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> (maximum);
  • All responders should have > 7 hours8.101852e-5 days <br />0.00194 hours <br />1.157407e-5 weeks <br />2.6635e-6 months <br /> between scheduled work periods.
2. COLLECT all documents generated and forms completed in the JPIC at shift changes and/or when Termination is declared and ENSURE that all reference material is returned to the proper location.
3. CONSULT with the EOF Security Coordinator for road areas that should be avoided by JPIC relief personnel enroute due to radiological or other hazardous conditions.
4. CONSULT with the EOF Administrative Coordinator to compare on-going staffing schedules.
5. CONTACT relief personnel for the next shift and provide schedules and any special instructions for reporting to work using the ERO Telephone Directory.

EP-AA-1 12-602 Revision 0 Page 19 of 27 ATTACHMENT 5 JPIC ADMINISTRATIVE COORDINATOR CHECKLIST Page 3 of 4 2.4. PERFORM a shift turnover with on-coming personnel using guidance in EP-AA 112, Attachment 2 (Shift Turnover).

EP-AA-1 12-602 Revision 0 Page 20 of 27 ATTACHMENT 5 JPIC ADMINISTRATIVE COORDINATOR CHECKLIST Page 4 of 4 I TABLE 5-1 JPIC CALL-OUT RECORD Page 1 of I CIRCLE ONE: DRILL ACTUAL CALLER CALLER DATE: ___ / NAME:_______ POSITION:

SITE: Braidwood ERF: MAZON JPIC CLASS: Unusual Event Dresden MAZON JPIC Alert LaSalle MAZON JPIC Site Area Emergency Clinton BLOOMINGTON JPIC General Emergency Byron MORRISON JPIC Quad Cities MORRISON JPIC Limerick COATESVILLE JPIC Peach Bottom COATESVILLE JPIC TIME NAME POSITION AVAILABLE? *ETA I ____

YES NO I

  • 4 4- +

t 4- 1- *1-4 4- 4 4-4 4- 4 4-4- 1- I I-1* I t I COMMENTS:

  • ETA (Expected Time of Arrival)

EP-AA-1 12-602 Revision 0 Page 21 of 27 ATTACHMENT 6 JPIC COORDINATOR CHECKLIST Page 1 of 3 Section 1, Initial Actions Section 2, Ongoing Actions NOTE: Steps in this checklist may be performed in an order other than listed or they may be omitted if not applicable.

1. INITIAL ACTIONS 1.1. SIGN IN on the JPIC Organization Board.

1.2. REPORT your arrival to the JPIC Director.

1.3. INITIATE a position log documenting significant actions performed and communications related to your position.

rCoatesville JPIC 1.4. DIRECT available Facility Support Staff to complete audio / visual equipment set-up using Table 3-2 to EP-AA-1 12-600, Attachment 3.

1.5. COMPLETE JPIC Activation Checklist per EP-AA-112-600, as applicable, with the assistance of the JPIC Staff 1.6. ENSURE that access control has been established at the media entrance.

1.7. VERIFY that the JPIC media telephones are functional, and REPORT any problems to the JPIC Administrative Coordinator or EOF Computer Specialist (Coatesville).

1.8. ENSURE that press kits, biographies of the Exelon Spokespersons, prior press releases, Chronological Event Description Logs and Public Information Brochures are available to be distributed.

1.8.1. OBTAIN the biographies, Chronological Event Description logs and press releases from the JPIC Director.

1.9. NOTIFY the JPIC Director when the JPIC is ready to be declared operational and news media maybe allowed inside.

1.9.1. OBTAIN the time of the first press conference from the JPIC Director.

EP-AA-1 12-602 Revision 0 Page 22 of 27 ATTACHMENT 6 JPIC COORDINATOR CHECKLIST Page 2 of 3

2. ONGOING ACTIONS 2.1. ADDRESS the media:
1. GIVE the time the first press conference will occur.
2. EXPLAIN the facilities available, including telephones and washrooms.
3. REVIEW the contents of the press kit.
4. PASS out any previously issued press releases, the Chronological Event Description Log and biographies of the spokespersons.

2.2. COORDINATE press conferences, interviews and responses to information requests from the media present in the JPIC.

1. CONSULT with the JPIC Director for approximate times for press conferences and then remind them when they are due.
2. ARRANGE interviews with Spokespersons per the request of the media.
3. ESTABLISH with the JPIC Director, a minimum frequency for addressing news media and ensure that some form of communication occurs within that time frame.
4. POST approved Press Releases prominently and have sufficient copies available.

2.3. REVIEW with the Corporate Spokesperson, prior to press conferences, the sequence of speakers and announcements to be made to the media.

1. INTRODUCE the speakers at the beginning of the press conference, if requested by the Corporate Spokesperson.
2. BRING any unanswered questions to the attention of the JPIC Director
3. ENSURE these items are addressed in the next briefing.

2.3.1 ASSIST in documenting unanswered questions and serious public misinformation and IDENTIFY to the JPIC Director for resolution.

2.4. PROVIDE the primary interface between Exelon Nuclear and the news media/public, including briefings, press conferences, interviews and responses to information requests.

EP-AA-1 12-602 Revision 0 Page 23 of 27 ATTACHMENT 6 JPIC COORDINATOR CHECKLIST Page 3 of 3 2.5. WORK the JPIC Administrative Coordinator, as needed, to obtain additional services to support JPIC operations.

2.6. PERFORM a shift turnover with on-coming personnel using guidance in EP-AA 112, Attachment 2 (Shift Turnover).

EP-AA-1 12-602 Revision 0 Page 24 of 27 ATTACHMENT 7 TECHNICAL SPOKESPERSON CHECKLIST (Mid-West ROG only)

Page 1 of 2 Section 1, Initial Actions Section 2, Ongoing Actions NOTE: Steps in this checklist may be performed in an order other than listed or they may be omitted if not applicable.

1. INITIAL ACTIONS 1.1. SIGN IN on the JPIC Organization Board.

1.2. REPORT your arrival to the Corporate Spokesperson.

1.3. INITIATE a position log documenting significant actions performed and communications related to your position.

1.4. CONTACT the Technical Advisor or the Public Information Director in the EOF and OBTAIN an initial update on plant status, classification and station priorities.

1.5. LOGIN to the computer programs to enable you to access plant data.

REFER to EP-MW-1 10-100 for instructions for data acquisition.

2. ONGOING ACTIONS 2.1. FUNCTION as a Public Information Official (PIO) for Exelon Nuclear in regards to plant status and plant operations.

2.2. DOCUMENT unanswered technical questions posed by the news media and forward the questions to the Technical Advisor.

1. PROVIDE follow-up answers to questions, for the news media as soon as is practicable.
2. PROVIDE a follow-up explanation that corrects any misinformation as soon as practicable.

2.3. PREPARE briefing papers in coordination with the Technical Advisor, which contain additional plant technical details and background not found in the press releases.

EP-AA-1 12-602 Revision 0 Page 25 of 27 ATTACHMENT 7 TECHNICAL SPOKESPERSON CHECKLIST (Mid-West ROG only)

Page 2 of 2 2.4. OBTAIN or PREPARE audio-visual resources, with the assistance of the JPIC Coordinator and JPIC Administrative Coordinator, for use during press conferences.

2.5. OBTAIN regular updates from the Technical Advisor of plant operations and plant status, in particular, include plant safety systems and reactor integrity.

2.6. PERFORM a shift turnover with on-coming personnel using guidance in EP-AA 112, Attachment 2 (Shift Turnover).

EP-AA-1 12-602 Revision 0 Page 26 of 27 ATTACHMENT 8 RADIATION PROTECTION SPOKESPERSON CHECKLIST (Mid-West ROG only)

Page 1 of 2 Section 1, Initial Actions Section 2, Ongoing Actions NOTE: Steps in this checklist may be performed in an order other than listed or they may be omitted if not applicable.

1. INITIAL ACTIONS 1.1. SIGN IN on the JPIC Organization Board.

1.2. REPORT your arrival to the Corporate Spokesperson.

1.3. INITIATE a position log documenting significant actions performed and communications related to your position.

1.4. CONTACT the Radiological Advisor in the EOF and REQUEST an update on:

- Plant radiological status,

- Effluent release status (both gaseous and liquid)

- Results from environmental team monitoring

- Contamination and/or exposures received during the event

- Injuries or accidents 1.5. LOGIN to the computer programs to access plant data.

- REFER to EP-MW-1 10-100 for instructions on data acquisition.

EP-AA-1 12-602 Revision 0 Page 27 of 27 ATTACHMENT 8 RADIATION PROTECTION SPOKESPERSON CHECKLIST (Mid-West ROG only)

Page 2 of 2

2. ONGOING ACTIONS CAUTION In the event of a radiological release to the environment, Do not provide recommendations to the news media that could result in a Exelon Nuclear advisement of Protective Action Recommendations directly to the Public. All such advisements are made by state authorities, not Exelon.

2.1. FUNCTION as a Public Information Official (PIO) for Exelon Nuclear in regards to health physics and environmental concerns.

2.2. DOCUMENT unanswered radiological or environmental questions posed by the news media and forward the questions to the Radiological Advisor in the EOF.

1. PROVIDE follow-up answers to questions for the news media as soon as is practicable.
2. PROVIDE a follow-up explanation that corrects misinformation as soon as practicable.

2.3. PREPARE briefing papers in coordination with the Radiological Advisor, which contain additional radiological details and background not found in the press releases.

2.4. OBTAIN or PREPARE audio-visual resources, with the assistance of the JPIC Coordinator and the Administrative Coordinator, for use during press conferences.

2.5. OBTAIN regular updates from the Radiological Advisor on radiological data concerning plant status and in particular concerning any radiological releases from the plant in to the environs that may have occurred or may be planned.

2.6. PERFORM a shift turnover with on-coming personnel using guidance in EP-AA 112, Attachment 2 (Shift Turnover).

EP-AA-1 13 Exek n , Revision 4 Page 1 of 18 NucleaT Level 2 - Reference Use PERSONNEL PROTECTIVE ACTIONS

1. PURPOSE 1.1 This procedure provides the necessary guidance used in determining onsite personnel protective actions during an event.

Assembly, Accountability and Evacuation REFER to Section 4.1 Habitability REFER to Section 4.2 Emergency Exposure Limits REFER to Section 4.3 KI Assessment REFER to Section 4.4

2. TERMS AND DEFINITIONS 2.1 Accountability - Accountability is the process of verifying the location of personnel who are inside the Protected Area. That is, any personnel within the Protected Area who have not carded into the card reader will be identified as missing (unaccounted for). Accountability is required to be completed within 30 minutes of its initiation (the names of any missing persons identified by security and the number of missing provided to the Station Emergency Director).

Accountability must be conducted at a Site Area or General Emergency, if not previously initiated. Accountability may be conducted at the Alert level following TSC activation, at the discretion of the Station Emergency Director.

2.2 Assembly - Assembly occurs at a Site Area Emergency (or at the discretion of the Station Emergency Director). On-duty and ERO personnel assemble in the emergency response facilities. All other non-essential personnel, contractors and visitors report to their designated Assembly Area. The Assembly Area is used to coordinate the need for any immediate additional resources and to establish an ERO shift relief roster and schedule.

EP-AA-1 13 Revision 4 Page 2 of 18 2.3 Evacuation - A site evacuation is required at the Site Area Emergency classification level immediately following completion of Accountability actions.

Site evacuation may be called for at any lower classification; however, conditions that require a site evacuation are inherently defined as Site Area Emergency events and should be classified as such.

Evacuation can involve the movement of large numbers of personnel outside of the Protected Area by keying out of the turnstiles. Evacuation may warrant station egress control by Security. Security will provide specific instructions to personnel leaving the Protected Area. Evacuees may be directed to a Relocation Center (offsite assembly areas) for monitoring and decontamination, or sent home. Other situations that involve the evacuation of personnel from occupied localized onsite areas are controlled on a case by-case basis.

2.4 Release, A 'Release in Progress'is defined as ANY radioactive release that is a result of, or associated with, the emergency event.

2.5 Thyroid Blocking Agent, an agent which when properly administered to an individual will result in sufficient accumulation of stable iodine in the thyroid to prevent significant uptake of radioiodine. Potassium Iodide (KI) is such an agent.

3. RESPONSIBILITIES 3.1 The Shift Manager (Shift Emergency Director) will perform the responsibilities of the Station Emergency Director until relieved.

3.2 The Station Emergency Director is responsible for the following protective actions:

- Authorization of emergency exposure greater than 5 Rem (per EPA-400 lower limits).

- Authorization for issuance of KI to Exelon Nuclear emergency workers and/or onsite personnel.

- Direction of Assembly, Accountability and Evacuation of personnel.

3.3 The respective Radiation Protection Manager (TSC or EOF) is responsible for approval of emergency exposures below 5 Rem (EPA-400 lower limits) for Exelon personnel associated with response actions under their facility's direction.

EP-AA-113 Revision 4 Page 3 of 18

4. MAIN BODY NOTE: Protective Actions for the onsite workers shall be based on preventing or minimizing radiological exposures to the emergency workers onsite.

4.1 Assembly, Accountability and Evacuation

- REFER to EP-MA-113-100 for MAROG Station instructions.

- REFER to EP-MW-113-100 for MWROG Station instructions.

4.2 Habitability 4.2.1 DETERMINE if radiological controls are required to protect onsite personnel.

The need for radioactive controls shall be based on monitored radioactive releases, exposure levels, and plant status information. Standard Radiation Protection policies and procedures shall form the basis of the decision making for the administration of radiological controls.

NOTE: The decision to utilize radiological controls that differ from standard Radiation Protection practices shall be documented in position logs.

4.2.2 Radiological controls for continuously occupied areas for emergency workers are to be evaluated using EP-AA-1 13, Attachment 1, On-Site Habitability Checklist.

4.2.3 Onsite radiological controls shall be used to the extent practical based on the emergency condition. They include but are not limited to the following:

1. Radioloqical Access Control for Rad/High Rad Areas - Access Control is used to limit the personnel who may be exposed to the radiological condition.
2. Use of Radiological Protective Clothing - Protective clothing shall be used to limit the spread of radiological contamination and to protect the emergency worker from becoming radiologically contaminated.
3. Use of Radiological Respiratory Protective Equipment - Respiratory protective equipment shall be used to limit the inhalation and ingestion of radioactive materials during the course of the emergency event. The need for respirators shall be based on air samples, plant monitoring systems, and plant conditions.
4. Use of Contamination Control Techniques - Contamination control techniques such as Step-off Pads, Posting, Contamination surveys, and whole body frisking shall be used to the extent practical based on the emergency condition.

EP-AA-113 Revision 4 Page 4 of 18 4.3 Emergqency Exposure Limits NOTE: This section implements the requirements of RP-AA-203 and should not be revised without first reviewing the requirements of the current revision of the procedure.

- Emergency Exposure Determination REFER to Section 4.3.1

- Briefing Personnel (greater than 5 Rem TEDE) REFER to Section 4.3.2

- Authorization (greater than 5 Rem TEDE) REFER to Section 4.3.3

- Tracking and Recording of Exposures REFER to Section 4.3.4 4.3.1 Emergqency Exposure Determination NOTE: In certain onsite emergency situations, extremely high dose rates may be encountered (more than 500 Rem/hr). Before a rescue team is committed to life-saving emergency dose limits, weigh the probability of success against the probable cost of the commitment.

Specifically there must be reasonable assurance that the victim is in the area and that they are alive or likely to survive.

1. ASSURE that the emergency exposure is for a bonafide emergency involving risk of life or limb, or the destruction of valuable property.

A. PLAN emergency operations prior to entry.

B. WEAR respiratory protection and protective clothing to reduce contamination where possible.

2. DETERMINE if emergency exposure limits in excess of 5 Rem TEDE (EPA-400 lower limits) are required for Exelon emergency workers.
3. If emergency exposure is less than 5 Rem TEDE (EPA-400 lower limits),

then OBTAIN approval as appropriate:

- TSC Radiation Protection Manager for onsite Exelon personnel

- EOF Radiation Protection Manager for Exelon field team personnel 4.3.2 Briefing Personnel (greater than 5 Rem TEDE)

1. For exposures at or above 5 Rem TEDE (EPA-400 lower limits),

COMPLETE an Authorization for Emergency Exposure Form (Attachment 2).

2. INFORM emergency personnel (volunteers) before the fact of possible health effects at the anticipated exposure level using Attachment 3 (Emergency Worker Exposure Limits and Associated Risks).

EP-AA-1 13 Revision 4 Page 5 of 18

3. OBTAIN emergency worker's acknowledge, in writing on Authorization for Emergency Exposure Form, that they have volunteered and understand the associated risks.
4. FORWARD to the completed form to the Station Emergency Director for approval.

4.3.3 Authorization qreater than 5 Rem TEDE (EPA-400 lower limits):

CAUTION Emergency exposure limits greater than 5 Rem TEDE may be applicable for stopping a release, life saving actions, and protection of major equipment and large populations. Emergency exposure greater than 5 Rem TEDE should be voluntarily.

All emergency exposures in excess of 25 Rem TEDE shall be voluntary and shall be limited to once in a lifetime. Persons who may receive exposures greater than 25 Rem TEDE shall be fully aware of the risks involved.

1. OBTAIN and DOCUMENT Station Emergency Director approval, by signature, for the use of the emergency dose limits above 5 Rem TEDE (EPA-400 lower limits) on the Authorization for Emergency Exposure Form.

NOTE: The decision to authorize personnel exposure per EPA-400 limits is the responsibility of the Station Emergency Director and may not be delegated.

2. NOTIFY Occupational Health (Medical) Services Department promptly if any EPA-400 dose limit is exceeded.

4.3.4 Tracking and Recordinq

1. ESTIMATE and RECORD personnel dose equivalents resulting from any emergency situation.
2. REPORT final emergency exposures greater than 5 Rem TEDE (EPA-400 lower limits) to the NRC.

EP-AA-113 Revision 4 Page 6 of 18 4.4 KI Assessment

- Determination REFER to Section 4.4.1

- Briefing Personnel REFER to Section 4.3.2

- Authorization and Issuing KI REFER to Section 4.3.3 4.4.1 Determination

1. ASSESS the potential thyroid exposure of emergency workers in, or projected to be sent into, areas where the possibility exists of exposure to radioactive iodine by either:

A. KI spreadsheet calculation per EP-MW(MA)-1 10-100 using either:

- Isotopic Analysis of a representative sample

- Gross Analysis of a representative sample B. Manual calculation per Attachment 4 C. Dose assessment per EP-MW (MA)-1 10-200 D. Status of the Clad Fission Product Barrier.

NOTE: The effectiveness of potassium iodide as a thyroid blocking agent decreases as a function of time. The effectiveness of potassium iodide is as follows:

- 90% effective if taken immediately prior to or concurrent with exposure to radioactive iodine.

- 50% effective if taken within 3 to 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> following exposure.

- Ineffective if taken more than 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> following exposure.

2. EVALUATE the need to issue KI using Attachment 5, Potassium Iodide (KI) Determination Flowchart.
3. RECOMMEND the issuance of one (1) 130 mg KI tablet to each emergency worker affected per day for 10 consecutive days under the following conditions:

A. Result indicate potential thyroid doses of 50 Rem Committed Dose Equivalent (CDE) or greater from to the inhalation of radioactive iodine.

B. Personnel will be entering an unknown radiological atmosphere that is suspected to have a high iodine concentration.

EP-AA-113 Revision 4 Page 7 of 18 4.4.2 Briefing Personnel NOTE: Persons with a known allergy to iodine should not be considered for work requiring the use of potassium iodide blocking agents.

CAUTION KI dosage in excess of that recommended by this procedure could lead to possible effects including: rash, swelling of salivary glands, soreness in the teeth and gums, upset stomach and diarrhea.

1. COMPLETE a Thyroid Blocking Agent Authorization Form (Attachment 6)
2. READ, or instruct the Emergency Worker to read, the FDA KI package insert (Attachment 6) prior to taking or administering KI.

NOTE: Potassium Iodide (KI) has a limited effective shelf life, which may be extended by the manufacturer. Potassium iodide must be stored in sealed containers that are protected from light and are in areas that meet all manufacturers' limitations on temperature variances.

3. VERIFY the expiration date of the KI to ensure it is within its acceptable shelf life period prior to being used.

4.4.3 Authorization and Issuing KI

1. DOCUMENT the decision to issue KI using Attachment 6, Thyroid Blocking Agent Authorization Form.

- The Station Emergency Director must authorize issuance of KI to Exelon emergency workers.

2. ISSUE of one (1) 130 mg KI tablet to each emergency worker affected per day for 10 consecutive days.
3. NOTIFY Occupational Health (Medical) Services Department promptly if KI is issued to Exelon Nuclear personnel or contractors.
5. DOCUMENTATION None

EP-AA-113 Revision 4 Page 8 of 18

6. REFERENCES 6.1 Nuclear Operations Directive NOD-RP.14, "ALARA, Exposure Management, Work Controls and Radiological Monitoring," current revision.

6.2 EPA 400-R-92-001, "Manual of Protective Action Guides and Protective Actions for Nuclear Incidents," October 1991.

6.3 "Limiting Values of Radionuclide Intake and Air Concentration and Dose Conversion Factors for Inhalation, Submersion, and Ingestion, "Federal Guidance Report No. 11, Office of Radiation Programs, U.S. EPA, EPA 520/1-88-020, September 1988.

6.4 "Potassium Iodide as a Thyroid Blocking Agent in Radiation Emergency: Final Recommendations on use," Federal Register, Vol. 47, No. 125, June 29, 1982.

6.5 "Protection of Thyroid Gland in the Event of Releases of Radioiodine," NCRP Report No. 55, 1977.

6.6 Commonwealth Edison Quality Verification Audit Finding, Audit No. CE-92 04, CAR# CE-92-029 (Nov. 18, 1992) 6.7 Commonwealth Edison Medical Dept. Procedure and Practice Guideline, "Exposure Evaluation: Ionizing Radiation" (10/5/93).

7. ATTACHMENTS 7.1 Attachment I - On-Site Habitability Checklist 7.2 Attachment 2 - Authorization for Emergency Exposure Form 7.3 Attachment 3 - Emergency Worker Exposure Limits and Associated Risks 7.4 Attachment 4 - Manual KI Calculation 7.5 Attachment 5 - Potassium Iodide (KI) Determination Flowchart 7.6 Attachment 6 - Thyroid Blocking Agent Authorization Form

EP-AA-113 Revision 4 Page 9 of 18 ATTACHMENT 1 ON-SITE HABITABILITY CHECKLIST Page I of I I

LOCATIONS DOSE RATE ACCUMULATED SMEARS AIR SAMPLE TIME LOCATIONS (mRem/hr) DOSE (mRem) (dpm) (uCi/cc) TIME OSC TSC CONTROL ROOM SECURITY CAS SECURITY SAS OTHER CONTINOUSLY OCCUPIED AREAS:

(LGSIPB) Chem Lab(s)

ASSEMBLY AREAS*

1. Place an Electronic Dosimeter at each location for Dose Monitoring.
2. Air Sample to be taken when directed by the OSC RP Group Lead. If not requested indicate with N/A.

Instrument Serial # Cal Due RPT Signature Date

  • Assembly Areas are not required to be surveyed when they are not occupied.

Emergency Response Facility Radiological Habitability Guidelines

1. Facility Dose Rate: > 100 mRem/hr, or per Rad. Protection Manager direction.
2. Airborne concentrations warrant the issuance of respiratory protection.
3. Any condition, that in the judgment of Station RP management, creates an environment were continued occupancy endangers the health and safety of essential ERO personnel required to occupy facility.

EP-AA-1 13 Revision 4 Page 10 of 18 ATTACHMENT 2 AUTHORIZATION FOR EMERGENCY EXPOSURE FORM Page 1 of 1 NAME: DATE/TIME: _ /

Social Security Number: Current Annual Exposure: _ mRem Reason For Request:

REQUESTING AUTHORIZATION TO EXCEED:

[1 5 Rem TEDE (Authorized to receive greater than 5 Rem TEDE but less than 10 Rem TEDE)

[1 10 Rem TEDE (Authorized to receive greater than 10 Rem TEDE but less than 25 Rem TEDE)

[ ] 25 Rem TEDE (Authorized to receive greater than 25 Rem TEDE)

  • Emergency Worker Signature Date / Time
  • Attachment 2 limits and risks have been reviewed and the potential health affects are understood.

Rad. Protection Management (Review) Date / Time

  1. Station Emergency Director (Authorization) Date I Time
  1. The Shift Manager (Shift Emergency Director) may approve prior to transferring Command and Control to the Station Emergency Director.

EP-AA-1 13 Revision 4 Page 11 of 18 I ATTACHMENT 3 EMERGENCY WORKER EXPOSURE LIMITS AND ASSOCIATED RISKS Page I of 1 EMERGENCY WORKER EXPOSURE LIMITS The dose-limiting recommendations for emergency situations are as follows:

Dose Limit Activity Condition (Rem TEDE)*

5 All Personnel should be kept within normal 10CFR20 limits during emergencies, except as authorized for activities as indicated below 10 Protecting Valuable Property When a lower dose is not practical 25 Life Saving or Protection of Large When a lower dose is not practical Populations

>25 Life Saving or Protection of Large Only on a voluntary basis to persons fully aware Population of the risks involved Dose Equivalent Limit (TEDE in Rem). Workers performing services during emergencies should limit dose to the lens of the eye (LDE) to three times each listed value and doses to any other organ (including skin and body extremities) to ten times each listed value.

EMERGENCY EXPOSURE RISKS Health effects associated with whole body absorbed doses received within a few hoursa Percent of population b affected by prodromal effects (e g. reddening of Dose in rad skin, loss of appetite, nausea, Dose in rad Early fatalitiesc

(= Rem DDE) fatigue, diarrhea) (= Rem DDE) (percent affected) 50 rad 2% 140 rad 5%

100 rad 15% 200 rad 15%

150 rad 50% 300 rad 50%

200 rad 85% 400 rad 85%

250 rad 98% 460 rad 95%

Approximate cancer risk to average individuals from 25 Rem TEDE received promptly Age at exposure Risk of premature death Average years of life lost (years) (deaths per 1000 persons if premature death occurs exposed) I I

(years) 20 to 30 9.1 24 30 to 40 7.2 19 40 to 50 5.3 15 50 to 60 3.5 11 a Risks will be lower for extended exposure periods.

b Forewarning symptoms of more serious health effects associated with large doses of radiation.

c Supportive medical treatment may increase the dose at which these frequencies occur by approximately 50 percent.

I

EP-AA-1 13 Revision 4 Page 12 of 18 ATTACHMENT 4 MANUAL KI CALCULATION Page 1 of 4

1. OBTAIN the individual net count rates (cpm) of the iodine cartridge and pre-filter.

- Add the count rates together to obtain a total iodine count rate.

2. DETERMINE the concentration of 1-131 (pCi/cc) by either:

NOTE: The location at which an iodine air sample is collected may affect its suitability. The projected concentrations only apply to time spent where the sample is collected. This method may under-calculate personnel doses from exposures nearer the release point or closer to the plume center line and may over-calculate at farther locations.

"* Directly utilizing Table 4-1 results if a standard 30 ft3 volume of air through the cartridge was obtained.

"* Interpolating Table 4-1 results if a standard 30 ft3 volume of air through the cartridge was not obtained.

"* Manually calculating the results using the worksheets below.

3. ESTIMATE the exposure time in hours (t).
4. CALCULATE the Committed Dose Equivalent to the thyroid using either:

"* The worksheets below.

"* The KI spreadsheet calculation per EP-MW(MA)-110-100.

EP-AA-113 Revision 4 Page 13 of 18 ATTACHMENT 4 MANUAL KI CALCULATION Page 2 of 4 TABLE 4-1 Count Rate to 1-131 Concentration Conversion Table for a 30 ft3 Sample*

Net Count Rate 1-131 Concentration Net Count Rate 1-131 Concentration (cpm) (pCi/cm 3) (cpm) (ACi/cM 3 )

100 5.86 E-9 8000 200 9000 300 1.76 E-8 10,000 5.86 E-7 400 15,000 500 2.93 E-8 20,000 1.18 E-6 600 25,000 700 4.12 E-8 30,000 1.76 E-6 800 35,000 900 40,000 2.35 E-6 1000 5.86 E-8 45,000 1500 50,000 2.93 E-6 1800 1.06 E-7 100,000 5.86 E-6 2000 150,000 2500 200,000 1.18 E-5 3000 1.76 E-7 250,000 3500 300,000 1.76 E-5 4000 2.35 E-7 350,000 4500 400,000 2.35 E-5 5000 2.93 E-7 450,000 6000 500,000 2.93 E-5 7000 4.12 E-7 This table of data is based on the sum of direct measurements of a 30 ft3 air sample through a silver zeolite cartridge and particulate filter. The cartridge and filter were each contained in a separate plastic bag, counted and then their sum was taken.

The data for Table 4-1 was compiled using a relationship between a known source activity and count rates of the source obtained by station instruments. The source is a 0.0996 gCi simulated 1-131 (Ba-133, Cs-1 37) silver zeolite cartridge, where the activity is uniformly distributed within the cartridge. The source carries a 5-1-88 reference date.

The actual activity is 221,000 dpm. The instrument efficiency factor is determined by dividing the count rate cpm by the expected activity (dpm). The average count rate found at the six stations was 2000 cpm. The instrument efficiency factor used in Table 5-1 is 0.00905 cpm/dpm. The station data were collected by trained radiation protection technicians.

EP-AA-113 Revision 4 Page 14 of 18 ATTACHMENT 4 MANUAL KI CALCULATION Page 3 of 4 1-131 Concentration Calculation Worksheet

1. Date
2. Station
3. Monitoring Location
4. Cartridge Type - Silver Zeolite or Charcoal (Circle One)
5. Initial Running Flow Time (HH:MM)
6. Final Running Flow Time (HH:MM)
7. Elapsed Sampling Time (min)
8. Average Air Sampling Flow Rate (ft3/min)
9. Time of Air Sample Measurement (HH:MM)
10. Volume

= (Time)(Average Flow Rate)(2.832E4 cm 3/ft3) 3

= (Step 7)(Step 8)(2.832E4 cm3/ft )

3 cm

11. Background Count Rate cpm
12. Prefilter Count Rate cpm
13. Cartridge Count Rate cpm
14. Net Count Rate

= (Step 12 + Step 13) - (2 x Step 11) cpm

15. 1-131 Concentration

= Net Count Rate Efficiency Factor x 2.22E6 dpm/jiCi x Volume Step 14 3

0.009 cpm/dpm x 2.22E6 dpm/gCi x Step 10 = _ Ci/cm

( C EP-AA-113 Revision 4 ATTACHMENT 4 Page 15 of 18 MANUAL KI CALCULATION 1:'. Dtermin*'th6, isot_ Page 4 of 4 Record the 1-131 concentration and calculate the projected concentrations for the remaining halogens.

Isotopei 1-1 31.;Cobhcd *Ratio;* Hrs After j1-132** ,1-133, ,1-134 'A-135, 3 TTe-132,e-l K!131 ~ N/A ;5X N/A - ____

SiSID1 ~ . _____~Gap~ ~Meltf 1-132 _ _ __ _ ___

0 1.50 2.13 2.25 1.88 0.00 0.24 1 1.11 2.06 1.02 1.69 0.00 0.24 1-'133 ~ _______x~ ~_____ 2 0.82 2.00 0.47 1.53 0.00 0.23 kl134< X_______ 3 0.61 1.94 0.21 1.38 0.00 0.23 P-135,~; __ _ _ _ 4 0.45 1.89 0.10 1.25 0.00 0.23 Te-132 _ _ _ _ ___ _ __ _ _

5 0.34 1.83 0.04 1.13 0.00 0.23 6 0.25 1.78 0.02 1.02 0.00 0.23 Note: Mix ratios assume an end of core life source term. 7 0.18 1.73 0.01 0.92 0.00 0.23 t = exposure period in hours. 8 0.14 1.68 0.00 0.83 0.00 0.23 16 0.01 1.32 0.00 0.37 0.00 0.22 Thyroid Dose, = Concentration,x DCF,x 24 0.00 1.04 0.00 0.16 0.00 0.21 x e-1k t +_I 48 0.00 0.51 0.00 0.01 0.00 0.18 Isotope Isotope 72 0.00 0.25 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.16 1-131 3.59E-03 1-134 7.88E-01 96 0.00 0.12 0 00 0.00 0 00 0.14 1-132 3.01 E-01 1-135 1.05E-01 120 0.00 0.06 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.13 1-133 3.33E-02 Te-132 8.86E-03 144 0.00 0.03 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.11 168 0.00 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.10

,Step,2 2CAI~c"ula-t'e~lthib6cfod co qtope .~>~K'7 1sotope'I PConcb J DCF i ~~~liK I I I .~ iI 11131_ 1.3E+06 x -2.79E+02 x 2.79E+02 'I 1-1321, _,,_X 7.7E+03 x -3.32E+00 _ 3.32E+OO 1-133 ____ X 2.2E+05 ~x' 3.OOE+O1 x ~ 3.OOE+O1 1-134 X 1.3E+03 x -1.27E+00 XJ 1.27E+00 5 x-- 3.8E+04 ,,'I3 'X -9.52E+00 x ,,, 9.52E+00 Te-132 X 2.9E+05 x ]-1.13E+02 x,  :+* 1.13E+02 _,=___

Total CDE Thyroid Dose

EP-AA-113 Revision 4 Page 16 of 18 ATTACHMENT 5 POTASSIUM IODIDE (KI) DETERMINATION FLOWCHART Page 1 of I NOTE 1 Conetaluae to Is a release in N a NO0.

eevaluate h progress? Does an elevated conditions source of radioactive N-materials exist that could be released?

Y I

I V NOTE 3 NOTE 4 Has an iodine Has an assessrernt been Does the staton air samle Nperformed indicabng actual or satisfy the EAL Fission

- N poential iodine thyroid -N o Product Bamer criteria -N analysis been perfomedLoss exposure 2! 50 Rem? for Loss of the Potential or Fuel Clad performed?

Barrer?.

Y NOTE 2 Will emergency workers be Is the calculated Y entering an unknown iodine thyroid -N radiological atmosphere N exposure onginating from the damaged

> 50 rem? fuel?

I I y y I

NOTE 5 IRecommrendh Sissuance d KI NOTE 1: Radioactive materials are available for release in quantities greater than normal coolant activity levels.

NOTE 2: Calculations performed per EP-AA-113, Attachment 4.

NOTE 3: Dose Assessment performed per EP-MW(MA)-11 0-200.

NOTE 4: REFER to the Site Specific "Loss or Potential Loss" criteria indicated on the Fission Product Barrier Matrix for Fuel Clad Barier for the affected station.

NOTE 5: REFER to EP-AA-113, Attachment 6 for approval.

EP-AA-113 Revision 4 Page 17 of 18 ATTACHMENT 6 THYROID BLOCKING AGENT AUTHORIZATION FORM Page I of 2 HOW POTASSIUM IODIDE WORKS THYRO-BLOCK Certain forms of iodine help your thyroid gland work right Most TABLETS people get the iodine they need from foods, like iodized salt or fish The thyroid can "store" or hold only a certain amount of iodine (POTASSIUM IODIDE TABLETS, USP)

(pronounced poe-TASS-e-um EYE-oh-dyed) In a radiation emergency, radioactive iodine may be released in the (abbreviated KI) air This material may be breathed or swallowed It may enter the thyroid gland and damage it The damage would probably not show itself for years Children are most likely to have thyroid damage TAKE POTASSIUM IODIDE ONLY WHEN PUBLIC HEALTH OFFICIALS TELL YOU IN A RADIATION If you take potassium iodide, it will fill up your thyroid gland This EMERGENCY, RADIOACTIVE IODINE COULD BE reduces the chance that harmful radioactive iodine will enter the RELEASED INTO THE AIR. POTASSIUM IODIDE (A thyroid gland FORM OF IODINE) CAN HELP PROTECT YOU.

WHO SHOULD NOT TAKE POTASSIUM IODIDE IF YOU ARE TOLD TO TAKE THIS MEDICINE. TAKE IT The only people who should not take potassium iodide are people ONE TIME EVERY 24 HOURS DO NOT TAKE IT MORE who know they are allergic to iodine You may take potassium OFTEN MORE WILL NOT HELP YOU AND MAY IN iodide even if you are taking medicines for a thyroid problem (for CREASE THE RISK OF SIDE EFFECTS DO NOT TAKE example, a thyroid hormone or anti-thyroid drug) Pregnant and THIS DRUG IF YOU KNOW YOU ARE ALLERGIC TO nursing women and babies and children may also take this drug IODINE. (SEE SIDE EFFECTS BELOW)

HOW AND WHEN TO TAKE POTASSIUM IODIDE Potassium Iodide should be taken as soon as possible after public health officials tell you. You should take one dose every 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> INDICATIONS More will not help you because the thyroid can "hold" only limited THYROID BLOCKING IN A RADIATION EMERGENCY amounts of iodine Larger doses will increase the nsk of side ONLY effects You will probably be told not to take the drug for more than 10 days DIRECTIONS FOR USE SIDE EFFECTS Use only as directed by State of local public health authonties in Usually, side effects of potassium iodide happen when people take the event of a radiation emergency higher doses for a long time. You should be careful not to take more than the recommended dose or take it for longer than you are DOSE told. Side effects are unlikely because of the low dose and the short Tablets: ADULTS AND CHILDREN 1YEAR OF time you will be taking the drug AGE OR OLDER: One (1) tablet once a Possible side effects include skin rashes, swelling of the salivary day Crush for small children. glands, and "iodism" (metallic taste, burning mouth and throat, sore teeth and gums, symptoms of a head cold, and sometimes BABIES UNDER 1 YEAR OF AGE. One stomach upset and diarrhea).

half (1/2) tablet once a day. Crush first A few people have an allergic reaction with more senous Take for 10 days unless directed otherwise by State or local public symptoms. These could be fever and joint pains, or swelling of parts of the face and body and at times severe shortness of breath health authonties requirng immediate medical attention.

Store at controlled room temperature between 150 and 300 C (590 to Taking iodine may rarely cause overactivity of the thyroid gland, 86* F) Keep container tightly closed and protect from light. underactivity of the thyroid gland, or enlargement of the thyroid gland (goiter)

WARNING WHAT TO DO IF SIDE EFFECTS OCCUR Potassium iodide should not be used by people allergic to iodine If the side effects are severe or if you have an allergic reaction, Keep out of the reach of children In case of overdose or allergic stop taking potassium iodide. Then, if possible, call a doctor or reaction, contact a physician or the public health authority. public health authority for instructions.

HOW SUPPLIED DESCRIPTION THYRO-BLOCK TABLETS (Potassium Iodide Tablets, UPS)

Each THYRO-BLOCK TABLET contains 130 mg of potassium bottles of 14 tablets (NDC 0037-0472-20) Each white, round, iodide. Other ingredients magnesium stearate, rmcrocrystallne scored tablet contains 130 mg potassium iodide cellulose, silica gel, sodium thiosulfate WALLACE LABORATORIES Divason of CARTER-WALLACE. INC Cranbury, New Jersey 08512 IN-0472-01 Rev 2/85

EP-AA-1 13 Revision 4 Page 18 of 18 ATTACHMENT 6 THYROID BLOCKING AGENT AUTHORIZATION FORM Page 2 of 2 NAME: Social Security Number:

NAME: Social Security Number:

NAME: Social Security Number: -

NAME: Social Security Number: -

NAME: Social Security Number: -

NAME: Social Security Number: -

NAME: Social Security Number: -

NAME: Social Security Number: -

NAME: Social Security Number: -

NAME: Social Security Number: -

The above named personnel are hereby authorized to take Potassium Iodide (KI) for the purpose of protection against the inhalation/ingestion of radioactive 1-131. The dosage shall be one (1) 130 mg tablet per day for 10 consecutive days.

"*Radiation Protection Manager (Reviewed) Date / Time

"*Acknowledges that emergency worker(s) have been briefed on the potential health risks associated with KI.

  1. Station Emergency Director (Authorization) Date / Time
  1. The Shift Manager (Shift Emergency Director) may approve prior to transferring Command and Control to the Station Emergency Director.

EP-MA-1 13-100 Revision 0 mPage Sxa 1 of 19 Level 2 - Reference Use Nuclear ASSEMBLY AND SITE EVACUATION

1. PURPOSE 1.1. This procedure provides the necessary guidance for the Accountability of personnel within the Station Protected Area by means of assembly in designated areas and the Evacuation of non-essential personnel from the Site.

Accountability / Site Evacuation Guidelines REFER to Section 4.1 Initiation of Accountability I Site Evacuation REFER to Section 4.2

  • Station Emergency Director Offsite Assembly Areas REFER to Section 4.3
  • TSC Radiation Protection Manager
  • Vehicle and Evacuee Control Group Leader
  • Vehicle and Evacuee Control Group Members
2. TERMS AND DEFINITIONS 2.1. Accountability - Accountability is the process of verifying the location of personnel who are inside the Protected Area. That is, any unaccounted for person that has keyed into the Protected Area will be identified as missing. Accountability is required to be completed within 30 minutes of its initiation (the names of any missing persons identified by security and the number of missing provided to the Station Emergency Director).

Accountability is must be conducted at a Site Area or General Emergency, if not previously initiated and maintained. Accountability may be conducted at the Alert level following TSC activation, at the discretion of the Station Emergency Director.

2.2. Assembly - Assembly occurs in conjunction with evacuation and is used to perform accountability of personnel within the Protected Area. On-duty and ERO personnel assemble in the emergency response facilities. All other non-essential personnel, contractors and visitors shall evacuate the site and report to an Offsite Assembly Area if designated based on the event. An Assembly Area is used to coordinate the need for any immediate additional resources and to establish an ERO shift relief roster and schedule.

EP-MA-113-100 Revision 0 Page 2 of 19 2.3. Evacuation - A site evacuation is required at the Site Area Emergency classification level immediately following completion of Accountability actions. Site evacuation may be called for at the Alert level classification.

Evacuation can involve the movement of large numbers of personnel outside of the Protected Area by keying out of the turnstiles. Evacuation may warrant station egress control by Security. Security will provide specific instructions to personnel leaving the Protected Area. Evacuees may be directed to a Relocation Center (offsite assembly areas) for monitoring and decontamination, or sent home. Other situations that involve the evacuation of personnel from occupied localized onsite areas are controlled on a case-by-case basis.

2.4. Owner Controlled Area - Company owned property on which a nuclear station is located and may include Exelon Nuclear leased-lands adjacent to that nuclear station.

3. RESPONSIBILITIES 3.1. The Station Emergency Directoris responsible for implementing personnel accountability and/or the evacuation of non-essential personnel 3.2. The Shift Manager,as Shift Emergency Director,will assume the responsibilities of the Station Emergency Director prior to TSC activation and the transfer responsibility.

3.3. The TSC Security Coordinatoris responsible for coordinating activities between the TSC and the Station Security force.

4. MAIN BODY 4.1. Accountability / Site Evacuation Guidelines 4.1.1. Accountability shall be initiated following the classification of a Site Area Emergency or General Emergency and the names for all personnel inside the Protected Area ascertained within thirty (30) minutes of announcing initiation.
1. Accountability and evacuation of non-essential site personnel should also be considered when a security-related Unusual Event or Alert has been declared.

4.1.2. A Site Evacuation may be initiated anytime prior to the classification of Site Area Emergency if the Station Emergency Director determines excess dose or other danger exists to onsite personnel where positive control over the location and movement on onsite personnel is required.

EP-MA-113-100 Revision 0 Page 3 of 19 4.1.3. A Site Evacuation may be delayed if the health and safety of the plant personnel may be in jeopardy, such as severe weather or due to a security-related Unusual Event or Alert.

4.1.4. The offsite assembly of station evacuees at designated areas should be used if further radiological monitoring is required due to elevated radiation levels and contamination outside the plant which prohibit the monitoring of personnel as they evacuate from the site.

4.1.5. Protected Area access is halted during personnel accountability, except for the following:

"* Direct approval from the TSC Security Coordinator or Shift Manager

"* Key ("on-call") ERO responders requiring access to staff the Operations Support Center (OSC) and/or Technical Support Center (TSC) 4.1.6. Accountability, once achieved, will be maintained by restricting Protected Area access and controlling/tracking the movement of on-shift personnel or ERO personnel on site in or out of their respective emergency response facility.

4.2. Initiation of Accountability / Site Evacuation 4.2.1. The Station Emergency Directorshall:

1. DETERMINE if the assembly of non-essential personnel following Site Evacuation is needed to allow for potential monitoring and decontamination based on radiological concerns.

A. If the assembly of non-essential personnel evacuating the site is NOT needed, then PROCEED to Step 4 and DIRECT non-essential personnel to proceed to home and await further instruction.

B. If the assembly of non-essential personnel IS required, then CONTINUE to next step.

2. DESIGNATE an assembly area and evacuation route(s) for non-essential personnel, while taking into account the following:

"* Radiological release status

"* Weather conditions, including wind direction (WD)

"* Security threats

EP-MA-113-100 Revision 0 Page 4 of 19 I A. If a Security Threat exists, then DETERMINE whether an evacuation should be initiated early or delayed, or alternate assembly areas and evacuation routes designated.

Designated Assembly Areas For Non-Essential Personnel LIMERICK PEACH BOTTOM (Attachment 1)

"* If WD (from) is 2100 to 260°, then

  • If WD (from) is North to WEST, then USE the Cromby Generating Station USE the North Sub-Station

" If WD (from) is 2610 to 2090, then

  • If WD (from) is South to East, then USE the Limerick Airport (Pottstown) USE Unit 1 Designated Site Evacuation Routes LIMERICK PEACH BOTTOM

"* If WD (from) is 1650 to 2150, then

  • ED judgment. No designated USE the Back Gate only evacuation route options.

" If WD (from) is 3050 to 3500, then USE the Main Gate only

" If ANY other WD, then USE both gates based on ED's judgment

3. NOTIFY the TSC Radiation Protection Manager and Security Coordinator (or on shift RP Supervisor and Nuclear Security Supervisor, if TSC is not yet activated) of the impending evacuation and location of assembly area(s) and designated route(s).

A. If the Security Computer and/or accountability card readers are NOT operational, then INSTRUCT affected facility(ies) to complete Attachment 5, "Facility Accountability List".

4. When prepared, DIRECT the Control Room to initiate a Site Evacuation per Attachment 2.

I

5. VERIFY that the TSC Security Coordinator has performed the following:

A. Sweeps have been initiated to ensure that non-essential personnel have been evacuated from the Owner Controlled Area and that access is being controlled.

- REFER to Attachment 3 for an illustration of the Owner Controlled Area (OCA) and a listing of potentially occupied areas outside the Protected Area.

EP-MA-113-100 Revision 0 Page 5 of 19

1. If sufficient Security personnel are NOT available to perform the verification, then REQUEST support from the TSC Maintenance Manager to use OSC personnel to perform OCA notifications.

B. Appropriate local law enforcement agencies (LLEAs) have been contacted an informed of site evacuation and support requested, if needed, to perform sweeps of and control access to the Owner Controlled Area.

6. OBTAIN a listing of unaccounted for personnel from the TSC Security Coordinator within 30 minutes of initiating Accountability.
7. VERIFY that appropriate actions have been implemented to ensure continuous Accountability of all onsite personnel through limiting ingress and egress for the Protected Area.
8. PROVIDE further direction to assembled ERO members NOT considered Essential to support imminent event mitigation activities. Consideration shall be given to relief staffing in support of continuing accident and recovery activities.

4.3. Offsite Assembly Areas 4.3.1. The TSC Radiation ProtectionManagershall:

1. DETERMINE available RP resources onsite through the TSC Maintenance Manager, or directly with the OSC RP Group Lead if present.

A. If sufficient RP staff IS present onsite, then REQUEST that 3 RP personnel be designated as the Vehicle and Evacuee Control Team, using an OSC Team Request Form (EP-AA-1 12-200, Attachment 2).

B. If adequate RP staff is NOT present onsite, then INITIATE callouts or contact the EOF Radiation Protection Manager for additional resources from unaffected stations. When responding from offsite, RP personnel should be directed to assembly area.

2. APPOINT an RP Supervisor or Technician as Vehicle and Evacuee Control Group Leader, and PROVIDE a briefing to team members.

A. If responding from offsite, then PERFORM this action upon team's arrival at assembly area.

NOTE: Alpha contamination should be considered whenever there is reactor fuel degradation.

EP-MA-1 13-100 Revision 0 Page 6 of 19 4.3.2. The Vehicle and Evacuee Control Group Leader shall:

1. REPORT to the TSC to obtain a briefing and the keys for assembly area kits.

(Keys located in EP key locker)

A. If reporting from offsite, then REQUEST that the TSC RP Manager arrange for delivery of kits to assembly area.

2. Upon arrival at the Offsite Assembly Area, ESTABLISH communications with the TSC RP Manager via portable radio or available telephone.
3. INSTRUCT the team members to implement Section 4.4.
4. ENSURE an Accountability of personnel at the Offsite Assembly Area using Attachment 4.
5. When all personnel and vehicles have been monitored, and the team is no longer needed for decontamination, INSTRUCT them to survey the monitoring areas, themselves, their equipment and vehicle, and return to the TSC, or to the EOF if the TSC is inaccessible.
6. Upon return of the group, COLLECT personnel and vehicle survey and decontamination records and FORWARD them to the TSC RP Manager.
7. Using completed Vehicle Survey and Decontamination Reports (Attachment 5),

CONTACT owners and inform them where and when they may pick up their vehicle.

8. ARRANGE for return of all contaminated material to the site for disposition in accordance with HP procedures.

4.3.3. The Vehicle and Evacuee Control Group Members shall:

1. Upon the direction of the Group Leader, PROCEED to the designated offsite assembly area.
2. OBTAIN an Assembly Area Kit at the Offsite Assembly Area.
3. PERFORM an inventory of the equipment in the kits by comparing contents with the inventory lists contained in the respective kits.

A. PERFORM battery, calibration and source checks on all instrumentation.

B. REPORT any missing items or inoperable equipment to the Group Leader and request replacements.

EP-MA-1 13-100 Revision 0 Page 7 of 19

4. COORDINATE the set-up of a Personnel Contamination Monitoring Area, a Vehicle Contamination Monitoring Area, and a Vehicle Decontamination Area.

NOTE: Background radiation is to be less than 300 cpm.

PERSONNELVEHICLE MONITORING Priority should be given to the monitoring of personnel. Vehicle monitoring, if necessary, should only be performed when personnel monitoring has been completed.

5. Perform whole body frisk of each individual in accordance Exelon procedures.

A. If individuals are found to be contaminated, then DECONTAMINATE using approved techniques for personnel decontamination, and COMPLETE the documentation described therein.

B. PLACE all materials used to perform decontamination or other materials, which are found to be contaminated, in plastic bags for disposal and seal with radioactive material tape.

NOTE: While stored at the assembly area, radioactive material must be stored in areas posted in accordance with Exelon procedures.

C. If any individual cannot be decontaminated below the release limits specified in Exelon procedures, then CONTACT the Vehicle Evacuee and Control Group Leader for further instructions.

NOTE: Personnel at the Offsite Assembly Area who are identified as being contaminated should not be returned to the site for decontamination if a release is ongoing or expected to occur.

6. PERFORM vehicle surveys in accordance with Exelon procedures, surveying both the exterior and interior of the vehicle.

A. If contamination levels are less than 100 cpm above background, then RELEASE the vehicle or equipment by checking the appropriate block on the report.

B. If the vehicle is contaminated, then RECORD readings on the Vehicle Survey and Decontamination Report (Attachment 5) and NOTE contaminated areas and levels on the illustration.

C. MOVE contaminated vehicles to designated area.

EP-MA-113-100 Revision 0 Page 8 of 19 D. HANDLE all materials used to perform decontamination or other materials, that are found to be contaminated, in accordance with Exelon procedures.

E. SET UP the following vehicle areas:

1. For vehicles that cannot be decontaminated after several attempts; and
2. Designated clean area for checking vehicles once decontamination is completed.
7. PERFORM vehicle decontamination as follows upon arrival at the decontamination area using the following techniques:

NOTE: Dry methods of decontamination shall be the method of choice. First priority of decontamination shall be to those vehicles needed to support the emergency response for which dry methods will be effective.

A. WIPE down hard, smooth surfaces with dry masslin cloth.

B. WIPE down vehicles with damp cloth.

8. After the initial decontamination, RESURVEY the vehicle and record post decontamination survey results on the copy of Vehicle Survey and Decontamination Report accompanying the vehicle.

A. RELEASE vehicles meeting the release criteria the owner. If owner is NOT PRESENT, move vehicle to clean holding area.

B. Ifvehicle is still contaminated, then RETURN it to the contaminated holding area for further decontamination at a later time.

9. When decontamination operations are complete, RETURN completed forms to the Vehicle and Evacuee Control Group Leader and REMAIN on-station until released.

EP-MA-113-100 Revision 0 Page 9 of 19

5. DOCUMENTATION - NONE
6. REFERENCES - NONE
7. ATTACHMENTS 7.1. Attachment 1, Peach Bottom Assembly (Relocation) Centers 7.2. Attachment 2, Site Evacuation Alarm and Announcement Instructions 7.3. Attachment 3, Owner Controlled Area 7.4. Attachment 4, Offsite Assembly Area Accountability List 7.5. Attachment 5, Vehicle Survey and Decontamination Report 7.6. Attachment 6, Facility Accountability List (Within Protected Area)

C C

-u m

0

u

'n 00 C) m m

z

-I 00 z

-- I m

X, m

,-u

-U CD PEACH BOTTOM STATION 0 0

X° 0>

C, 0

-I, 0 (0

EP-MA-113-100 Revision 0 Page 11 of 19 ATTACHMENT I PEACH BOTTOM RELOCATION CENTERS Page 2 OF 2 FIGURE 1-2 UNIT I LAYOUT

EP-MA-1 13-100 Revision 0 Page 12 of 19 ATTACHMENT 2 SITE EVACUATION ALARM AND ANNOUNCEMENT INSTRUCTIONS Table 2-1: Peach Bottom Station Page 1 of I Step 1: ACTIVATE the Page Alert Tone and MAKE the following announcement over the Plant Public Address (PA) System, twice, in a clear and distinct voice:

"ATTENTION ALL STATION PERSONNEL. THIS [IS / IS NOT] A DRILL.

I REPEAT, THIS [IS / IS NOT] A DRILL.

A SITE EVACUATION HAS BEEN ORDERED. ALL EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATION MEMBERS SHALL REPORT TO YOUR RESPECTIVE EMERGENCY FACILITY OR ASSEMBLY AREA. ALL OTHER NON ESSENTIAL PERSONNEL SHALL EVACUATE IMMEDIATELY TO THE

[NORTH SUB-STATION OR PEACH BOTTOM UNIT 1].

Step 2: SOUND the Evacuation Alarm

"* ROTATE the "Evacuation Alarm / MIC Selector" Switch #43, on Diesel Generator Panel 00C026B, to switch Position 6 (PLANT).

"* ACTIVATE the Evacuation Alarm by pulling the handle OUT.

"* SOUND alarm for approximately 60 seconds.

"* SECURE alarm by pushing Switch #43 IN.

Step 3: ANNOUNCE message, as state in Step 1, over the Plant Radio System (all channels known to be in use), twice.

Step 4: ANNOUNCE message, as state in Step 1, over the Pond Paging System:

"* ROTATE the "Evacuation Alarm / MIC Selector" Switch #43, on the Diesel Generator Panel 00C026B, while in the INmode to Position 2 (microphone river speakers).

"* ACTIVATE the microphone by pulling the handle OUT.

"* REPEAT the evacuation announcement twice.

"* SECURE by pushing Switch #43 IN.

Step 5: REPEAT Steps 1 through 4 every 10-15 minutes until accountability is complete.

I PEACH BOTTOM STATION I

EP-MA-1 13-100 Revision 0 Page 13 of 19 ATTACHMENT 2 SITE EVACUATION ALARM AND ANNOUNCEMENT INSTRUCTIONS Table 2-2: Limerick Station Page I of 2 Step 1: ACTIVATE the Evacuation Alarm

"* SET the "Siren Tone Generator" selector switch, located on MCR Panel 00C650, to the SIREN (harmonic tone) position.

"* PULL OUT the "Evacuation Alarm and River Warning Select" switch, located on MCR Panel 00C650.

"* ROTATE the "Evacuation Alarm and River Warning Select" switch to the PLANT ALARM position, and PUSH selector switch IN.

"* SOUND alarm for approximately 30 seconds.

"* RETURN the "Evacuation Alarm and River Warning Select" switch to the OFF position to silence alarm.

Step 2: ANNOUNCE the following over the Priority Page System:

"ATTENTION ALL STATION PERSONNEL. THIS [IS / IS NOT] A DRILL.

I REPEAT, THIS [IS / IS NOT] A DRILL.

A SITE EVACUATION HAS BEEN ORDERED. ALL EMERGENCY RESPONSE ORGANIZATION MEMBERS SHALL REPORT TO YOUR RESPECTIVE EMERGENCY FACILITY OR ASSEMBLY AREA. ALL OTHER NON-ESSENTIAL PERSONNEL SHALL EVACUATE THE SITE IMMEDIATELY.

EVACUATING PERSONNEL SHALL: [A + B + C]

A. EXIT THE PROTECTED AREA VIA

  • Option 1: TSC GUARD STATION EXIT LANES; or
  • Option 2: Designated route based on direction from Security B. EXIT THE SITE VIA

"* Option 1: Front Gate using Evergreen Road; and/or

"* Option 2: Back Gate using Longview Road C. ASSEMBLE AT THE

"* Option 1: Cromby Generating Station; or

"* Option 2: Pottstown - Limerick Airport

"* Option 3: As designated by the Station Emergency Director Step 3: Repeat Steps 1& 2.

LIMERICK STATION

EP-MA-1 13-100 Revision 0 Page 14 of 19 ATTACHMENT 2 SITE EVACUATION ALARM AND ANNOUNCEMENT INSTRUCTIONS Table 2-2: Limerick Station Page 2 of 2 Step 4: ACTIVATE the River Warning System

"* PULL OUT the "Evacuation Alarm and River Warning Select" switch, located on MCR Panel 00C650.

"* ROTATE the "Evacuation Alarm and River Warning Select" switch to the MIKE position, and PUSH selector switch IN.

"* DEPRESS the "River Broadcast Microphone" pushbutton, on the grey handset, and BROADCAST message from Step 2, twice.

"* VERIFY that the message is being broadcasted by observing response on the "River Broadcast Speaker Volume Monitor."

"* RETURN the "Evacuation Alarm and River Warning Select" switch to the OFF position to end broadcast.

LIMERICK STATION

EP-MA-113-100 Revision 0 Page 15 of 19 ATTACHMENT 3 OWNER CONTROLLED AREA Page 1 of 2 Limerick Generating Station (LGS) REFER to Table 3-1 Peach Bottom Atomic Power Station (PBAPS) REFER to Table 3-2 Table 3-1: LGS Potential Occupied Areas Outside the Protected Area LOCATION TYPE OF OCCUPANT

1. Materials Management Building Site personnel
2. Site Management Building Site personnel
3. Personnel Processing Center Site personnel
4. Facilities Shop Site personnel and contractors
5. Limerick Information Center Site personnel and public
6. 500 KV Yard Site and outage personnel
7. 220 KV Yard Site and outage personnel
8. Schuylkill River Pump house Site personnel
9. Cooling towers, acid houses, trailers, Site, contractors, and outage and sampling station personnel
10. Cooling tower trailers Site, contractors, and outage personnel
11. Spray Pond Pump house Site and outage personnel
12. Radwaste Storage Pad Site, contractors, and outage personnel
13. Holding pond Site and contract personnel
14. Chemical drum storage area Site and contract personnel

EP-MA-113-100 Revision 0 Page 16 of 19 ATTACHMENT 3 OWNER CONTROLLED AREA Page 2 of 2 Table 3-2: PBAPS Potential Occupied Areas Outside the Protected Area LOCATION TYPE OF OCCUPANT

1. Mason-Dixon trail Open to Public
2. Dorsey Park & Boat Launch Open to Public
3. Site Management Building Full Time
4. Unit #1 Full Time
5. Training Center Full Time
6. Spent Fuel Storage Part Time
7. Radwaste Shipping Facility Part Time

EP-MA-113-100 Revision 0 Page 17 of 19 ATTACHMENT 4 OFFSITE ASSEMBLY AREA ACCOUNTABILITY LIST I

Page I of I LOCATION:

DATE: TIME. COMPLETED:

LAST NAME FIRST NAME M.I. SUPERVISOR OR SOCIAL SECURITY III_ GROUP I NUMBER

  • + 4 £ r t 4 4 + 4 4 4- + 4 4 + 4
  • 1- I + +

4 + 4-t t 4- +

1 4 1 4-I -t I I t 4 $ 4 t 1- t I 1- 4

  • 4- 4- 4 4 t 4-4 1 4- 4 t I + 4 1- t + -I-I t +/- +

t 4 I-

_______ _____ __ f_____ f______

EP-MA-1 13-100 Revision 0 Page 18 of 19 ATTACHMENT 5 VEHICLE SURVEY AND DECONTAMINATION REPORT Page I of I LICENSE # STATE NAME OF OWNER PHONE ( )

ADDRESS (IF NOT EXELON)

NUMBER-STREET CITY STATE ZIP INITIAL SURVEY RESULTS INSTRUMENT USED DATE TIME SURVEYED BY:

MODEL NO. (S/N & PROBE TYPE:

3ACK FRONT CLEAN-AUTHORIZED FOR RELEASE CONTAMINATION-DETECTED - RELEASE DENIED COMMENTS POST-DECONTAMINATION SURVEY RESULTS DECONED BY:

NAME DATE TIME DECON METHOD USED:

POST-DECON SURVEY RESULTS:

FOLLOWUP ACTION REQUIRED- NONE SPECIAL FOLLOWUP (SPECIFY):

EP-MA-1 13-100 Revision 0 Page 19 of 19 ATTACHMENT 6 FACILITY ACCOUNTABILITY LIST (WITHIN THE PROTECTED AREA)

Page 1 of I FACILITY:

DATE: TIME: COMPLETED.

NAME (Last, First, MI) SOCIAL SECURITY BADGE# TIME IN TIME OUT NUMBER t I + I I I + 4 I 4 4- 4 t t i- v 1 1 4 4

-4 I

-f 4 4 -I-1- + 1 1.

1- + 4-1 4- -4 4-I 1 4 4 4 4 + 4 t I + I i i V- I

.4 4 1 1

EP-AA-114 Exen , Revision 3 Page 1 of 5 NucleaT Level 2 - Reference Use NOTIFICATIONS

1. PURPOSE 1.1 Provide prompt and accurate notification of nuclear station emergencies to local, state and federal agencies.

State and Local Notification Requirements REFER to Section 4.1 NRC Notification Requirements REFER to Section 4.2.1 Completing the Emergency Notification Worksheet REFER to Section 4.2.2 Transmitting the Emergency Notification Worksheet REFER to Section 4.2.3

2. TERMS AND DEFINITIONS 2.1 Nuclear Accident Reportingq System (NARS) is a telecommunication network and form used to transmit information to appropriate State and local agencies.

2.2 Emergency Notification System (ENS), is a telecommunications network and worksheet used to transmit information to the Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC).

3. RESPONSIBILITIES 3.1 The Emergency Director in the Emergency Response Facility (ERF) with Command and Control shall approve and ensure that all NARS and ENS notifications to the NRC and designated State and County agencies are performed accurately and in a timely manner.
4. MAIN BODY NOTE: If the event escalates to a higher classification before the initial notification can be made, the time requirements for notification of the first classification do not apply.

4.1 STATE AND LOCAL NOTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS 4.1.1 INITIATE offsite notification within 15 minutes of the following:

1. The declaration of an emergency
2. Classification escalation
3. A change in Protective Action Recommendations (PARs)

EP-AA-114 Revision 3 Page 2 of 5

4. A change in the radioactive release conditions.
5. A change in wind direction that affects a different combination of Subareas when a release is occurring.

4.1.2 INITIATE offsite notification as soon as possible, but within one hour of the following:

1. De-escalation of the event
2. Termination/entry into Recovery 4.1.3 PERFORM state and local notification in accordance with:

- EP-MA-114-100, MAROG Offsite Notifications

- EP-MW-114-100, MWROG Offsite Notifications 4.2 NRC NOTIFICATION NOTE: The notification requirements are the responsibility of the facility in Command and Control of the event.

4.2.1 Notification Requirements

1. NOTIFY the NRC Operations Center IMMEDIATELY after notification of the appropriate State or local agencies but not later than (1) hour after ANY of the following:

- Initial classification or escalation of an event

- Change in PARs

- Termination or downgrading of event

- Entry into the Recovery Phase

2. PERFORM additional follow-up notifications to the NRC Operations Center IMMEDIATELY, after significant new information is available involving:

- Further degradation in the level of safety of the plant or other degrading plant conditions occur such that a classification is now applicable, if such a declaration has not been previously made.

- The results of evaluations or assessments of plant conditions.

- The effectiveness of response or protective measures taken.

- Information related to plant behavior that is not understood.

EP-AA-1 14 Revision 3 Page 3 of 5 NOTE: 10 CFR 50.72 notifications required by the Exelon Reportability Reference Manual shall be completed and transmitted per station procedures. Notifications to the NRC following a classified event shall comply with the requirements in this Attachment.

4.2.2 Completingq the Event Notification Worksheet (ENW)

(REFER to LS-AA-1 150, Exelon Reportability Reference Manual)

Mid-Atlantic ROG FAn NRC Event Notification Worksheet (ENW) will be used to officially notify the NRC of a change ini event classification over the ENS, regardless of whether an open circuit is being maintained.

NOTE: The ENW does not have to be completed once continuous communication is established unless the NRC specifically requests a completed form. If a continuous communication is established, then the ENS Communicator Log is used in lieu of the ENW.

1. FILL IN the required information on the upper portion of the form.

- Notification Time

- Unit Number

- Caller's Name

- Event Time and Date

- Power Mode before and after the event.

2. PLACE a checkmark next to the appropriate event classification.
3. PROVIDE a summary of the event in the white space in the center of the form and include any events not understood and any systems that did not function as designed. If more space is needed, CONTINUE in the "Event Description" box on the back of the form.
4. COMPLETE the information on the lower portion of the form, this includes the extent of notifications performed, Mode of continuing operation and estimated Restart date.

NOTE: The effluent information requested is in units of Ci/sec. The data from station monitors is generally in units of pci/cc or pci/sec.

Care should be used to ensure the information is provided in the specified units.

EP-AA-114 Revision 3 Page 4 of 5

5. PROVIDE information as necessary on the back of the form including the extent of radiological releases, Reactor Coolant System or Steam Generator tube leak information.
6. OBTAIN approval of the completed Event Notification Worksheet from the Emergency Director in Command and Control:

- Control Room: Shift Emergency Director

- TSC: Station Emergency Director

- EOF: Corporate Emergency Director 4.2.3 Transmittinq the Event Notification Worksheet Limerick I Peach Bottom/ Cantera & Coatesville EOF These facilities use a Company telephone link for required ENS communications. Prior to dialing the number listed as "MAIN" on the phone sticker, you must dial "9" to obtain an outside line.

1. CALL the NRC Operations Center.

NOTE: Telephone numbers for the NRC Operations Center can be obtained from:

- Top of ENW form

- The sticker on the designated ENS telephone.

- The ERF Telephone Directory, Support Group Tab.

A. If the designated ENS telephone is inoperable, then CONTACT the NRC using a commercial telephone.

2. TRANSMIT the information from the completed Event Notification Worksheet.

A. AVOID the use of acronyms, USE full System descriptions or component names to describe the event.

B. PROVIDE information as indicated on the Event Notification Worksheet and any other information requested by the NRC.

C. DOCUMENT questions that cannot be immediately answered to ensure they are followed up and are responded back to the NRC.

EP-AA-114 Revision 3 Page 5 of 5

3. ASK the NRC if an open line of communications is desired at this time.

A. If open line communications is not required, then TERMINATE the call with the NRC's approval.

B. If an open line communication is desired, then MAINTAIN communications with the NRC on an ongoing basis and USE the Events Log on an ongoing basis to document the information passed to the NRC and the time and date that it was performed.

5. DOCUMENTATION None
6. REFERENCES None
7. ATTACHMENTS None

EP-MA-1 14-100 n Revision 0 Exk S Page 1 of 13 Nuclear Level 2 - Reference Use MAROG NOTIFICATIONS

1. PURPOSE 1.1 Provide prompt and accurate notification of nuclear station emergencies to local, state and federal agencies.

Completing State/Local Notification Form REFER to Section 4.1 State/Local Notification Form Transmittal REFER to Section 4.2 Conducting State Radiological Update REFER to Section 4.3

2. TERMS AND DEFINITIONS 2.1 Nuclear Accident Reporting System (NARS), is a telecommunication network used to transmit information to appropriate State and local agencies within fifteen minutes of event declaration.

2.2 "Timeliness" -- For State/Local notification purposes, this is defined as the completion of Initial Roll Call for all required agencies within 15 minutes of the emergency classification time.

2.3 "Accuracy" - For State/Local notification purposes, this is defined as correctly indicating the following content blocks on the PA / MD Notifications form:

"* Designation ("This is a Drill" or "Actual Event").

"* Identity of site.

"* Event classification.

"* EAL number

"* Non-technical event description

"* Date and time of declaration (or entry into Recovery or Termination).

"* Whether a release is taking place (Note: "Release" means a radiological release attributable to the emergency event.)

"* Wind direction and speed.

"* Whether offsite protective measures may be necessary.

"* Potentially affected Sectors, when a General Emergency is declared.

EP-MA-1 14-100 Revision 0 Page 2 of 13 2.4 Release in Progress: Defined as ANY radioactive release that is a result of, or associated with, the emergency event. The definition requires the assessment of both plant conditions and effluent monitors to fully evaluate the situation.

"* If effluent monitors show an obvious increase, there is a release.

"* If effluent monitors show a minor increase, a pathway from RCS to Containment to Environment must be evaluated.

"* If effluent monitors are by-passed, a pathway from RCS to Containment to Environment must be evaluated.

A illustration is as follows (Note that these MUST be associated with the particular event):

Have ANY of the fo llowing occurred?

"*ANY increase in effluent radiation monitors

"*ANY positive pressure in containment with RCS leakage

"*ANY radioactivity (other than naturally occurnng) detected by air sampling in site ventilation, buildings, areas or offsite areas

" ANY reactor trip or rapid shutdown, with ANY primary-to- NO secondary leakage or CVCS leakage, venting or draining NO release is outside of containment CoccuIT ng

"*ANY secondary system steam release with primary to secondary leakage.

"*ANY other event related indication of gas or liquid release from a system containing radioactive matenal YES 4 A release isin progress

3. RESPONSIBILITIES 3.1 The Emergency Directorin the Emergency Response Facility (ERF)with Command and Control shall ensure that all required notifications and internal communications are performed accurately and in a timely manner.

3.2 Designatedon-shift personnel are responsible for transmitting the State/Local notification over the NARS when the Shift Emergency Director is in Command and Control.

3.3 The State/Local Communicatorin the TSC is responsible for transmitting the State/Local notification over the NARS when the Station Emergency Director is in Command and Control.

3.4 The State/Local Communicatorin the EOF is responsible for transmitting the State/Local notification over the NARS when the Corporate Emergency Director is in Command and Control.

EP-MA-1 14-100 Revision 0 Page 3 of 13

4. MAIN BODY 4.1 COMPLETING STATE/LOCAL NOTIFICATION FORM 4.1.1 Message Number - ENTER a sequential number starting with 1.

4.1.2 Status Block

1. "THIS IS A DRILL"- This block should be marked during exercises, drills, training sessions, or annual communications tests
2. "THIS IS NOTA DRILL"-- This block should be marked to indicate a notification is being performed based on actual plant conditions.

4.1.3 Block 1, Affected Station I Communicator Information - CHECK the appropriate affected station.

  • Communicator will provide his/her NAME, PHONE NUMBER, and the CURRENT TIME (when the notification is read).

4.1.4 Block 2:

NOTE: Classification level shall indicate the highest classification level for the site (all units). In situations when one unit is affected by unrelated events, classification is the highest level and other conditions should be noted in Block 3 (BRIEF NON-TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION).

1. CLASSIFICATION -- CHECK the block corresponding to the classification entered
2. AFFECTED UNIT(S) - CHECK the block(s) corresponding to the unit.
3. DECLARED AT -- ENTER the TIME & DATE that the accident condition was classified and the EAL # that was used for the classification.

NOTE: The time and date listed are specific to the current classification.

When a new form is issued for a change to another part of the form, the time in this block still needs to reflect the time and date of the current classification in effect.

EP-MA-114-100 Revision 0 Page 4 of 13

4. CHANGE IN CLASSIFICATION STATUS - CHECK the applicable option:

A. "INITIAL DECLARATION"- entry by Control Room into E-Plan.

B. "ESCALATION"- Increase in event severity from previous notification.

Used after initial classification.

C. "NO CHANGE"- Used when indicating a change in PAR or other form information without a corresponding classification change.

D. "REDUCTION"- Used for the downgrading of Alert classification to an Unusual Event, or entry into the Recovery Phase from a Site Area or General Emergency, or event termination per EP-AA-1 11.

4.1.5 Block 3, Brief Non-Technical

Description:

Provide a simplified explanation for event classification. Avoid the use of acronyms, abbreviations, or other terms that would not be recognized by State and local response agencies. (REFER to Offsite EAL Reference Manual.)

4.1.6 Block 4, NON-ROUTINE RADIOLOGICAL RELEASE STATUS:

NOTE: A 'Release Occurring' is defined as ANY radioactive release that is a result of, or associated with, the emergency event.

1. "NO"- Should be marked to indicate that no release is occurring.
2. 'AIRBORNE" - Should only be marked if there is an airborne release in progress, either monitored or unmonitored, out a station stack/vent.
3. "LIQUID"- Should only be marked if there is an liquid release in progress.
4. "TERMINATED"- should be marked to indicate that a radioactive release that was OCCURRING has now ended.

4.1.7 Block 5, Protective Action Recommendation: (General Emergency Only) -

CHECK applicable Sector blocks for the PAR using Attachment 8 to EP-AA-1 11, "PAR Determination Flowchart for LGS / PBAPS".

4.1.8 Block 6, Meteorolocqy:

Wind speed and direction is normally obtained from the meteorological tower from the affected station using a 15-minute average point from EPDS / PMS.

1. WIND DIRECTION [FROM] - ENTER the direction from which the wind is coming, in degrees.

EP-MA-114-100 Revision 0 Page 5 of 13

2. WIND SPEED - ENTER the Wind Speed in "MILES PER HOUR".

LIMERICK GENERATING STATION PEACH BOTTOM ATOMIC POWER STATION Release Pt. Primary Backup Release Pt. Primary Backup North Stack Tower 1: 175' Tower 2: 159' Main Stack Tower 2. 320' Tower 2: 75' South Stack Tower 1: 175' Tower 2:159' Vent Stack Tower 2. 75' Tower 2: 320' Torus Vent River Twr. 33' Tower 2: 75' 4.1.9 Status Block -- ENSURE option checked is consistent with that selected in Step 4.1.2.

4.1.10 Approved By - FORWARD to the Emergency Director in the facility in command and control for approval signature.

"* Control Room: Shift Manager (Shift Emergency Director)

"* TSC: Station Emergency Director

"* EOF: Corporate Emergency Director 4.2 STATE / LOCAL NOTIFICATION FORM TRANSMITTAL 4.2.1 When provided with the completed notification form, the designated communicator shall:

a. ENSURE that "Utility Message No." has been assigned using a sequential number.
b. VERIFY "EmergencyDirectorApproval" signature have been entered on the top of form.
c. REVIEW form for completeness and IDENTIFY any missing information (incomplete blocks) to:
  • Control Room -- Shift Manager (Shift Emergency Director)
  • TSC-- Station Emergency Director
d. SIGN under "CommunicatorReview".

4.2.2 DIAL the appropriate CODE listed for the affected station under the Roll Call Box on Page 2 of the PA / MA Event Notification Form (Attachment 1).

1. If the NARS network fails, then CONTACT the agencies denoted next to the roll call listing for each Conference Code on the back of the Event Notification Form.

NOTE: The notification must be initiated to all parties within 15 minutes, even if commercial telephone lines are used.

EP-MA-1 14-100 Revision 0 Page 6 of 13 4.2.3 REPEAT the following message while allowing for agencies to come on line:

"This is the Exelon Nuclear [Station and Facility originatingthe call]. Please standby for an notification message."

After approximately 30 seconds, READ the following message:

"This is the Exelon Nuclear [Station and Facility originatingthe call] Please standby to receive a notification message and respond as the roll is called."

4.2.4 CONDUCT an initial roll call for the agencies listed on the back of the Event Notification Form.

1. CHECK party off, and RECORD the time as each required party responds to the roll call.
2. REPEAT the roll call for agencies that do not answer.
3. NOTE any agencies that do not answer the roll, and immediately NOTIFY the Shift Manager or TSC Director as applicable.
4. COMPLETE the box at the top of Page 1 of the form labeled "INITIAL ROLL CALL COMPLETE AT".

PERFORMANCE INDICATOR CRITERIA The Time and Date entered in this box correspond to the completion of the initial roll call and the 15-minute clock for the event notification purposes.

4.2.5 READ Blocks one at a time from the approved notification form.

1. USE the Phonetic Alphabet for clarity. (REFER to Attachment 3.)
2. SPEAK slowly and clearly.

4.2.6 REPEAT the roll call for each agency listed on the back of the Event Notification Form, and CHECK them off as they respond to the roll call.

1. ASK if there are any questions about the information provided and PROVIDE clarification as needed.
2. CLARIFY message data questions at this time.
3. RECORD any unanswered questions or inquiries on an Information Request /

Message Form (EP-AA-1 12, Attachment 7).

EP-MA-114-100 Revision 0 Page 7 of 13 4.2.7 READ the following:

"This concludes the notification message."

4.2.8 If any agency did NOT answer the final roll call, then CONTACT that agency via commercial telephone line using the telephone numbers listed.

4.2.9 INFORM appropriate facility director when notification is completed to required contacts:

Control Room -- Shift Manager TSC -- TSC Director EOF -4 EOF Director Peach Bottom Only I Follow up notifications are NOT required to be performed within 15 minutes of event classification. Therefore, these notifications should not be initiated until notifications to the State(s) and risk counties are completed.

required J 4.2.10 PERFORM follow-up notifications to State agencies listed at the bottom of the back page of the notification form.

1. RECORD the Date and Time contacted on the back of form in space provided.
2. READ Blocks one at a time from the approved notification form using the guidelines outlined above.

4.3 CONDUCTING STATE RADIOLOGICAL UPDATES 4.3.1 CONFIRM the exact time and basis for update.

4.3.2 DIRECT the RPM to complete the State Radiological Update Form (Attachment 2).

4.3.3 REVIEW EP-AA-1 11, Attachment 8 (PAR Determination Flowchart).

4.3.4 INSTRUCT the EOF Director to establish the telephone link with Pennsylvania and Maryland Senior State Officials, as applicable.

4.3.5 REVIEW / APPROVE the completed State Radiological Update Form.

1. DIRECT that 6 copies (minimum) be made for distribution.

4.3.6 MAKE PA announcement regarding the meeting time in ED Conference Room and IDENTIFY required attendees (State representatives and NRC Site Team Leader / Director of Site Operations).

1. If time permits, then INFORM NRC Site Team Leader prior to meeting.

EP-MA-114-100 Revision 0 Page 8 of 13 4.3.7 When meeting with State Representatives and NRC, DELIVER update on PAR or release status change first.

1. DOCUMENT on page of Update form [DEP Indicator].
2. PROVIDE additional details.
3. OBTAIN a repeat back from Pennsylvania Senior State Official and State of Maryland Representative (if present for PBAPS).

4.3.8 After meeting, INFORM the Station Emergency Director (TSC) and DESCRIBE any State and/or NRC issues.

5. DOCUMENTATION - NONE
6. REFERENCES 6.1 Commitments - None
7. ATTACHMENTS 7.1 Attachment 1, PA/MD Event Notification Form 7.2 Attachment 2, State Radiological Update Form 7.3 Attachment 3, Phonetic Alphabet

Exelkn,. EP-MA-1 14-100 Revision 0 Nuclear ATTACHMENT I Page 9 of 13 PA / MD NOTIFICATION FORM Page 1 of 2 UTILITY MESSAGE NO.

EMERGENCY DIRECTOR APPROVAL:

PERFORM INITIAL ROLL CALL PRIOR TO TRANSMITTING - Refer to back of Form TIME INITIAL ROLL CALL COMPLETED:

STATUS: 1. This is

  • at []LIMERICK I PEACH BOTTOM Station.

[]This is a drill. My phone number is * . The current time is*

[]This is NOT a drill. [*Completed by Communicatorat time notificationis performed.]

2. CLASSIFICATION: AFFECTED UNIT(S): THIS REPRESENTS NAN:

[] UNUSUAL EVENT I ] ONE [ ]TWO [ ]THREE []INITIAL DECLARATION

[]ALERT DECLARED AT: []ESCALATION

[ ] SITE AREA EMERGENCY TIME: []NO CHANGE

[]GENERAL EMERGENCY DATE: I I []REDUCTION

[ ] TERMINATED EAL#: - IN CLASSIFICATION STATUS

[]RECOVERY

3. BRIEF NON-TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION:
4. NON-ROUTINE RADIOLOGICAL RELEASE STATUS:

] NO non-routine radiological release in-progress AIRBORNE non-routine radiological release in-progress LIQUID non-routine radiological release in-progress

] Non-routine radiological release TERMINATED

5. General Emergency classification ONLY: PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATION

[]NOT APPLICABLE

[]EVACUATE 360 DEGREES FROM 0 MILES (SITE BOUNDARY) TO MILES

[ EVACUATE THE FOLLOWING SECTORS FROM _ MILES TO _ MILES:

[ N []E []S []W

[]NNE []ESE []SSW []WNW

[]NE []SE []SW []NW

~ENE []SSE [].WSW __[INNW

6. METEOROLOGY:

W ind Direction is FR OM. (DEGREES FROM ) W ind Speed is: (MILES_ ER_HOUR (DEGREE FROM)(MILES PER HOUR)

STATUS: [ ] This is a drill. [ This is NOT a drill.

PERFORM FINAL ROLL CALL UPON COMPLETION - Refer to back of Form

[ READ 'This concludes the notification message"

[ ] PROVIDE form to the Shift Manager, TSC Director or EOF Director when notification is completed to required contacts.

EP-MA-1 14-100 Revision 0 Revision 1 ATTACHMENT I Page 10 of 13 PA I MD NOTIFICATION FORM Page 2 of 2 PEACH BOTTOM LIMERICK ROLL CALL ROLL CALL Conf. Code 33 InitialI Time Contacted Final Conf. Code 841 0-7 __ York County I- Initial /Time Contacted Final Ext. 219 or 9-1-717-854-5571 [I _ Montgomery County L7 I" ___ Pennsylvania EMA L7 Ext. 117 or 9-1-610-631-6531 Ext. 216 5 9 or 9-1-800-424-7362 _ Chester County I Ext. 118 or 9-1-610-344-5100 I __ Harford County EIB Ext. 214 or 9-1-410-638-3400 /] Berks County E]

9-1-410-638-4900 Ext. 119 or 9-1-610-374-4800 LI __ Cecil County LI or Ext. 115 Ext. 234 or 9-1-410-398-2222/- 3815 EL _ Pennsylvania EMA I or 9-1-410-996-5350 Ext. 116 or 9-1-800-424-7362 or LI Maryland EMA LI 9-1-717-651-2001 /-2002/-2003 8 am - 5 pm: Ext. 205 or 9-1-410-517-3600 After 5 pm: Ext. 213 or 9-1-410-653-4200 LI ____ Lancaster County LI Ext. 217 or 9-1-800-808-5236 I 9-1-717-664-1190 I- __ Chester County lI Ext. 218 or 9-1-610-344-5100 FOLLOW-UP NOTIFICATIONS *

(PEACH BOTTOM ONLY)

[ ] Maryland Dept. of the Environment Emergency ext. 235 or 292 8 am - 5 pm: 9-1-410-631-3183 OR 3868 After 5 pm: 9-1-410-631-3937 Contacted at: /

[ ] PA State Police, York Barracks Ext. 284 or 9-1-717-428-1011 Contacted at: /

  • NOT required within 15 minutes of classification

EP-MA-114-100 Exeln,. Revision 0 Page 11 of 13 Nuclear ATTACHMENT 2 STATE RADIOLOGICAL UPDATE FORM Page 1 of 2 PAR Based On: PAR Decision at:

[ General Emergency classification Date: I I GE with a LOSS of ALL 3 Fission Product Barriers Time:

Dose Projection (DAPAR) at _ , indicates: Meteorological Data:

Site Boundary: Meolit 2 Miles: Wind Speed: _ mph 5 Miles: Wind Direction (FROM): _ degrees 10 Miles:

Utility Recommended Actions:

[]EVACUATE 360 DEGREES FROM 0 MILES (SITE BOUNDARY) TO _ .MILES

[]EVACUATE THE FOLLOWING SECTORS FROM _ MILES TO _ MILES:

[] N []E [5S []W

[]NNE []ESE [5SSW []WNW

[]NE []SE []SW []NW

[ ENE []SSE []WSW [ NNW N

Mark Affected Areas:

E = Evacuate WNW ENE W E 10 miles WSW SSW SSE S

Corporate Emergency Director Approval: ____

EP-MA-114-100 Revision 01 Page '2of 13 ATTACHMENT 2 STATE RADIOLOGICAL UPDATE FORM Page 2 of 2 PEACH BOTTOM ROLL CALL LIMERICK Initial / Time Contacted Final ROLL CALL ED __ Pennsylvania El Initial / Time Contacted Final Senior State Official Ext. 216 El _ Pennsylvania -

Senior State Official El__ Maryland MDE EL Ext. 116 Ext. 235 or 209

EP-MA-1 14-100 Revision 0 Page 13 of 13I ATTACHMENT 3 PHONETIC ALPHABET PAGE 1 OF I A ALPHA N NOVEMBER B BRAVO 0 OSCAR C CHARLIE P PAPA D DELTA Q QUEBEC E ECHO R ROMEO F FOXTROT S SIERRA G GOLF T TANGO H HOTEL U ULTRA INDIA V VICTOR J JULIET w WHISKEY K KILO x X-RAY L LIMA Y YANKEE M MAMA z ZEBRA

EP-AA-1 15

,xn Revision I Page 1 of 19 Nuclear Level 2 - Reference Use RECOVERY FROM A CLASSIFIED EVENT

1. PURPOSE 1.1 This procedure provides guidance to the Station and Corporate Emergency Directors to accomplish transition to the Recovery phase of an event and performance of activities associated with returning the station to a Forced Outage Management or normal organization. A Recovery Organization may be formed for events classified as an Alert and shall be formed for Site Area or General Emergencies.

Once the plant has been stabilized, contained and controlled, the Recovery phase can be declared. It is the responsibility of the Station Emergency Director, in consultation with the Corporate Emergency Director, to declare entry into Recovery.

Preparations for Entry into Recovery REFER to section 4.1 Transition and Recovery Following a UE REFER to section 4.2 Transition Following an Alert or Higher Classification REFER to section 4.3 Recovery Following an Alert or Higher Classification REFER to section 4.4

2. TERMS AND DEFINITIONS 2.1 ANI - American Nuclear Insurers 2.2 INPO - Institute of Nuclear Power Operations 2.3 NEI - Nuclear Energy Institute 2.4 Recovery Phase - That period when major repairs are being performed to return the plant to an acceptable condition and the possibility of the emergency condition degrading no longer exists.

2.5 Detailed Incident Report - A written report that summarizes the facts and assigns corrective actions. The report includes the facts of the emergency, describes the root cause(s) of any emergency response problems and recommends corrective actions.

2.6 Event Summary Report - A written report summarizing the incident prepared for delivery to offsite authorities. This report is required within 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> of terminating an Unusual Event and within 8 hours9.259259e-5 days <br />0.00222 hours <br />1.322751e-5 weeks <br />3.044e-6 months <br /> of terminating any higher event.

EP-AA-115 Revision 1I Page 2 of 19 2.7 Termination - The point at which the classified emergency event is no longer considered to be an emergency. Termination of the emergency is formally identified per EP-AA-1 14, Notifications.

2.8 Transition - The passage from the emergency phase into the Recovery phase of an accident. Transition is the period of time following the stabilization of the emergency when plans and personnel, necessary to the recovery, are developed and identified.

3. RESPONSIBILITIES 3.1 The Corporate Emergency Director is responsible for assignment of personnel for the Recovery Organization. A formal Recovery Organization shall be formed for events classified as a Site Area or General Emergency.

3.1.1 As a minimum the Corporate Recovery Organization shall include:

- Recovery Director - Reporting to the Chief Nuclear Officer and responsible for recovery planning and overall Exelon activities in coordination with the affected State(s).

- Recovery Offsite Manager - Reporting to the Recovery Director and responsible for operation of the offsite facilities, communications, interface with purchasing, legal and insurance representatives.

- Technical Support Manager - Reporting to the Recovery Director and responsible for recovery planning and providing corporate technical and engineering support to the station.

- Radiation Protection Manager - Recovery Director and responsible for environmental monitoring and providing corporate radiological support to the station.

- Company Spokesperson - Reporting to the Recovery Director and responsible for media and public information and interfaces.

3.2 The Station Emergency Director is responsible for assignment of personnel for the Recovery Organization. As a minimum the Recovery Organization shall include:

- Recovery Plant Manager - Reporting to the Recovery Director and responsible for station recovery planning and overall station activities.

- Assistant Recovery Plant Manager - Reporting to the Recovery Plant Manager and responsible for operation of the station facilities and communications.

<-I

EP-AA-1 15 Revision 1 Page 3 of 19

- Operations Manager- Reporting to the Recovery Plant Manager and responsible for recovery planning, plant operations and system manipulations through the Control Room

- Engineering Manager - Reporting to the Recovery Plant Manager and responsible for recovery planning and technical and engineering support.

- Maintenance Manager - Reporting to the Recovery Plant Manager and responsible for plant maintenance and repair activities.

- Radiation Protection Manager - Reporting to the Recovery Plant Manager responsible for all radiological aspects supporting maintenance, operations and Rad Waste processing.

3.3 Each Station and Corporate Manager shall determine the staff needs for their discipline and report their needs to the Recovery Director.

NOTE: Transition to the Recovery Phase cannot be accomplished until the criteria of EP-AA-1 11, Attachment 1, Termination/Recovery Checklist are met. Entry into the Recovery phase can be accomplished when the Recovery Organization has been assigned appropriate to the specific needs and the Recovery Organization is prepared to take turnover from the Emergency Response Organization.

4. MAIN BODY 4.1 Preparations for Entry into Recovery 4.1.1 QUARENTINE any equipment, facilities or systems which may provide insight into the cause(s) of the event 4.1.2 REVIEW the criteria of EP-AA-1 11, Attachment 1, Termination/Recovery Checklist.

4.1.3 TRANSITION into the Recovery phase based on the following:

1. PROCEED to Section 4.2 if transitioning to Recovery following an Unusual Event.
2. PROCEED to Section 4.3 if transitioning to Recovery following classification that has reached or exceeded an Alert.

EP-AA-115 Revision 1 Page 4 of 19 4.2 Transition and Recovery Followinq an Unusual Event 4.2.1 ENSURE any reportable event(s) is/are reported per the Reportability Manual.

4.2.2 ENSURE that a Root Cause Investigation is initiated in accordance with AD AA-1 06, "Corrective Action Program (CAP) Process Procedure."

4.2.3 ASSIGN the EP Coordinator or designee to assist with completion of EP-AA 120, Attachment 3, Review of Actual Emergency Events.

4.2.4 TERMINATE from the event as follows:

1. INITIATE a State/Local notification within one hour of event termination per EP-MA(MW)-1 14-100. For an Unusual Event, this notification can also be considered the 24 hour2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> Event Summary Report.
2. INITIATE an ENS notification for Termination per EP-AA-1 14.
3. DIRECT the announcement of the following message (or similar message) to EOF and plant personnel over the public address system:

"Attention all personnel, attention all personnel. The emergency has been terminated. I repeat, the emergency has been terminated."

4.3 Transition Following an Alert or Higher Classification 4.3.1 DETERMINE Emergency Response Facilities staffing requirements until a Recovery Plan Outline, describing the necessary Recovery Organization, has been approved (see Attachment 2, Recovery Plan Outline).

- For events of the Alert classification, Emergency Response Organization personnel may be adequate to perform necessary recovery actions.

- For event classifications of Site Area or General Emergency, the basic Recovery Organization (as illustrated in Attachment 1) shall be established (unless the event was transitory in nature). Additional positions may be assigned to perform specific recovery activities.

NOTE: Detailed plans and procedures are not required to be developed prior to entry into Recovery. However, a Recovery Plan Outline should be completed and the recovery organization management positions identified and ready for staffing.

4.3.2 DIRECT the Station Emergency Director and the Corporate Spokesperson to each develop an Issues/Strategies Package and determine the Onsite and Public Information Recovery Organization staffing requirements.

EP-AA-1 15 Revision I Page 5 of 19 4.3.3 DEVELOP an Offsite Issues/Strategies Package and DETERMINE the Offsite Recovery Organization staffing requirements using Attachments 4 and 6 for guidance.

4.3.4 CONVENE a joint conference with the Corporate Emergency Director, Station Emergency Director, and the Corporate Spokesperson to:

- REVIEW the Recovery Issues/Strategies Packages.

- REVIEW the Recovery Organization staffing requirements.

- DEVELOP and APPROVE the Recovery Plan Outline.

4.3.5 CONDUCT a formal discussion with regulatory and State authorities to ensure coordination and agreement is met for entry into Recovery.

4.3.6 PERFORM notifications to the State, local counties, and NRC to signify entry into Recovery per the following:

- State/Local agencies within one hour of entry into Recovery per EP MA(MW)-1 14-100.

- NRC per EP-AA-1 14 4.3.7 DIRECT the announcement of the following message (or similar message) to EOF and plant personnel over the public address system:

"Attention all personnel, attention all personnel. The emergency has been terminated and we have entered Recovery. I repeat, the emergency has been terminated and we have entered Recovery."

4.3.8 PERFORM Recovery phase actions as outlined in Section 4.4.

4.4 Recovery Followinq an Alert or Hiqher Classification NOTE: Select emergency response facilities or portions thereof may remain activated for some time during Recovery.

4.4.1 The Recovery Director should:

1. MAINTAIN a log of specific recovery actions taken such as:

- Specific actions taken per this procedure.

- Communication with offsite authorities related to emergency and/or Recovery.

- Any meetings held to discuss conduct or close out of the recovery phase.

EP-AA-1 15 Revision 1I Page 6 of 19

- Details on all repair or restoration projects need not be included.

2. Within eight (8) hours of entering Recovery, COMPLETE an Event Summary Report and transmit it to offsite authorities using Attachment 7, Event Summary Report Format.
3. ENSURE any reportable event(s) is/are reported per the Reportability Manual.
4. DIRECT the development of a Recovery Plan and procedures per Attachment 2.
5. COORDINATE the deactivation of Emergency response Organization, which was retained to aid in Recovery activities.
6. APPROVE any special procedures developed for corporate and offsite recovery activities.
7. As necessary, DETERMINE the scope and DIRECT the Recovery Plant Manager and the Recovery Offsite Manager to conduct an investigation and develop a Root Cause Investigation Report per AD-AA-1 06.
8. ENSURE that sufficient personnel, equipment or other resources from Exelon and other organizations are available to support Recovery activities.
9. DIRECT and/or COORDINATE all actions of the Recovery Organization, and integration of available Federal and State assistance into onsite Recovery activities.

1O.APPROVE any reports released to offsite authorities.

11. COORDINATE the integration of available Exelon Support with Federal, State and county authorities into required offsite Recovery activities.

12.APPROVE information released by the Corporate Spokesperson that pertains to the emergency or recovery from the accident.

13. CONSIDER the following prior to terminating the recovery phase:

- Onsite and offsite organizations involved with the emergency and the recovery have been apprised of the existing conditions and of the anticipated termination of recovery activities.

- The news media has received a final status report on the emergency and recovery operations.

- The emergency response facilities are no longer required, and actions have commenced to restore them to their pre-emergency condition.

EP-AA-115 Revision 1 Page 7 of 19

- A review of actions taken during the emergency and recovery phases has been conducted and a Prompt Investigation Report has been prepared.

- Necessary revisions to the Emergency Plan and plant procedures have been identified.

14.TERMINATE the Recovery Phase when concurrence has been obtained from the NRC and applicable State agencies.

15. ENSURE that all emergency records (position logs and forms), are collected and submitted for records retention.

16.ASSIGN personnel to assist with completion of EP-AA-120, Attachment 5, Review of Actual Emergency Events.

4.4.2 The Recovery Plant Manager should perform the following as required:

1. MAINTAIN a log of specific recovery actions taken such as:

- Specific actions taken per this procedure.

- Communication with offsite authorities related to emergency and/or Recovery.

- Any meetings held to discuss conduct or close out of the recovery phase.

- Details on all repair or restoration projects need not be included.

2. CONTINUE to identify and document issues relating to Recovery operations using Attachment 3.
3. DEVELOP an action plan that will transition the Recovery Organization into a normal Forced Outage Organization through OU-AA-102, NGG Forced Outage Management.
4. DIRECT all onsite activities in support of the station Recovery effort, and DESIGNATE other Exelon Recovery positions, outside of those outlined in Attachment 1, required to support onsite Recovery activities.
5. COORDINATE the development and implementation of the Recovery Plan and procedures, with the Recovery Director, per Attachment 2.
6. ENSURE that engineering activities to restore the plant are properly reviewed and approved.

EP-AA-1 15 Revision 1 Page 8 of 19 4.4.3 The Recovery Offsite Manager should perform the following as required:

1. CONTINUE to identify and document issues relating to recovery operations using Attachment 4.
2. COMMUNICATE with offsite agencies and coordinate Exelon assistance for offsite recovery activities, including providing liaisons, as needed.
3. DESIGNATE other Exelon Recovery positions, as required, in support of offsite Recovery activities.
4. PROVIDE post-accident reports to offsite agencies as directed, including the development of offsite accident analysis and radiological release reports (or equivalent) as required.
5. COORDINATE Exelon and contractor environmental sampling activities with state and federal agencies. This should include calculations for total population exposure based on data from available sources and/or mathematical modeling.

4.4.4 The Company (Corporate) Spokesperson should direct the following as required:

1. FUNCTION as the official spokesperson to the press for Exelon on all matters related to the accident or Recovery activities.
2. COORDINATE with non-Exelon public information groups (Federal, State, county, etc.).
3. COORDINATE continued media monitoring and rumor control activities.
4. DETERMINE what public information portions of the ERO will remain activated to support Recovery activities.
5. CONTINUE to identify and document issues relating to recovery operations using Attachment 5.
5. DOCUMENTATION None
6. REFERENCES None

EP-AA-1 15 Revision I Page 9 of 19

7. ATTACHMENTS 7.1 Attachment 1: Recovery Organization 7.2 Attachment 2: Recovery Plan Outline 7.3 Attachment 3: Onsite Recovery Issues/Strategies Guide 7.4 Attachment 4: Offsite Recovery Issues/Strategies Guide 7.5 Attachment 5: Public Information Recovery Issues/Strategies Guide 7.6 Attachment 6: Issue/Strategies Form 7.7 Attachment 7: Event Summary Report Format

EP-AA-115 Revision 1I Page 10 of 19 ATTACHMENT I TYPICAL RECOVERY ORGANIZATION Page 1 of I Directs Recovery Directs the interface with Directs the Public Legal, Financial, etc.

activities to restore the Federal, State and local Information Program plant to pre-incident agencies dunng the dunng the Recovery conditions Recovery process process.

NOTES:

(1) The Recovery Director position will normally be filled by the ROG, Senior Vice President or designee, and Corporate Emergency Director during the interim transition.

(2) The Recovery Plant Manager position will normally be filled by the Plant Manager or designee, and Station Emergency Director during interim transition.

(3) The Offsite Recovery Director position will normally be filled by the Emergency Preparedness Manager or designee, and EOF Director during interim transition.

(4) The Company Spokesperson position will normally be filled by the Corporate Communications Manager or designee.

(5) The Recovery Organization is to develop an action plan that will transition the Recovery Organization into the Forced Outage Organization provided in OU-AA 102, NGG Forced Outage Management.

EP-AA-1 15 Revision 1 Page 11 of 19 ATTACHMENT 2 RECOVERY PLAN OUTLINE Page 1 of I SECTION I. RECOVERY ORGANIZATION A. Organization structure B. Assignment of authorities/responsibilities SECTION II. ONSITE RECOVERY PROGRAM A. Major Goals B. Issues and Strategies SECTION III. OFFSITE RECOVERY PROGRAM A. Major Goals B. Issues and Strategies SECTION IV. PUBLIC INFORMATION RECOVERY PROGRAM A. Major Goals B. Issues and Strategies

EP-AA-1 15 Revision 1I Page 12 of 19 ATTACHMENT 3 ONSITE RECOVERY ISSUES / STRATEGIES GUIDE Page I of 3 NOTE: Attachment 6, Issue/Strategies Form should be used to document items identified during the meeting. Complete as much of the form as possible but only the 'Description of Issue' section needs to be completed.

In addition to the ERO positions listed, members of the Outage Planning group should attend the initial onsite recovery meeting to plan for the Forced Outage needed to restore plant to pre-event condition.

1. CONVENE a meeting of key plant ERO personnel. As a minimum the following members attend:

"* Station Emergency Director

"* TSC Director

"* Radiation Protection Manager

"* Maintenance Manager

"* Technical Manager

"* Operations Manager

"* Security Manager

2. REVIEW existing conditions, outline the onsite issues to be resolved, and develop an Issues/Strategies Package that will form the basis for the onsite portion of the plant's Recovery Plan. Issues that should be considered include:
3. CONSIDER activities being performed by the ERO
  • Identify ongoing activities and determine the need to continue
4. INITIATE Equipment Status Verifications

"* Perform/Document secured lineups

"* List/Identify inoperable equipment

"* Hang appropriate Out of Service tags

"* Document temporary repairs/lineup

"* Obtain appropriate samples to verify core status

EP-AA-115 Revision 1 Page 13 of 19 ATTACHMENT 3 ONSITE RECOVERY ISSUES / STRATEGIES GUIDE Page 2 of 3

5. CONSIDER stabilization of plant systems for long term cooling.

"* Identify present cooling lineup(s)

"* Document available back-up cooling lineup(s)

"* Confirm condition of cooling systems.

"* Develop a plan to transition to long term cooling if required

6. INITIATE system repairs and restorations

"* Prioritize out of service equipment for restoration

"* Plan restoration process by milestones

"* Determine testing to increase/ensure equipment reliability

"* Determine long term resolution of temporary repairs

"* Examine options for temporary systems

"* Bring in industry expertise as necessary

"* Ensure proper QA on any repairs made during the emergency

7. INITIATE normal Radiological Controls

"* Perform comprehensive surveys of onsite areas

"* Establish additional survey and sampling frequency requirements

"* Determine if additional monitoring equipment is required

"* Develop a decontamination plan based on prioritized recovery of plant areas

"* Commence Bioassay program

"* Contract for large volume decontamination equipment/expertise

8. PLAN for contaminated water processing.

"* Identify sources, volumes and activity of water inventories

"* Prioritize clean-up

"* Verify/evaluate condition of existing clean-up systems

"* Establish controls to preclude inadvertent discharges

EP-AA-1 15 Revision I Page 14 of 19 ATTACHMENT 3 ONSITE RECOVERY ISSUES / STRATEGIES GUIDE Page 3 of 3

"* Evaluate need to contract portable filtering systems/expertise

"* Establish berms and restraints for control and mitigation of spills

"* Evaluate need for additional onsite waste storage capability

"* Evaluate need for additional burial space for waste

9. CONSIDER the logistics of the recovery operation.
  • Identify additional staffing needs.
  • Obtain necessary damage control equipment.
  • Consider use of outside specialist.
  • Set up training for off normal conditions (ALARA).
  • Consider restricting site access.
  • Order extra RP supplies to support recovery.
  • Evaluate the need for additional security.
  • Evaluate the need for remote technology for inspections and cleanup.
  • Evaluate the need for additional communications capabilities.
10. COLLECT documentation

"* Initiate actions to complete any required NRC reports per the Reportability Manual.

"* Develop onsite portions of Detailed Incident Report

  • Develop onsite Recovery Plan (short/long term)
  • Write special procedures to perform tasks outside the scope of normal procedures.

EP-AA-115 Revision 1I Page 15 of 19 ATTACHMENT 4 OFFSITE RECOVERY ISSUES I STRATEGIES GUIDE Page 1 of 2 NOTE: Attachment 6, Issue/Strategies Form should be used to document items identified during the meeting. Complete as much of the form as possible but only the 'Description of Issue' section needs to be completed during initial meeting.

In addition to the ERO positions listed, the VP-Licensing and Regulatory Affairs or a representative should attend this meeting.

1. CONVENE a meeting with the following:

"* Corporate Emergency Director

"* EOF Director

"* Technical Support Manager

"* Radiation Protection Manager

2. REVIEW existing conditions, outline the issues to be resolved, and develop an Issues/Strategies Package that will form the basis for the offsite portion of the Recovery Plan. Issues that should be considered include:

A. Present Activities Being Performed by EOF Staff

  • Identify ongoing activities and determine the need to continue B. Radiological
  • Evaluate the need for an environmental sampling program.
  • If required, estimate total population dose.
  • Evaluate reentry requirements.
  • Evaluate the need to bring in outside expertise for radiation monitoring.

C. Support to Offsite Authorities

  • Consider outstanding requests from offsite authorities
  • Keep offsite authorities apprised of onsite conditions and activities

EP-AA-1 15 Revision 1 Page 16 of 19 ATTACHMENT 4 OFFSITE RECOVERY ISSUES I STRATEGIES GUIDE Page 2 of 2 D. Corporate Interface

"* Keep corporate management apprised of conditions and activities.

"* Provide information to legal organization as requested.

"* Identify issues applicable to HR and Employee Assistance.

E. Logistics

"* Identify staffing needs to support offsite recovery activities.

"* Identify all non-Exelon personnel and activities currently in place.

  • Review equipment and material needs for EOF recovery activities.
  • Assist onsite and Public Information organizations in obtaining offsite support.
  • Evaluate the need for additional communications capabilities.

F. Documentation

  • Direct that an Event Summary Report be prepared
  • Develop offsite portions of Detailed Incident Report
  • Develop offsite Recovery Plan (short/long term)

EP-AA-1 15 Revision I Page 17 of 19 ATTACHMENT 5 PUBLIC INFORMATION RECOVERY ISSUES I STRATEGIES GUIDE Page 1 of 1 NOTE: Attachment 6, Issue/Strategies Form should be used to document items identified during the meeting. Complete as much of the form as possible but only the 'Description of Issue' section needs to be completed during initial meeting.

1. CONVENE a meeting with the following:

"* Corporate Spokesperson

"* JPIC Director

"* Public Information Director

"* Technical and Radiation Protection Spokespersons/Advisors,

"* Administrative Coordinator

2. REVIEW existing conditions, outline the public information issues to be resolved, and develop an Issues/Strategies Package that will form the basis for the public information portion of the plant's Recovery Plan. Issues that should be considered in the formation of the package include:

A. Present Activities Being Performed by the Emergency Public Information Organization

  • Identify ongoing activities and determine the need to continue B. Offsite Interface
  • Identify activities needed to keep offsite authorities appraised of Exelon Public Information activities.

C. Documentation 0 Develop the Public Information portion of the Recovery Plan

EP-AA-115 Revision 1I Page 18 of 19 ATTACHMENT 6 ISSUES / STRATEGIES FORM Page 1 of I Use this form to document major items to be addressed during Area: Onsite / Offsite / Public Information Owner: Responsible individual or organization Safety Related: Yes or No Priority: 1 = Immediate (24 hr.) 2 = ShorttTerm (1 Week) 3 = Intermediate (1 Month) 4 = Long Term (> 1 Month)

Duration: Estimated Calendar Duration Estimated-hours: Estimated Total Project Hours

EP-AA-1 15 Revision I Page 19 of 19 ATTACHMENT 7 EVENT

SUMMARY

REPORT FORMAT Page 1 of I Date Time To: Offsite Authority (NRC, State, Local)

From: Name (Recovery Manager)

Subject:

Event Summary Report of Emergency Declared at Exelon Nuclear XX Station The Station has:

Entered into Recovery at Terminated from a classification at The following is a review of events and items pertaining to Indicate EAL and Type reported on Provide a narrativeof the event (describe the event giving the facts of the emergency including as a minimum:)

Initial Conditions

"* Provide unaffected unit status

"* Provide affected unit status

"* Provide any other pertinent equipment or condition status Initiating and Sequence of Events Time Description of event 0810 description of initiating events 0811 Performance of initial notifications to offsite authorities.

0812 Include information on personnel injuries and status. (Do not include name(s) of victims unless the family has been notified) 0813 Requests for offsite assistance, including time and type.

0814 The magnitude of any radiological release and Protective Action Recommendation information as applicable.

Conclusion

"* Provide an update of actions taken and results from investigations of the event.

" Exelon contact for any additional information.